Manual - Serendipity Software · Serendipity Blackmagic User Manual – Version 6.0 3 ... samples the jobs resolution to change it to that of the output format configured. An intermediate

ManualVersion6.0

SerendipityBlackmagicUserManual–Version6.0

2

TableofContents

SerendipityBlackmagicUserManual................................................................................................................................................5ProductOverview.....................................................................................................................................................................................6Installation .................................................................................................................................................................................................7What’sontheDVD?...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7

WindowsInstallation..............................................................................................................................................................................8InstallingtheDongleDriver ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 8InstallingSerendipityBlackmagic ......................................................................................................................................................................... 8InstallationoftheSerendipityAgent.................................................................................................................................................................... 8

MacOSXInstallation...............................................................................................................................................................................9InstallingtheDongleDriver ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9InstallingtheSerendipityPrinterDrivers.......................................................................................................................................................... 9InstallingSerendipityBlackmagic ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9InstallationoftheSerendipityAgent.................................................................................................................................................................... 9CreatingDockStartIcons .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 9

LinuxInstallation .................................................................................................................................................................................. 10InstallingtheDongleDriver .................................................................................................................................................................................. 10InstallingSerendipityBlackmagic ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10

UpgradingtoVersion6.0 .................................................................................................................................................................... 11Windows-UpgradingtoVersion6.0 ................................................................................................................................................................ 11MacOSX–UpgradingtoVersion6.0 ................................................................................................................................................................ 13Linux–UpgradingtoVersion6.0........................................................................................................................................................................ 14Saving/RestoringtheBlackmagicDatabaseandICCProfilesusingtheFileSystem ................................................................... 15TorestorethedatabaseandICCprofilestoanupgradedBlackmagic ............................................................................................... 15

RunningtheSoftware........................................................................................................................................................................... 16ImportantNoteforMacOSXUsers ................................................................................................................................................................... 16BeforestartingtheServerandClient ................................................................................................................................................................ 16StartingtheServer..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 16StartingtheClient ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17ManualClientConfiguration ................................................................................................................................................................................. 17MonitoringJobs-Configuration .......................................................................................................................................................................... 19

SubmittingJobs ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21TheSerendipityBlackmagicServer ................................................................................................................................................ 22ServerOptions............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 22

MediaCatalogue..................................................................................................................................................................................... 23TheSerendipityUpdater..................................................................................................................................................................... 25TheBlackmagicDongleUpdater ...................................................................................................................................................... 26UpdatingtheDongle ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26

TheSerendipityClient ......................................................................................................................................................................... 27LookandFeel............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27Workbench.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27MenuOptions............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28

WorkbenchDataTypes ....................................................................................................................................................................... 31Bookfilter....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32CalcheckChart............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33Camera............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35DotGainCurve.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35GradationCurve.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36ICCTweakSet .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 36JobGenie ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 37Jobticket ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 42Media ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 48


3

Output ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52Pagesetup ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55PagesetupPools.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 57PaperProfile................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 59Press ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 63RegularExpression ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 64ReplaceColourSet..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 65RIP .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 67SignatureGroup.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 69SpecialColourSet....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72

ScreenPrinting....................................................................................................................................................................................... 75Configuration ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75

Modules..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77BookMonitor ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 78ClientLog ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79ClusterStatus ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80DropZone....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80MediaStatus .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81QueueManager ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 82QueueStatus.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 85RIPMonitor.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86ServerLog....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 88Status............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 88Thumbnail ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 89VirtualPress .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89

Applications ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 90Archives.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 91Calcheck ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 92Clustering ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95Densitometer ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 98Displays ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................100FlipBook .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................104Jobs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................107Lineariser ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................108Monitor.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................112PressAgent .................................................................................................................................................................................................................113SoftProof ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................114Spectro..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................122Studio ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................123TouchConsole ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................133

SerendipityClientMenuItems .......................................................................................................................................................139ApplicationMenu(Windows/Linux)orSerendipityClientMenu(MacOSX) ............................................................................139SubmitMenu ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................139

ServerMenu ..........................................................................................................................................................................................142AccountsAdmin/SecureMode......................................................................................................................................................143SettingupUsersandUserGroups ....................................................................................................................................................................143ActivatingSecureMode.........................................................................................................................................................................................143ConfigurationPanels ..............................................................................................................................................................................................143

SystemSettings ....................................................................................................................................................................................146ClientSettings............................................................................................................................................................................................................146ServerSettings ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................148

WebServer ............................................................................................................................................................................................150AccessingtheWebServer ....................................................................................................................................................................................150

PublishingaPagesetuponMacOSX(10.6.x) ............................................................................................................................151InstallingtheSerendipityPrinterDrivers.....................................................................................................................................................151ConfiguringaPagesetupforPublishingasaTCP/IPSystemPrinter................................................................................................151CreatingaTCP/IPMacOSXSystemPrinter ................................................................................................................................................151


4

ConfiguringaPagesetupforPublishingasaBonjourPrinter ..............................................................................................................152CreatingaBonjourSystemPrinterforMacOSX .......................................................................................................................................152

PublishingaPagesetuponWindows7 ........................................................................................................................................153MegaripPrinterDriver ..........................................................................................................................................................................................153ConfiguringthePagesetupforPublishingasaSystemPrinter............................................................................................................153CreatingaTCP/IPWindowsSystemPrinter................................................................................................................................................153

PrintingtoaPublishedPagesetupPrinteracrossaNetwork ..............................................................................................155PrintingfromMacOSX!MacOSX,orWindows!Windows .........................................................................................................155PrintingfromMacOSX!Windows,orWindows!MacOSX .........................................................................................................155

Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................................................................................156PrintingtoaPagesetuponWindows ..............................................................................................................................................................157

CopyrightNotices ................................................................................................................................................................................159Index ........................................................................................................................................................................................................166


5

SerendipityBlackmagicUserManual

Copyright©SerendipitySoftwarePtyLtd

Reproductionofanypartofthisusermanual isstrictly forbiddenwithoutpriorwrittenpermissionfromSerendipitySoftwarePtyLtd.Allcompanynames,productnamesandtrademarksmentionedinthismanualarethepropertyoftherespectivecompany.

ImportantNotice

Everyeffortismadetoensuretheinformationcontainedwithinthisusermanualiscorrect.SerendipitySoftwarePtyLtd cannot be held responsible for any errors contained within this user manual and will not enter into anynegotiationsforclaimsofcompensationrelatingtoactionstakenresultingfromtheinformationprovidedinthisusermanualforanyreasonwhatsoever.

SerendipitySoftwarePtyLtdisconstantlymakingimprovementstothesoftwareandassuch,thisusermanualmaynotcontainthelatestinformation.Everyeffortismadetomaintaintheusermanualandforthelatestversionpleasecheckthewebsite:

http://www.serendipity-software.com.au

Ifthereareanyerrorswithinthisusermanual,pleasedetailtheminanemailto:[email protected]

TutorialsandHowTodocumentsareavailableonourwebsiteintheSerendipitySoftwareKnowledgeBase:

http://skb.serendipity-software.com.au/


6

ProductOverviewSerendipityBlackmagicisusedtoproofpost-RIPdatatoeitheranoutputdevice,suchasanInkjetprinterortooneofseveralfileformats.

Serendipity Blackmagic runs in a Server and Client configuration. The Server runs on a network computer and isprotectedbyaUSBdongle.Thedonglelicensesthelevelofsoftwareandtheinputfiltersandoutputdriverspurchased.

The Client is used as the configuration tool and monitoring application for the Server. It can be run on the samemachine,oronanother locally(LAN)orremotely(WAN)networkedcomputer.TheClientconnectstotheServerviastandardTCP/IPnetworkprotocolandisnotlicensed,soitcanberunmultipletimesonthenetwork.

SerendipityBlackmagichasaninputfilterformostofthemajormanufacturersproprietaryRIPs.Theinputfiltersreadthe native RIP format and understand how jobs are assembled, the plates associated with a job and the directorystructure.RIPsthatincludedatabasesandimpositionsarealsoreadandunderstood.Jobsareproofedusingthesamepost-RIPdatathatgoestothepress,thusmaintainingdataintegrityandaccuracyoftheproofs.

Files are ripped once by the proprietary RIP and output asmany times as desired. The jobs reside on the RIP, aremonitoredbytheSerendipityBlackmagicServerandaredisplayedbytheClientintheRIPMonitor,withallassociatedplates stitched together. The files can be selected and submitted for processing by the Server as desired, or can beconfiguredtoprocessautomatically.Attheprocessingpoint,jobsarecopied(spooled)overfromtheRIPtotheServer,leavingtheoriginaluntouched.Oncethewholejobisspooled,theServerbeginstoworkonthefiles.

Imaging is the first process to take place. Imaging interprets the file format, completes any imposition assemblingrequired (for supported imposition RIPs) or anymerging of CT/LW files, preserves any screening on the files andsamplesthejobsresolutiontochangeittothatoftheoutputformatconfigured.Anintermediatefileformatiscreatedatthispoint,calledtheImagedFile.TheImagedFilecanbeviewedusingtheSoftProofutility.Thefileformatmaintainsall the plates associated with the job and is viewed at the full output resolution. The Imaged File can also be re-submittedatanytimeforprocessingtothesameoradifferentoutput.Thereisnoneedtospoolandinterpretthejobagain.*

After the imaging process has completed, the job is passed to the rendering engine. This takes the Imaged File andcreatesthefilereadyforoutput.Theprocessincludesapplyinganyoutputcharacteristicssuchasorientation,cropping,colourmanagement(ICCProfiles)andcreationoftheconfiguredformat,whetherforanInkjetprinterorafileformat,suchasPDF.

TheImagedFilecanberenderedasmanytimesasdesired.Eachtime,anyoftheoutputcharacteristicscanbechangedpriortorendering.

Oncethejobisrendered,itissubmittedforprintingtotheoutputdeviceorfileformat.Multipleoutputqueuescanbecreated and multiple devices can be printed to simultaneously. Most of the output devices supported use a directprinterdriverallowingtheServermorecontrolofoptions,suchastheselectionofspecificmediaandprintdirections.

The Client monitors the whole process from start to finish, showing a jobs progress in a QueueManager andQueueStatuswindow.Jobscanbemanagedseparatelybyplacingajobonhold,releasingajob,cancellingorpromotingasdesired.Theprocesses (queues) canbepausedat any time,holdingall jobs fromspooling, imaging, renderingorprinting.Ifajobfails,theerrorcanbeexamined,rectifiedandthejobretried.TherearelogsreportingallServerandClientfunctionalityandjobinformationfromfirstdetectionontheRIPtofinaloutput.Thelogscanbesearched,filteredorsavedtoafile.

Thesystemcreatesadatabaseofallconfigurations,calibrationcurvesandothersettings.Thisdatabasecanbebacked-up on demand or automatically, so a working copy is always available. It can be copied to any other SerendipityBlackmagicasawholedatabaseorasindividualitems.

*Thisappliestoanyoutputcharacteristics.IfanychangesarerequiredfortheImagedFile,e.g.,changingplates,resolutionetc,thefilewillneedtobe

re-submittedfromtheRIPMonitor.


7

Installation Theinstallationsectiondescribestheprocessforeachplatforminturn.

ThesoftwareissuppliedononeDVDforMacOSX,LinuxandWindowsversions.Allversionscomewithadongleandrequire a dongle driver be installed. Existing installations of the software are given the opportunity to upgrade,preservinganyexistingconfigurations.

What’sontheDVD?TheDVDcontainsallelementsrequiredtorunSerendipityBlackmagicandassociatedprograms.

Theyaredividedintodirectories,detailedbelow:

• Agent – Contains theAgent software for all supportedplatforms.Choose the subdirectory thatmatches therequiredoperatingsystem.

• Docs–Containsalldocumentation.• Dongle–ContainsthedongledriversforLinux,MacOSXandWindows.• Drivers–ContainstheMegaripPPDsforallsupportedplatforms.• Extras–Containsadditionalcomponentsandprintdriversloadedaspartoftheinstallprocess.• HTML–Containstheinformationrequiredforthewebbrowserinstall.Thisautomaticallylaunchesthedefault

browserforinstallationtobegin.• Linux–ContainstheSerendipityBlackmagicinstallationpackagesforLinux.• MacOSX–ContainstheSerendipityBlackmagicinstallationpackageforMacOSX.• SerendipityClient–ContainstheSerendipityClientforallsupportedplatforms.• Testprn–ContainsSerendipityinternaltestprints.• Windows–ContainstheSerendipityBlackmagicinstallationpackageforWindows.


8

WindowsInstallationAdministrator rights are required to install SerendipityBlackmagic and the SerendipityAgent. If upgrading fromanexistinginstallationtoversion6.0,see“UpgradingtoVersion6.0”withinthismanual.

InstallingtheDongleDriverThefirststepistoinstallthedongledriver.

Toinstall:

• RemoveallSuperProUSBdongles.• OntheDVD,navigatetothedongle/windowsfolder.• DoubleclicktheSentinelProtectionInstaller.exefiletolaunchtheinstaller.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.• Restartthecomputerwhenfinished.

InstallingSerendipityBlackmagicThenextsteponcethedongledriverisinstalledistoinstallSerendipityBlackmagic.Therearetwo(2)Windowsfilesavailableforinstallation–32bitor64bitversion.Selecttheappropriatefileforyoursystemtoinstall.

• Either select and run the Blackmagic installer by clicking the link on the browser page (if it pops up as anAutoplaywhenthedisk is inserted),orgo to theDVDandnavigate to theWindowsdirectory torunthe fileblackmagic.msi(32or64bitversion)

• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.

Note: You can typeyourownpathand the installationprogramwillmake the folder foryou,providedyour chosenlocationhasvalidpermissions.Usebackslashes(\)toseparatedirectories.

InstallationoftheSerendipityAgentIf you are polling a RIP (or RIP folder) on aWindowsmachine, themost efficientmethod is to use the SerendipityRemote Agent. This runs a service on the Windows machine where the RIP is located. Serendipity BlackmagiccommunicateswiththeAgenttopollandtransferjobs.

Toinstall:

Either

• SelectandruntheBlackmagicinstallerbyclickingthelinkonthebrowserpage(if itpopsupasanAutoplaywhen the disk is inserted), or run the agent32.msi (32-bit) or agent64.msi (64-bit) file, located in the/agent/windowsfolderoftheinstallationDVD.

• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.

Oncetheinstallationhasfinished,proceedtothe“RunningtheSoftware”sectionofthismanual.


9

MacOSXInstallationAdministrator rights are required to install SerendipityBlackmagic and the SerendipityAgent. If upgrading fromanexistinginstallationtoversion6.0,seethe“UpgradingtoVersion6.0”sectionwithinthismanual.


Toinstall:

• RemoveallSuperProUSBdongles.• OntheDVD,navigatetothedongle/macosxfolder.• DoubleclicktheSentinelSystemDriver.pkgfiletolaunchtheinstaller.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.• Restartthecomputerwhenfinished.

InstallingtheSerendipityPrinterDriversThe Serendipity Printer Drivers are used when setting up a Published Pagesetup for printing from a third partyapplication(e.g.Photoshop)directlytoBlackmagic.

TheinstallationpackageislocatedontheBlackmagic6.0InstallationDVD:

• Navigatetothe/drivers/macfolderandrunthefileSerendipityPrinterDrivers.pkg• Aninstallerwindowwillappear.Followthepromptstocompletetheinstallationofthedrivers.Theinstaller

willrequireadministratoraccessprivileges.

InstallingSerendipityBlackmagic

• • GotothemacosxfolderontheBlackmagicinstallationDVD.• DoubleclickthefileSerendipityBlackmagic.pkgtolaunchtheinstaller.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.

ImportantNote:Beforestartingthesoftwareafterinstallation,seetheRunningtheSoftwaresection(MacOSXonly).InstallationoftheSerendipityAgentIf you are polling aRIP (orRIP folder) on aMacOSXmachine, themost efficientmethod is to use the SerendipityRemote Agent. This runs a service on the Mac OS X machine where the RIP is located. Serendipity BlackmagiccommunicateswiththeAgenttopollandtransferjobs.

Toinstall:

• SelectandrunSerendipityAgent.pkgfilelocatedinthe/agent/macosxfolderontheinstallationDVD.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.


CreatingDockStartIconsTomakeiteasytostarttheServerandClient,itisrecommendedyoucreateaDockshortcut.Todothis:

• RuntheBlackmagicServerandClientapplicationsfromtheinstallationlocation.• OncetheServerandClienticonsappearinthedock,rightclick(orCTRL+click)themouseandselectKeepin

Dockfromthemenu.• Alternatively,dragtheServerandClienticonsdirectlyontotheDockbeforetheyhavebeenlaunched.• ToremovetheDockicons,dragthemofftheDockontothedesktopandrelease.


10

LinuxInstallationInstallingtheDongleDriverThefirststepistoinstallthedongledriver.

Toinstall:

• RemoveallSuperProUSBdongles.• Navigatetothedongle/linuxfolderontheinstallationDVD.• Double-clickthesntl-sud-7.5.1-0.i386.rpmfiletoinstallthedriver.

InstallingSerendipityBlackmagic

ImportantNote:BeforeinstallingonaLinuxx64operatingsystempleaseensurethefollowingi686(32-bit)librariesareinstalled.

• libstdc++.i686 GNUStandardC++Library• mesa-libGLU.i686 MesalibGLUruntimelibrary• zlib.i686 Thezlibcompressionanddecompressionlibrary• freetype.i686 Afreeandportablefontrenderingengine• libXrender.i686 X.OrgX11libXrenderruntimelibrary• fontconfig.i686 Fontconfigurationandcustomisationlibrary• glib2.i686 Alibraryofhandyutilityfunctions• libpng.i686 AlibraryoffunctionsformanipulatingPNGimageformatfiles• libSM.i686 X.OrgX11Smruntimelibrary

IfthePackageInstallercannotlocatethelibraries,openaterminalwindow,gotothe/rootdirectoryandinstalleachlibraryusingthefollowingcommand:

yuminstallnameoflibrary

ToinstallBlackmagic:

• NavigatetothelinuxfolderontheinstallationDVD.• Double-clicktheinstall.shfileandselect“RuninTerminal”.• Aterminalwindowwillpop-upandtheinstallerwilldisplaythedefaultinstallationdirectory.• PressEntertoinstallortypeanalternativepaththenpressEnter.• Whentheinstallationiscompletetheterminalwindowwillclose.

Note: If using an alternate install path, ensure the folder exists and that the current user has read/write/executepermissionsforthefolder.



11

UpgradingtoVersion6.0ThissectiondetailsupgradinganexistingBlackmagicinstallationtoversion6.0.TheInstallerautomaticallyupgradesthe existing database to the current 6.0 format. As a precaution before upgrading, it is recommended that theBlackmagicdatabaseandICCprofilesarebacked-upusingtheArchivesapplication(seeWindowsUpgradeorMacOSXUpgradesectionsfordetails),orbycopyingthedatabasedirectories(seeCopyingtheDatabaseandICCFolderssectionfordetails).

ImportantNote:PagesetupsimportedfromVersion5(andbelow)archiveswillautomaticallybesplit intoJobticket,Media andPagesetupdata typesbut remain functionally linked.Version6.0 archives cannotbeopenedor importedintopreviousversionsofBlackmagic.

Windows-UpgradingtoVersion6.0ArchivingCurrentInstallationsToArchiveaDatabase:

• RuntheexistingBlackmagicServerandSerendipityClient.• GototheSerendipityClientApplicationmenu>Archives(This

applicationiscalledArchiverinearlierversions).• SelectFilemenu>PerformFullBackup.• Alternatively,selectEditmenu>AddtoArchive(all)andaddall

databaseitemstothearchivefile,orright-clickintheArchiveswindowand selectAdd toArchive (all)>Everything from thecontextualmenu.

• OncealldatabaseitemshaveappearedintheArchiveswindow,selectFilemenu>SaveArchivetosavethe.sdbarchivefiletoachosenlocation.

• ClosetheArchivesapplicationwhenfinished.

InstallingtheDongleDriverUpdateVersion6dongles(neworupgraded)requireanup-to-dateSafenetdongledriverinordertofunction.

Toupgrade:

• Make sure the Blackmagic Server and Client are not running and remove any Blackmagic (or any otherSuperProUSB)donglesfromthecomputer.

• OntheBlackmagicinstallationDVD,navigatetothedongle/windowsfolderandruntheSentinelProtectionInstaller.exe file. Alternatively, download and run the latest driver install from the Safenet website(http://www.safenet-inc.com/support-downloads/sentinel-drivers/).

• RuntheSentinelinstaller.• SelectUpgradeandNext.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheupgrade.• Restartthecomputerwhenfinished.

InstallingC++RuntimeLibrariesToruncorrectly,Blackmagic6.0requirestheinstallationofMicrosoftVisualC++RedistributablelibrariesthatmaynotbepresentinyourWindowsoperatingsystem.IfthesewerenotinstalledfortheexistingBlackmagicversion,theywillneedtobeinstallednow.

Toinstall:

• NavigatetothewindowsfolderontheBlackmagicDVD.• ForWindows32-bit–Runthevcredist_x86.exefile• ForWindows64-bit–Runthevcredist_x64.exefile• FollowthepromptstoinstallMicrosoftVisualC++2008Redistributable.


12

InstallingtheBlackmagic6.0UpgradeCurrentWindowsfile/foldersecurityandpermissionsmakesitnecessarytoinstallBlackmagicv6.0intherootdirectoryoftheharddrive,e.g.,C:\Serendipity\ratherthanProgramFiles,whereearlierversionsofBlackmagicwereinstalled.

Toupgrade:

• InserttheBlackmagicinstallationDVDandnavigatetothewindowsfolder.• Runtheblackmagic32.msi(32-bit)ortheblackmagic64.msi(64-bit)file.• Ifnecessary,changetheinstallationdirectorytotherootdirectoryoftheharddrive,e.g.C:\Serendipity\and

clickNext.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheupgrade.• PlugtheBlackmagicdongleintoanavailableUSBport.• StarttheBlackmagicv6.0ServerandtheSerendipityClient.

Iftheinstallationlocationdidnotrequirechanging,theexistingdatabaseshouldappearoncetheServerandClienthaverestarted,reformattedandintactintheWorkbench.TheClientshouldopenwiththepreviousversionsconfiguration.

Iftheinstallationlocationwas(orneededtobe)changed,orintheeventtheexistingdatabaseisnotcomplete,thedatabasebackupneedstobeimportedusingtheArchivesapplication.

Toimportanexistingdatabasebackup:

• OpentheArchivesapplicationfromtheSerendipityClientApplicationmenu.• InArchives,selectFilemenu>OpenArchive.• Navigate to and select the savedbackuparchive .sdb file. ClickOpen.The archivewill open in theArchives

windowanddisplayalldatabaseitemsfromthepreviouslybacked-upconfiguration.• Oncethearchivehasloaded,selectEditmenu>AddtoDatabase>WholeArchive.Thiswillimporttheentire

database.• Alternatively, choose individual items to import from the list and select Edit > Add to Database > Selected

Nodes.• ThedatabaseitemswillbeimportedandappearintheWorkbenchforuse.

ForfurtherinformationonArchivesandbacking-updatabases,seethe“Archives”sectionofthismanual.


13

MacOSX–UpgradingtoVersion6.0ArchivingCurrentInstallationsToArchiveaDatabase:







Toinstall:

• RemoveallSuperProUSBdongles.• OntheDVD,navigatetothedongle/macosxfolder.• DoubleclicktheSentinelSystemDriver.pkgfiletolaunchtheinstaller.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheinstallation.• Restartthecomputerwhenfinished.

InstallingtheBlackmagicVersion6.0UpgradeToupgrade:

• InserttheBlackmagicinstallationDVDandnavigatetothemacosxfolder.• RuntheSerendipityBlackmagic.pkgfile.• Selectthedriveandlocationtoinstallthesoftware.Theinstallerwillchoosethecurrentinstallationlocation

bydefault,whichinmostcasesis/Applications/Serendipity.• Followtheonscreeninstructionstocompletetheupgrade.• PlugtheBlackmagicdongleintoanavailableUSBport.• StarttheBlackmagicv6.0ServerandtheSerendipityClient.

If the installation location was not changed, the existing database should appear once the Server and Client haverestarted,reformattedandintactintheWorkbench.TheClientshouldopenwiththepreviousversionsconfiguration.

Iftheinstallationlocationwaschanged,orintheeventtheexistingdatabaseisnotcomplete,thedatabasebackupneedstobeimportedusingtheArchivesapplication.





Nodes.

ThedatabaseitemswillbeimportedandappearintheWorkbenchforuse.



14

Linux–UpgradingtoVersion6.0ArchivingCurrentInstallationsToArchiveaDatabase:







• RemoveallSuperProUSBdongles.• Navigatetothedongle/linuxfolderontheinstallationDVD.• Double-clickthesntl-sud-7.5.1-0.i386.rpmfiletoinstallthedriver.

InstallingtheBlackmagicVersion6.0UpgradeToupgrade:

• NavigatetothelinuxfolderontheinstallationDVD.• Double-clicktheinstall.shfileandselect“RuninTerminal”.• Aterminalwindowwillpop-upandtheinstallerwilldisplaythedefaultinstallationdirectory.• PressEntertoinstallortypeanalternativepaththenpressEnter.

Note: If using an alternative install path, ensure the folder exists and that the current user has read/write/executepermissionsforthefolder.

• • Theterminalwindowwillclosewhentheinstallationiscomplete.• PlugtheBlackmagicdongleintoanavailableUSBport.• StarttheBlackmagicv6.0ServerandtheSerendipityClient.

If the installation location was not changed, the existing database should appear once the Server and Client haverestarted,reformattedandintactintheWorkbench.TheClientshouldopenwiththepreviousversionsconfiguration.

If the installation locationwas changed, or in the event the existing database is not complete, the database backupneedstobeimportedusingtheArchivesapplication.





Nodes.• ThedatabaseitemswillbeimportedandappearintheWorkbenchforuse.



15

Saving/RestoringtheBlackmagicDatabaseandICCProfilesusingtheFileSystemAn alternatemethod for backing up the existing database and ICC profiles is to copy the relevant file folders fromBlackmagictoanotherlocationbeforeupgradingtoversion6.0.

Thedatabaseitemsareheldinafoldercalleddefaultss.dbdinthefollowinglocations:

MacOSX /Applications/SerendipityBlackmagic/lib/defaultss.dbd/

Windows C:\ProgramFiles\SerendipityBlackmagic\lib\defaultss.dbd\(Forversions3.5.09andbelow)

C:\Serendipity\SerendipityBlackmagic\lib\defaultss.dbd\(Forversions4.0andabove)

Linux/Sun/SGI ~bmagic\lib\defaultss.dbd\

TheICCProfilesarestoredafoldercalledICCinthefollowinglocations:

MacOSX /Applications/SerendipityBlackmagic/lib/ICC/

Windows C:\ProgramFiles\SerendipityBlackmagic\lib\icc\(Forversions3.5.09andbelow)

C:\Serendipity\SerendipityBlackmagic\lib\icc\(Forversions4.0andabove)

Linux/Sun/SGI ~bmagic\lib\ICC\

TorestorethedatabaseandICCprofilestoanupgradedBlackmagic• • First,ensuretheBlackmagicServerandSerendipityClientareshutdown.• Copyandreplacethebacked-updefaultss.dbdandICCfoldersintotherelevantlocations(seeabove)foryour

install.• StarttheServerandClient.AllpreviousdatabaseitemsshouldnowappearintheWorkbench.

Important Note: Pagesetups imported from older archives will be automatically split into Jobticket, Media andPagesetupdatatypes,butremainfunctionallylinked.Version6.0archivescannotbeopenedorimportedintopreviousversionsofBlackmagic.


16

RunningtheSoftwareOnce the softwarehasbeen installed, launch the Server andClient tobegin the configuration.The Server shouldbestartedfirstandallowedtocompleteitsinitialisationprocessbeforetheClientislaunched.IftheClientisstartedfirst,itwillattempttoconnecttoanactiveServer.Ifnonearepresent,aConnecttoServerwindowwillopen,waitingforanactiveServertoappearonthenetwork.

ImportantNoteforMacOSXUsersTheBlackmagicServerandSerendipityClient(forMacOSX)areabletorunineither32-bitor64-bitmodes.Runningbothin64-bitmodeisoptimalfornormalusagehowever,notallSpectrophotometerandprintermanufacturershaveconvertedtheirdriverstosupport64-bitandwillbeunavailableforusein64-bitmode.

NewinstallationsoftheServerandClientarealwaysin64-bitmodebydefault.

BeforestartingtheServerandClientToswitchtheServerandClientbetween32-bitand64-bitmode:

• OpenaFinderwindow.• NavigatetotheApplications/Serendipity/SerendipityBlackmagicfolder.• Highlight the Serendipity Client application and select CMD+I or right-click and selectGet Info from the

menu.• TickthecheckboxtoenableOpenin32-bitmode.• RepeattheabovestepsfortheSerendipityBlackmagicandtheC5applicationifnecessary.

IftheOpenin32-bitmodecheckboxdoesnotappearintheGetInfowindowitwillbenecessarytoresettheMacOSXFinder:

• OpenaTerminalwindow.• TypeorcopythefollowingcommandintothescreenandpressEnter(withno

linebreaks):

/System/Library/Frameworks/CoreServices.framework/Versions/A/Frameworks/LaunchServices.framework/Versions/A/Support/lsregister-domainlocal-domainuser-domainsystem-kill-r

• TheabovecommandwillmaketheOpenin32-bitmodeoptionappearintheGetInfowindow.• Go to the Finder window, right-click, Get Info and enable this option for the Client, Blackmagic and C5

applications.

StartingtheServer

• • PlugthedongleintoanavailableUSBport.• Launch theServerbydouble-clicking theSerendipityBlackmagic file in the installation

directory,ortheshortcutdesktop/dockicon.

The Server window will appear, showing information about the Server software and theinitialisationprocesswillbegin.

Note:TheServerwillnot initialise ifarecogniseddongle isnotpresenton thecomputer fromwhich it is run. If thedongleisremovedatanypointwhiletheServerisrunning,alljobprocessingwillceaseandtheServerwillstopshortlyafterwards.Oncethedongleisreconnected,closeandrestarttheServer.


17

StartingtheClientOncetheServerhascompletedinitialisationtheClientcanbeopened.

LaunchtheClientbydouble-clickingtheSerendipityClientfileintheinstallationdirectoryortheshortcutdesktop/dockicon.

TheClientwill connect to the active Server anddisplay thedefaultmonitoring system - Jobs - on screen. From thispoint,configurationofthesystemorloadingapre-configuredsetupcanbedone.

• SelectServermenu>ServerSettings(Preferences)• SelecttheColourtab.• ClickonSystemSpecialsandselectReference-Lab(oryourownspecials)andclickOK.• ClickOKtodismisstheSettingswindowandapplyanychanges.

ManualClientConfigurationThis sectionwill explainhow to setup abasic configuration inorder toprint a file to aprinter andmonitor the jobthroughouttheprocess.Fordetailedinformationonspecificmodulesmentioned,seetherelevantsectionsoftheusermanual.

The default monitoring application – Jobs – opens with a factory standard layout, including the QueueManager,ThumbnailandQueueStatusmodules.Systemqueues(Image,Render,Asset,SpoolandAutoDetect)willbedisplayedintheQueueManager.Specificqueueswillneedtobeconfiguredfortheabovementionedprocess.

Therearefive(5)sectionswithintheClientthatrequireconfigurationinordertobeginprocessingjobsfromtheRIPtotheprinter.Theseare(innoparticularorder):

• ARIPwherethejobsarepolled;• APagesetupandMediawherejobsareprocessed;• AnOutputwheretheprintjobwillbesent;and• AnoptionalJobticket,whereanycustomprocessingrequirementsareset.

Note:EachPagesetupmustbelinkedtoavalidMediaandOutputsoitisrecommendedtocreatethosefirst,beforethePagesetupiscreated.

Tobeginconfiguration:

• SelectApplicationmenu>Workbench.

OutputConfiguration• SelectOutput fromtheDataTypes liston the leftandcreateanew

OutputbyselectingFilemenu>New.• TheOutputname“Untitled”willappearintheitemslist,highlighted

forrenaming.This is thenameof theOutput thatwillappear in thePagesetup.Selecttheitem.

• In the Queue panel of the gray configuration area, click the Outputbutton and select the appropriate driver for your printer from thepopuplist.

• In the Destination panel, select a destination driver (i.e. theconnection method) for your printer and enter the appropriateinformation, for example, the IP address of the printer. If USB orBonjour/Zeroconf is selected, click the Edit button to select thecorrectdevice/servicefromtheCustomSettingspopupwindow.

• ConfigureanyCollatingorNesting requirementsasneeded. See theWorkbench>Outputsectionofthismanualforfurtherdetailsonthisoption.

• OPTIONAL–AfteraMediaiscreated,itcanbeassignedtotheOutputviatheChangeMediabutton.Assigninga Media to the Output will only allow jobs submitted to that Media to print. See theMedia section of thismanualforfurtherinformation.

• SavetheOutputconfigurationwhencompletedbyselectingFilemenu>Save.


18

MediaConfiguration• SelectMediafromtheDataTypeslistontheleftandcreateanewMediabyselectingFilemenu>New.• Thename“Untitled”willappearintheitemlist,highlightedforrenaming.ThisisthenameoftheMediathat

willappearintheOutputandPagesetup.Renameandselecttheitem.• In the Output panel of the gray configuration area, click the Output

button and select the appropriate driver for your printer from thepopuplist.ThisshouldbethesamedriveraswasusedfortheOutputconfiguration.

• Configure the print resolution to be used (if available) and the printcolourspace,e.g.,CMYK,fromthedropdownmenus.

• Select any custom settings for your printer. Click the Edit button toselectanyoptionsfromthepopupsettingswindow.Theseoptionsmayinclude paper type, printmode, cutting options, light ink usage. ClickAccepttoclosethewindow.

• SetyourOutput ICCprofilevia theChooseICCProfilebutton. Inmostcases,foranewinstallthiswillbetheStandardSWOP(CMYK)profile.Optionally, load your own profile by choosing theUpload File buttonandnavigatetoyourprofile.ClickOKtoassigntheprofile.

• SavetheMediaconfigurationwhencompletebyselectingFilemenu>Save.

Note: This Media configuration is the minimal setup required to get your proof/print workflow functioning. Forproofingwork,theMediawillneedtobecorrectlycalibrated.ForacompleteHowToguideforconfiguringacalibratedPagesetup/Media/Output,refertotheSupport/KnowledgeBasesectionoftheSerendipitySoftwarewebsite.

PagesetupConfiguration• Select Pagesetup from the Data Types list and create a new

PagesetupbyselectingFilemenu>New.• The name “Untitled” will appear in the item list highlighted for

renaming.• RenameandpressEnter.Selecttheitem.• AssigntheOutputcreatedpreviouslytothePagesetupviatheChange

Output button in theOutput panel. A popupwindowwill appear toselecttheOutput.ClickOKwhendone.

• Assign the Media created earlier to the Pagesetup via the ChangeMedia button. Select the Media in the popup window that appearsandclickOK.JobswillbeprintedusingthisMediaunlessanotherisselectedwhensubmittingajobtoprint.

• AJobticket(ifrequired)canalsobeassignedtothePagesetuphere.ThiswillprocessanyjobswiththeJobticketpropertiesifsenttothisPagesetup.

• SetanyflowcontrolorconfigureaDropfolderviathePublish&FlowControlpanel.

• SavethePagesetupconfigurationwhencompletebyselectingFilemenu>Save.

JobticketConfiguration(Optional)• Select Jobticket from the data types list and create a new one by

selectingFilemenu>New.• RenameifrequiredandpressEnter.• If the RGB and Press Input profiles for processing the job are

differenttothoseintheSystemSettings,adjustthemviatheColourManagementtab.

• Adjustanyrenderingintentifrequired.• Configure any other sheet, effects, rotation or other options as

requiredandsavetheJobticketviaFilemenu>Save.• If desired, the Jobticket can be assigned to the Pagesetup created

previously.SeeabovePagesetupStep6forthelocationtoassigntheJobticket. Any jobs will be automatically processed with theseconfiguredoptionswhensubmitted.


19

RIPConfigurationIftheBlackmagicinstallrequiresproofingaRIPoutput,aRIPsetupwillneedtobeconfiguredtopolltheRIPjobsforprocessing.

• SelectRIP from theDataTypes list in theWorkbench and create a newRIPbyselectingFilemenu>New.

• Awarningmessagewillappear.Dismissthemessage.• The RIP name “Untitled” will appear in the item list, highlighted for

renaming.Renameandselecttheitem.• In the Driver panel of the gray configuration area, click the RIP Driver

buttonandselect theappropriateRIPdriver for theCTPRIP input fromthelistoflicenseddrivers.

• Configure the RIP driver options by enabling checkbox options and/orchoosingCustomSettingsbyclickingtheEditbutton.

• TicktheEnablePollingcheckboxinthePollingpanel.Setapollintervaltime,forexample,2minutes.

Note:SomeRIPdriversandpollingmethodsrequire theuseofa JobGenie inorder for theBlackmagicRIPsetuptorecogniseincomingRIPpedfiles.SeetheWorkbench>JobGeniesectionofthismanualforfurtherdetails.Also,refertothe Support – Knowledge Base section of the Serendipity Software website for tutorials on creating your owncustomisedJobGenies.

• • ChoosethemethodtheRIPsetupwillusetoconnecttotheRIPoutputfolderfromthedropdownmenuinthe

Pollingpanel,forexample,Localhost.EnteranyHostname/IPdetailsifrequired.• EnterthefilepathtotheRIPfolderinthePathspanel.Toenterapath,clicktheNewbuttonbelowthepanel.

ClickBrowseonthepopupwindowandnavigatetotheRIPfoldertobepolled.ClickOKtosavethepath.• Ifrequired,setupStripePaths.• ClicktheTestbuttonatthebottomoftheTestingpaneltoSaveandTesttheRIPsetup.TheTestingpanelwill

showaPollingOKresulttoconfirmtheRIPpathisvalid.AlternatemessageswillnotifyyouiftheRIPpathisinvalidorifnoRIPpedfilescurrentlyexistintheselectedfolder.

ThiscompletesthebasicconfigurationofBlackmagic.ForinformationonhowtoseepolledRIPjobsandsubmitthemforproofing,seetheModules>RIPMonitorandSerendipityClientMenuItems>SubmitMenusectionsofthismanual.

MonitoringJobs-ConfigurationOnce the base configuration is complete, a monitoring application needs to be configured so jobs can bemanagedthroughoutthesystem.

Therearetwo(2)typesavailable–theJobs(default)ortheMonitorapplication.

JobsThis is thedefault application, launchedwhen theClient is started for the firsttime.

The Jobs application has a pre-configured set of tabs available formonitoringvarious processes throughout the entire workflow. The default tab layoutincludes the QueueManager, Thumbnail and QueueStatus modules. See the“Jobs”applicationsectionwithinthismanualforfurtherinformation.

AnyOutputscreatedintheearlierconfigurationwillautomaticallyappearintheQueueManagermodule.


20

TheRIPMonitorwillneedtobeaddedasatabinordertopolljobs:

• IntheJobsapplication,selecttheTabsmenu>AddTabsoption.• AwindowwillappearwithvariousfactorydefaultlayoutsavailableforuseintheJobsapplication.• SelecttheRIPMonitortablayoutfromthelist.Anexamplescreenwillappeartotheright.• ClickAdd.TheRIPMonitortabwillappearintheJobswindow.• AvailableRIPqueuescanbepolledbyselectingthemfromthedropdownlistandclickingthePollbuttonthree

(3)timesconsecutively.• Jobsappearingmaynowbesubmittedforprocessing.

Additionalpre-configuredTabsmaybeaddedtotheJobsapplicationasrequired.Seethe“Jobs”applicationsectionofthismanualforfurtherinformation.

MonitorTheMonitorperformsthesameworkflowmonitoringfunctionsastheJobsapplicationandwasthedefaultapplicationfor this purpose inprevious versions ofBlackmagic, before the Jobs applicationwas introduced.Monitor allows theusertocustomisethesizeandlayoutoftabsandjobmanagementmodules.

• SelectApplicationmenu>MonitortoopenaMonitorwindow.ThedefaultviewwillincludeaQueuestabandaLogstab.

• The Queues tab contains the QueueManager, Thumbnail andQueueStatusmodules.

• TheLogstabcontainstheClientLogandServerLogmodules.

IfyouwouldprefertohaveanynewoutputqueuesautomaticallyaddedtotheQueueManager for futureuse, enable theAutoQueueOrder checkboxviatheToolbar(spannericon).

ARIPMonitortabwillneedtobeaddedtotheMonitorinordertopolljobs:

• SelectTabmenu>NewTabtocreateanewtabfortheRIPMonitor.• RenamethetabtoRIPQueuesorsimilartodifferentiateitfromtheother

tabs.• Select Layout > Add RIPMonitor. A module window will appear for the

RIPMonitor.• The window may be resized and positioned by selecting Layout > Edit.

Select the window corner and resize it by dragging the mouse. SelectLayout>Usewhendone.

• ClickthespannericontoexpandtheToolbar.• If no jobs appear in the RIP Queue, click the Poll button three (3) times

consecutively.• Jobsappearingmaynowbesubmittedforprocessing.

AdditionalTabsandModulesmaybeaddedtotheMonitorasrequired.SeetheMonitorsectionofthismanualforfurtherinformation.


21

SubmittingJobsTherearevariousmethodsavailableforsubmittingfilesforprintingwhenusingtheSerendipityClient.

TheSubmitMenuSelectingSubmit>Fileswillpresentthefilechooserwindowtoselectthefileforprocessing.Onceafileisselected,theoptiontochoosewhichPagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombinationwillbeusedisdisplayed.

Flowcontrolcanbeenabledtoholdjobsafterimagingorrendering,alongwithnumberofcopiesandpublicationoptions.

ForcompleteinformationontheSubmitmenu,seetheSerendipityClientMenuItemssectionofthemanual.DropFoldersDropFoldersmaybecreatedviathePagesetupintheWorkbenchapplication.ADropFolderisanallocatedfolderwherefilescanbedroppedintoitforautomaticprocessing.APagesetupwillneedtobepublishedinordertoaccessitsDropFolder.

Important:AnyfilesdroppedintoaDropFoldershouldbecopies,notoriginals,astheywillbeauto-deletedfromthefolderoncesentforprocessing.ForfurtherinformationontheconfigurationofaDropFolder,seethePagesetupsectionofthemanual.

ThirdPartyApplicationsSupportedfiletypesmaybesubmittedtotheSerendipityClientforprocessingdirectlyfromthirdpartyapplications,likeAdobeIllustratororPhotoshop.

ThePagesetupwillneedtobepublishedasaprintdestination,allowingthedesignapplicationstoseeitandprinttoitdirectly.FortheconfigurationofapublishedPagesetupprinter,seethePagesetupand/orthePublishingaPagesetupsectionsofthemanual.

StudioTheStudioapplicationallowsforthemanualplacementandnestingoffiles.

Once a job layout has been created, it is submitted for printing via the Studio menu. The option to select thePagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombinationwillbedisplayedbeforethejobissentforprocessing.ForcompletedetailsontheStudioapplication,seetheStudiosectionofthemanual.

DesktopSubmitThereisafurtheroptionwhensubmittinganimagetoBlackmagic,availablefromtheright-click(contextual)menu.

SelectinganimagefilefromthedesktoporFinder(Mac)/WindowsExplorer(Win)andright-clickingwilldisplaythefollowingmenuoptions:

• OpenWith>SerendipityClient–OpenstheselectedfileintheClientusingtheSoftProofapplication.• • ThefollowingwillappearintheServicesmenuoptionforMacOSX,standardright-clickmenuforWindows:• • SubmitAsset(SerendipityClient)–SendstheselectedfiletoBlackmagicasanAssetforuseinStudio.• Submit (Serendipity Client) – Sends the selected file to Blackmagic for processing. The Submitwindowwill

appeartoselectthePagesetup/Media/Jobticketprocessingcombination.• Preview(SerendipityClient)–OpentheselectedfileintheClientusingtheSoftProofapplication.


22

TheSerendipityBlackmagicServerTheBlackmagicServerrunsonthemachinewherethedongleisinstalled.TheServerhandlestheprocessingofalljobsthroughthesystemandmustbestartedbeforetheClientislaunched.

As the Server starts, it checks to ensure a valid dongle is installed on themachine andwhichmodules are enabled(licensed). The Server calculates the speed of themachine it is running on and checks the integrity of the databasebeforeloadingit.

OncetheServerisupandrunning,aclockkeepstrackofthedurationtheServerisoperational.

ServerOptionsThewindowdisplaystheServerinformationandvariousoptionsonceitisrunning.

SerendipityBlackmagicMenuOptions• About – Shows information about the Server. ClickingMore/Less info shows or hides valid dongle options,

includingtheversionsofthecurrentdrivers.• Quit–QuittheServerapplication.

FileMenu

• StopServer–StopstheServerfromrunningwithoutquittingSerendipityBlackmagic.• StartServer–StartstheServerifitisinastoppedstate.• RestartServer–RestartstheServer.• UpdateDongle – Allows users/administrators to update the donglewith activation codes to enable various

inputandoutputlicenses.SeetheDongleUpdatersectionforfurtherinformation.• Close–Closesthewindow.IftheServerisrunningyouarewarnedandaskedtoconfirmServershutdown.

StartupOptions

• StartServeronLaunch–TheServerwillstartoncetheapplicationislaunched.• RestartServerOnCrash–RestartstheServerautomaticallyafteracrash.• StartasClusterNode–StartstheServerasaClusterNodetobeusedbyanotherBlackmagicServerforimaging

andrenderingtasks.• Important:DonotusethisoptionbeforereadingfurtherinformationintheApplications>Clusteringsection

ofthismanual.• StartinSafeMode–ThisoptionstartstheServerbutceasesalljobprocessingandRIPpollingtasks.SafeMode

is used for maintenance in the event a RIP queue, Pagesetup or other database item is corrupted, or isfunctioningincorrectly.Oncemaintenanceiscomplete,theServerwillneedtoberestartedinnormalmode.

HelpMenu

• UpdateOptions–ConfigureatimeforBlackmagictoperiodicallycheckforsoftwareupdates.• CheckforUpdates–Choosethistoimmediatelycheckforanysoftwareupdates.• Install Local Updates – Allows users tomanually update the Serendipity software package by downloading

(.pax)packagefiles.SeetheInstallingManualUpdatessectionfollowingforfurtherinformation.• InstallAdditionalSoftware–OpenstheSerendipityUpdaterapplicationontheAdditionalSoftwaretablisting

anynewanduninstalledsoftwarecomponentsand/orprinterscreeningdrivers.Each itemcanbetickedforinstallation.

• RebuildAdditionalSoftware–Thisoption isnormallyonly tobeuseduponrequestbySerendipitySupport.Thisoptionwillrunafreshsoftwarescanthatmayrequirecomponentstobedownloadedandinstalled.

• BackupServer–Performacompletebackupof theServer including theWorkbenchdatabase (defaultss.dbdandICCfolders),CalcheckHistorydatabase(databasesfolder)plusServersettingsandpreferences.

• RestoreServer–ImportsettingsfromapreviouslysavedServerbackupfile.

For further information on the automatic software update functions, see the Serendipity Updater section of thismanual.


23

MediaCatalogueTheMediaCatalogueisabuilt-infeaturedesignedtoassistinthecreationof newPagesetup,Media andOutput configurations, aswell as allow formodificationofexistingPagesetupandMediaconfigurations.

TheMediaCatalogueaccessestheSerendipitySoftwarewebsiteinordertodownloadand installMediaconfigurations forusewithin theSerendipityClient.

Write access to the Workbench is required in order to use MediaCatalogue,alongwithaccesstoaBlackmagicServerandtheinternet.

• Create New – Create a new Pagesetup, Media and OutputcombinationforuseintheSerendipityClient.

• Modify–ModifyanexistingPagesetupandMediaconfiguration.

CreateNewAddaPagesetup,MediaandOutputtotheWorkbench.

• Printerdriver–Selecttheoutputdrivertouse.Adropdownmenuwilldisplayalistofavailabledrivers.

• Mediawindow–Onceadriverhasbeenselected,anyavailableMedia’sfordownloadwillbedisplayed.Clickingonthenamewilldisplaythepropertiesoftheconfigurationtotheright.

• Back–Gobacktothepreviousscreen.• Next–ContinuetotheNextconfigurationscreen.• Close–ClosetheMediaCatalogue.

SetupforMediawindow

• Pagesetup–ThenameofthePagesetupbeingcreated.Renameasrequired.Ifthenamealreadyexistsaredcrosswillappearnexttothefieldontheright.

• Media – The name of the Media selected as per the previousscreen.

• Output – Use an existing Output from theWorkbench or CreateNew.

• Useexisting–SelecttheOutputtousefromthedropdownmenu.Thiswilloverwritethecurrentconfiguration.

• Create new – Enter a name for the Output. If the name alreadyexistsaredcrosswillappearnexttothefieldontheright.

• Select Bonjour Printer – Displays a list of available bonjourprinterstoassigntotheOutput.

• Select later – Creates the Output with no destination set. ThisshouldbeconfiguredintheWorkbenchinordertosendjobstoaprinter.

• Create–CreatesthePagesetup,MediaandOutputintheWorkbench.Confirmationwillappearwhendone.

ModifyModify an existingPagesetup andMedia configuration.A PagesetupwithanOutputusingthedrivertobemodifiedmustexistintheWorkbenchinordertomakechangestotheconfiguration.

• Printer driver – Select the output driver tomodify. A dropdownmenuwilldisplayalistofavailabledrivers.

• Media window – Once a driver has been selected, any availableMedia’sfordownloadwillbedisplayed.Clickingonthenamewilldisplaythepropertiesoftheconfigurationtotheright.

• Back–Gobacktothepreviousscreen.• Next–ContinuetotheNextconfigurationscreen.• Close–ClosetheMediaCatalogue.


24

SetupforMediawindow

• Pagesetup–ThenameofthePagesetupbeingmodified.Selectfrom the dropdownmenu. Only Pagesetup’s relevant to theselectedprinterdriverwill appear in the list. If a Pagesetupdoesnotexist,aredcrosswillappearnexttothefieldontheright.

• Media–TheMediaselectedfromthepreviousscreenthatwillbe assigned to the Pagesetup. This is a read only field. If aMediaexistswiththesamenameayellowwarningwillappearto the right. The option to rename this (if required) willappearoncetheModifybuttonhasbeenpressed.

• Back–Gobacktothepreviousscreen.• Close–ClosetheMediaCatalogue.• Modify – Modify the selected Pagesetup with the Media.

Warning messages will appear if there are any duplicationswithnames.Thesemaybeeditedoroverwrittenasrequired.

IftherearenocurrentMediaconfigurationsavailablefortheselectedOutputdriver,thefollowingmessagewillappear:


25

TheSerendipityUpdaterThe SerendipityUpdater provides a simple and convenientway of updating SerendipityBlackmagic and standaloneSerendipityClients.

The Updater tracks your current software installation statusand automatically checks for available software updates, bugfixes,maintenancepatchesandnewdrivers.

New updates are listed along with release notes, previouslyinstalledupdates are logged in theUpdater, andnotes canbeviewedatanytime.

Note:TheSerendipityUpdaterrequiresaccess to the internetto function. Updates are not downloaded or installed untilinitiatedbytheuser,astheServerand/orClientareshutdownaspartoftheupdateprocess.

ThefollowingupdatefunctionsareavailableintheHelpmenuoftheBlackmagicServerapplicationand/ortheHelpmenuofthestandaloneSerendipityClient:

• Update Options – Configure a time for Blackmagic toperiodicallycheckforsoftwareupdates.

• Never–Thesoftwarewillnotcheckforupdates.• When(Time/Day)–Configureatimeanddaytoautomaticallycheckforanysoftwareupdates.• Notifywhenupdatesareavailable–Amessagewillappear

onscreenwhenupdatesareavailabletoinstall.• Check for Updates – Choose this to immediately check for

anysoftwareupdates.

Whenconfiguringatime/dayforcheckingforupdatesviatheServerHelpmenu,arestartoftheServerisrequiredforanychangestotakeeffect.

AdditionalSoftwaretabThissectionwilllistanyuninstalledornewdriversorcomponentsthathavenotbeeninstalled.Itemscanbeselectedandinstalledindividuallyasrequired.

Note:TheSerendipityClientinstalledontheBlackmagicServermachineisupdatedaspartofServerupdatesanddoesnot gain access to the “Check for Updates” Helpmenu option. If SecureMode is active, users can be configured toreceive an email when software updates are available. See the Accounts Admin section of this manual for furtherinformationonemailconfiguration.


26

TheBlackmagicDongleUpdaterThe Blackmagic dongle licenses the level (version) of software and enables the use of any input filters (RIPs) andoutput drivers that have been purchased. If any additional licenses are activated, the relevant dongle will requireupdatinginordertoaccessthem.

TheDongleUpdaterisabuilt-infeature,accessedviatheServerFilemenu>UpdateDongleoption.

Toavoidanyabuseofthesoftware,thedongleactivationcodescanonlybeused once and may only be entered against the assigned dongle serialnumber. Any updating should be completed by your relevant Serveradministrator.

ImportantNote:Beforeupdatinganydongles,pleaseensureyourServerisinStopmode.UpdatingtheDongleBeforeupdatingthedongle,anemailmusthavebeenreceivedwiththenewcodes.ThiswilleitherbesentfromSerendipitySoftwaredirectly,orviaaDealeroftheproduct.

Two(2)codesarerequiredforentryinordertoupdatethedongle,referredtoasKeyCode1andKeyCode2.

Thecodesarelocatedinthe“Donglereprogramstring”fieldintheemailandareseparatedbyaspace.

Thefirst,longstringisKeyCode1.Thesecond,shorterstringisKeyCode2.

Toupdatethedongle:• PlugthecurrentUSBdongleintothecomputerandruntheServerapplication.• SelecttheServerFilemenu>UpdateDongle.TheServerwillstop.IfthereareanyClientsopen,aConnectto

Serverwindowand/ordisconnectionmessagemayappear.• AwindowwillopenfortheDongleUpdater.• EnterKeyCodes1and2 intotherelevant fields. It isbestpractice tocopyandpaste thecodestoavoidany

keyingerrors.DONOTcopythespacebetweenthecodes.• Oncethecodeshavebeenenteredcorrectly,theUpdateDonglebuttonwillenable.Clickit.• A confirmationmessagewill appear after the dongle has been successfully updated and a Server restart is

required.• QuittheServerapplicationandrestart.Thedongleisnowupdatedandanynewfiltersordriverswillappearin

theClientforuse.

WhenUpdatingfromVersion3orPrior–BeforeRestartingtheServer:• GototheinstallationdirectoryforBlackmagiconthecomputer.• (forexample:Applications/Serendipity/SerendipityBlackmagic)• Openthelibfolder.• Opentheprintersfolder.• Sortthefilesbydate.• Deletealloldfilesendingin*v.so• OncethefileshavebeendeletedtheBlackmagicServercanberestarted.

FailuretoremovetheoldfilesfromtheprintersfolderwillnoticeablyslowdowntheServerwhenitisrestarting.


27

TheSerendipityClientThe Serendipity Client is a graphic user interface (GUI) used for configuration,maintenance andmonitoring of theBlackmagicServer.

TheClientcanbeinstalledandrunlocallyonthesamemachine,orfromanysupportedcomputeronthenetworkusingTCP/IPprotocol.There isno limit to thenumberofClients thatcanbeconnected to theServer,andeachClientwillhaveitsownsettings,specifictotheuser.

Once installed, the Client connects to a Blackmagic Server and loads the settings from the Server into the Clientinterface.AnyClientcanaccessthejobmanagementinformationandviewthecurrentstatus.TheconfigurationcanbeopentoallusersorprotectedviaSecureMode,whichallocatesspecificaccessforcreatedusersandusergroups.Formoreinformationonhowtosetupaccess,seetheSecureModesectionofthemanual.

LookandFeelThere is a common theme and functionality to the Client. There aremanyways to complete the same task, such asconfiguringaPagesetupfromtheQueueManager.Variousoptionsareavailableusingtherightmouseclicktobringupothercontextualmenus.ThiswillvarydependinguponthesectionoftheClientinterfacebeingused.

Anywherethereisachoosertoselectanitemfromthedatabase,asearchfieldwillbeindicatedbyamagnifyingglass.Enteringtextinthesearchfieldsfiltersthelist,showingonlythematchingitems.ThesearchcanbeinvertedwithCMD+SHIFT+I(Mac)orCTRL+SHIFT+I(Win)tohide the matching items. The search box will turn black to indicate inversesearching.PressingESCwilldismissthesearch.

Therearetwo(2)mainsectionstotheClient–TheWorkbenchandtheJobsapplication.

• TheWorkbenchisusedtoconfigurethevariouspartsoftheServer.Thisisusedtocreatequeues,setupinputpathsandvariouscalibrationfunctions.

• Jobs(anapplication)isusedformanagingandviewingjobsastheypassthroughthesystem.

TheApplications andModules add functionality and provide tools for managing the Server and the jobs passingthroughit.Therearealsovariousmenuoptionscontainingsystemutilitiesandpreferences.

WorkbenchTheWorkbenchiswherethemainsoftwareconfigurationtakesplace.RIPs,Medias,Pagesetups,Outputpaths,ColourSetsandColourCorrectionCurvescanallbesetuphere.

When itemsare createdor changed in theWorkbench theyare saved toadatabase readby theServereach timeatstartup. The database can be backed-up and copied to other(Version6.0)BlackmagicServers.

TheWorkbenchisasplitwindow.TheDataTypeslistthedatabaseitem categories that can be selected for creation or editing. TheitemslistshowtheavailabledatabaseitemswithineachDataType.Thegrayareashowsthesettingsandoptionsforeachitem.

TheDataTypessectionhastwo(2)views–Browse&Search.

Browseallowstheusertoviewandselectanyofthedatabaseitemsfordisplay.ThetabcontainingthemagnifyingglassflipstoaSearchwindow,whichactslikeafilter,showinganyitemscontainingthesearchtext.


28

MenuOptionsApplication

• AccessallavailableApplicationsviathismenu.Eachapplicationwillopeninitsownseparatewindow.• System Settings (Windows OS) – Access the System Settings (Preferences) for the Serendipity Client. This

optionisavailableundertheSerendipityClientmenuforMacOSXusers.• Quit (WindowsOS)–Quits theSerendipityClientapplication.Thisoption isavailableunder theSerendipity

ClientmenuforMacOSXusers.

Submit• Files–SelectfilestosubmittoaPagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombinationforprocessing.• FilesforDeimposition–Submit filesdirectlyforde-imposition,assigningthefilestooneormoreimposition

signatures.• Files As Imposition – Submit files directly as an imposition, assigning the files to one or more imposition

signatures.ThisoptionisonlyavailableforVeripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Onandallowsjobstobede-imposedonthefly(seeTouchConsolefordetails).

• Files As Asset – Select files to send to the Studio application Asset queue. Assets will appear in theQueueManager queue as thumbnails but are not processed until submitted for printing from the Studioapplication.

• ICCTarget–ThisisthestandardoptionthatshouldbeusedwhencalibratingaprinterMediaandsubmittingan ICC target to generate an output ICC profile. Files submitted using this option utilise the Paper Profile,LinearisationLUTandCorrectionLUTintheMediabutarenotICCcorrected.

• Note:Thisisthestandardoptionforsubmittingan(EPSorTIFF)ICCtargetchartusedforcreatinganoutputICCprofilewhencalibratingaprinterMedia.

• ICC Target without Colour correction – Submit an ICC Target to a selected Pagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombination.AllICCoptionsandcolourcorrectioncurvesaredisabled.Amessagewillappeartoconfirmtheoptionbeforesubmitting.

• TestPrints–SubmitoneormoreinternaltestprintstoaselectedPagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombination.• TestPrintsasICCTarget–SubmitoneormoreinternaltestimagesasanICCtarget(asperoptionabove).This

allowsusers to storea commonlyused ICCTarget chart in the “/lib/testprints” folder for easyaccesswhencalibratingMedia.

File• New–Createanewiteminthedatabase.• Save–Savechangestothedatabase.• Duplicate–Makeacopyofthecurrentlyselecteditem.• Revert–Reloadthelastsavedversionofthecurrentlyselecteditem.• Delete–Deletethecurrentlyselecteditem.• Print–Printthedetailsofthecurrentlyselecteditem.• GetInfo–OpensapopupwindowdisplayingGeneralandOwnershipinformationforthechosendatabaseitem.

The General panel displays the type, created and modified timestamps for the item. The Ownership paneldisplaystheUserandGrouppermissionsfortheitem.

• Note:TheUserandGroupwillbelistedas“admin”fornormalinstallations.IfSecureModeisactive(seeServerSettingsandAccountsAdmin),auserwithsufficientprivilegescanmakechangestotheitempermissionswithrespecttootherusers.WheninSecureModetheadminuserloginisabletochangetheuserorgrouptowhichanitembelongs.Ifmultipleitemsareselectedtheadminusercanmakeamasschangetothepermissionsofallitems.

• ShowOrphans–Showsanyitemcurrentlyinthedatabasenotbeingreferencedbyanyotheritem.• Add to Archive – Add the selected items into a new Archive window. See the Archives section for further

information.• ExportasC5Pack–AllowsuserstoexportMediafilesfromtheWorkbenchtoaspecifiedlocationforusewith

theC5application.• Export/ImportFolders–AllowsuserstoexportorimportthefolderstructureusedwithintheWorkbench.It

willnotimportorexportthecontents.

Edit• Undo–Undo the last change.There aremultipleundooptions and this is configuredvia theClient Settings

section.• Redo – Redo the last undone change. There are multiple redo options, depending on the undo status and

configurationintheClientSettings.• Find–OpensatextboxatthebottomoftheWorkbenchpaneltolocatethesearchtextonthescreen.


29

View• SplitVertical/Horizontal–ChangestheviewtoeitherVerticalorHorizontalsplitonthescreen.• ShowTypeColumn–UsedinconjunctionwithShowUsagetodisplaythetypeofdatalisted.• ShowModifiedTimeColumn–Displaysthelastmodifiedtimefortheitemslisted.• ShowUsage–Displaystheitemswithinthedatabasethecurrentlyselecteditemuses,e.g.,aselectedPagesetup

wouldshowtheMediaandOutputitcurrentlyuses.• ReverseUsage–Reversestheusageshownabove.(wascalledShowReferrersinpreviousversions).• Organise Data Types –When enabled, this option will organise the Data Types in theWorkbench list into

relatedcategories.Thisisthedefaultview.

Modules• AccessallavailableModulesviathismenu.Afloatingwindowwillappearforeachseparatemoduleopened.

Server• ServerSettings–AccesstheSystemSettingsorPreferencesfortheBlackmagicServer.Formoreinformation

seetheServerSettingssectionofthemanual.• ConnecttoServer–SelectaBlackmagicServertoconnecttoontheavailablenetwork.• Resume/Pause Processing – Allows users to pause or resume all job processing and print queues. Queues

pauseaftercompletionofthecurrenttask.• AccountsAdmin–Allowsanauthorisedadministratortocreate,modifyandmanageuseraccountsandgroups.• Chatterbox–ChattootherusersconnectedtothesameServerwiththisoption.TheChatterboxwindowwill

displaytheClientsconnectedto theServer.Anicknamemaybeentered in theClientSettings,otherwisethemachinenameisused.Iftheusersnamecannotbeselected,theuserhasselectedtheAwayoptionandisnotavailable.

• BroadcastMessage–ThisallowsmessagestobesenttoallusersconnectedwithaClienttothesameServer.SelectingtheBroadcastoptiondisplaysamessagewindowtotypeintoandsend.ThemessageisdisplayedontheuserswindowforashorttimeandwillautomaticallydismissifitisnotacknowledgedbyclickingOK.

• DownloadPPD–DownloadtheMegaripPPDfromtheServertothedesiredlocation.ThissaveshavingtogetthePPDfromthedisk.UsethePPDwheninstallingalocalprinter.Wheninstalled,theMegaripPPD(PostscriptPrinterDescription) isselectedastheprinterdriverwhensettingupaBlackmagicPublishedPagesetupasaprintdestinationforthirdpartyapplications.

Window• BringAlltoFront–ShowsanyopenwindowoftheClientandcanbeselectedtobringittothefront.• CycleThroughWindows(CMD+`orCTRL+`)–CyclesthroughtheopenwindowswithintheClient.

Help• ServerInfo–ProvidesinformationabouttheServer,includingversion,platform,speed,processors,hostname,

IP,productandvendor.• What’sThis–Selectthisandclickonanypartoftheinterfacetodisplayashorthelpdescription.• UserManual–OpenaPDFoftheBlackmagicmanual.• MediaCatalogue–OpentheMediaCataloguetodownloadandinstallPagesetup/Media/Outputconfigurations

intheWorkbench.SeeMediaCataloguesectionforfurtherinformation.

Thefollowingthree(3)optionswillappearwhenusingastandaloneSerendipityClient:

• UpdateOptions–ConfigureatimeforBlackmagictoperiodicallycheckforsoftwareupdates.• CheckforUpdates–Choosethistoimmediatelycheckforanysoftwareupdates.• Install Local Updates – Allows users tomanually update the Serendipity software package by downloading

(.pax)packagefiles.SeetheInstallingManualUpdatessectionfollowingforfurtherinformation.

• BackupClient–PerformabackupoftheClientsettings.Awindowwillappeartochoosealocationtosavethefile.Thebackupwill saveClientpreferences, folderstructurewithin theWorkbenchandClient layouts.ThisdoesnotsaveJobs,databaseitemsorICCprofiles.

• RestoreClient–ImportsettingsfromapreviouslysavedClientbackupfile.

ContextualMenu(RightClick)In addition to selected Filemenu options listed above, the following options are available via the contextual (right-click)menu:

• NewFolder–Foldersareagreatwaytoorganisethedatatypeslistitems.FoldersareClientbased,meaningeachusercanhavetheirownfoldersifdesired.


30

• NewFolderwithSelection–Placesanyselecteditemsintoanewfolder.• RemoveFolder–Removestheselectedfolder,placingitemswithinthefolderbackintothegeneralitemlist.• Open/CloseSelectedFolders–Expandorcollapsetheselectedfolderstoshoworhidetheitemswithin.

Note: Folders in the items list are internal to the Serendipity Client, used to organise database items. They are notoperatingsystemfilefolders.


31

WorkbenchDataTypesTherearenineteen(19)datatypes(databases)withintheWorkbenchthatcanbeusedandconfiguredtoaccuratelyprocessjobs.Eachwillbeexplainedindetail.Thedatatypesare:

• Bookfilter–Allowsforthepollingandmappingofplanningfilesforsoftproofinglargemulti-sectionormulti-editionjobs.ThisisastandardfeatureforVeripressandavailableasaSoftproofingAdd-onforBlackmagic.

• CalcheckChart–Usedtoprovideavalidationcheckforahardcopyprooforamonitor.• Camera–SetupacameraICCprofileforusewiththeSoftProofapplicationwhenviewingRGBimages.• DotGainCurve–Usedtocompensatefororrepresentdotgainonthefinaloutput.• GradationCurve–Usedtoadjustcolourinajobbyapplyingacurvetotheindividualprocesscolours.• ICCTweakSet–Buildupalibraryofcoloursthatneed“tweaking”foraccurateoutput.• JobGenie–AprogrammablefilesearchfilterusedbysomeRIPinputfiltersforpollingandstitchingtogether

jobsandpublications.• Jobticket–Controlstheinputscreening,resampling,ICCmatching,renderingintents,effects,fittingorscaling

tobeappliedtoincomingjobs.• Media–Used to control configuration settings forOutput,ColourCorrection, ICCprofiles, ScreenPrinting&

OutputScreening.• Output–Determineswhereprocessedjobsaretobeoutput,asfiles,toaprinter,oraremotelocation.• Pagesetup–Wherethedesiredoutput,mediaandalternativejobsubmissionmethodsareassigned.• PagesetupPool–PrinttooneormorePagesetups.• Paper Profile – Used to define the paper and ink characteristics of the Media being used by the output

driver/device.• Press–Contains thecolouranddotgainattributesofapress.Usedby theSoftProofapplication to showthe

effectsofprintingajobonaparticularpress.• RegularExpression–Used in conjunctionwith theRIPs for autoproofing jobsbasedonmatchingparticular

rulesets.• ReplaceColourSet–Usedtomatchandreplacecertaincoloursastheypassthroughthesystem.• RIP–ConfigureapollingpathandautoproofsettingsforRIPdataproofing.• SignatureGroup–Createorimportsignaturesforde-imposition.• SpecialColourSet–Usedtoidentifyandmatchcolourswhenjobsarepolledandprocessed.

DataTypes-UserInterfaceandContextMenuTheBookfilter,Media,Output,PagesetupPools,Press,RIPandSignatureDataTypeshavemultipleconfigurationpanelsorsectionsgoverningthedifferentfunctionstheycontrol.Thesedatatypeshavearowofbuttonsortilesacrossthetopof their configuration panels allowing the user to instantly jump to the section named. If any of the panels are notrequired,theycanbehiddenbyusingthe“X”inthetoprightcornerofeach.Toshowanyhiddenpanels,clickonthepanelnameintherowanditwillappear.Shift+clickwillhidethemagain.

Acontextual (right-click)menu isaccessible inanyof these individual sections, allowing theuser toaccess theFindfunction,Jumptoanothersection,orchangethebackgroundcolourofthepanelforeasyidentification.

PagesetupandJobtickethaveaslightlydifferentlayoutwithclickablemenuheaders.


32

BookfilterThe Bookfilter (Available for Veripress/Blackmagic Softproofing Add-On) is used to setup an appropriate

drivertoreadplanningfilesinordertoputfinishedpublicationstogether,greatlyimprovingthespeed,efficiencyandautomationofsoftproofinginpublishingpressenvironments.

Bookfilter works similarly to a Job Genie based RIP queue in Blackmagic, butrather than polling for RIP jobs, it polls for publication planning files.PublicationsintheplanningfilesarethendisplayedintheBookMonitorandmaybe selected for softproofing. Publications displayed in the BookMonitor can beexpanded to show a list of pages and filenames associated with each page asdefinedbytheplanningfile.TheBookfiltermapsthepagefilenamestoprocessedjobsintheQueueManager.Whenthepublicationisselectedforsoftproofing,theBookfiltersearchestheQueueManagerformatchingjobnamesandcollectstheminto a single publication. Any missing pages will appear as red in the pagenavigator.

Driver• BookDriver–Selecttheappropriatedriverfortheplanningfileformat

used.

Polling• Enablepolling–Enableordisablethepollingofplanningfiles.• LanguageEncoding–Settheencodingtomatchyoursystemtodisplayfilenamescorrectly.• PollInterval–Configurehowfrequentlytopollforplanningfiles.ThePollIntervalshouldbesetaccordingto

your specific requirements. Setting the Poll Interval too short can flood the network with polling requests(packets) causing it to slow down. Setting it too long can take a long time to show stable files ready forsubmission.

• FastPolling-Thiswillautomaticallypolltwo(2)moretimesassoonasone(1)automaticpollhascompleted.ItwillnotwaitforthenextscheduledPollIntervalbeforeitpollsagain.

• LogStatistics-LogthepollingstatisticsintheServerlog.Thelogmessagereports“Startedautomaticpollon<date>”whenpollingstartsand“Completedautomaticpollon<date>”whenfinished.

• ShowBooksNewerThan–Whenactivated, thisoptionsets theBookfilter todisplayonlypolledpublicationplanningfileswithtimesignaturesnewerthanthespecified(days/hours/min)timeintheBookMonitor.

• Note:Olderplanningfilesarehiddenfromview,notdeleted.• JobGenie–SelectaJobGenietoapplyifrequired.AJobGeniemaybeusedoptionallytoremapthePublication

and/orJobnamesinthepolledplanningfile.• Connection–Specifythemethodusedforpolling.Theoptionsare:• Agent–TheSerendipityAgentisinstalledontheRIPwherethefilesarelocated.Thisisusedforpollingand

submissionofthefilesintoBlackmagic.• Hostname/IP–EnterthehostnameorIPaddressofthecomputerwherethefilesare locatedandwherethe

Agentisrunning.• Localhost–This isused topollaharddrive local to theBlackmagic installormappednetworkdriveon the

samemachine.• FTP–UsesFileTransferProtocol(FTP)topollandtransferthefilestoBlackmagic• SecureFTP(SFTP)–UsesSecureFileTransferProtocoltopollandtransferthefilestoBlackmagic.• FileTransferPriority–SpecifytheprioritytobeusedfortransferringfilestoBlackmagic.AdjustfromLowest

toHighestoranywhereinbetween.

PathsSpecifyoneormorepathstothelocationofthepublicationplanningfiles.Theoptionsavailableare:

• New–AddsanewpathtothePathsfield.Selectingthisdisplaysanotherwindowtotypethepathorbrowsetolocatethefoldercontainingthejobs.Browsewillonlyworkiftheconnectionmethodhasbeenspecifiedandisvalid.

• Delete–Deletestheselectedpaths.• DeleteAll–Deletesallpathsfromthelist.

TestingOncetheconfigurationiscomplete,testtheparametersarecorrect.Theconfigurationmustbesavedbeforeatestcanbedone.Ifitisnotsaved,apromptwillappearto“saveandtest”.Atestpollcheckstheconnection,pathvalidityandjobpresence.Messagesappearinthewindowtoalertyoutoanyproblemsorgiveconfirmationofavalidconfiguration.


33

CalcheckChartTheCalcheckChartdatatypeiswherechartsareconfiguredandstoredforuseincolourvalidationchecks.

The charts are comprised of user-created or imported colour patches, along with target standards and tolerances.Theseitemsaresavedtothedatabaseandcanbeusedand/oradjustedatanytime.TheCalcheckChartisthenusedinconjunction with the Calcheck application to provide avalidationcheckforahardcopyprooforamonitor.

Once the chart is setup, it normally never needs to bechanged; the standards tobeusedare savedwith the chart.WhenreadingthechartwiththeCalcheckapplication,simplyloaditandmeasure.Ifyouwantedtouseadifferentstandard,thisisdoneinthechartandnottheCalcheck.

ThechartcanbeattachedtothejobasitpassesthroughtheJobticketandPagesetup,orprintedfromtheCalcheck.

The window shows a list of the patches on the right andcolourinformationontheleft.ForeachpatchselecteditsLabvalues, delta tolerance and patch type can be adjusted. Theoveralltargetpreferencesarespecifiedinthelowerhalfoftheleftpanel.

ToolbarOptionsThefollowingoptionsareavailableviatheToolbaratthetopofthepanel.Anyoptioncanbeshownorhiddenbyticking/untickingitinthecontextual(right-click)menuwithintheToolbar.TheConfigureToolbaroptioninthemenualsoallowstheorderofthebuttons/optionstobeset.

• NewColour–Createanewcolourinthelistwithdefault*values.Valuesandcolournamescanbeadjustedasdesired.

• DeleteColours–Deletestheselectedcoloursfromthelist.• DuplicateColours–Makescopiesoftheselectedcolours.Useshiftorcontrolkeysformulti-selection.• Rename Colours – Pops up a renaming window, allowing for name changes on one or more colours

simultaneously.• ImportPatchesfromFiles*-Importapatchsetfromacolourdatafile,suchasthoseofcolourstandardsorICC

profilemakers.• Reorder Patches – Reorder the patches. Selecting this will display another window to select one or more

coloursanddragthemintoaneworder.Usetheupanddownarrowkeysandshiftorcontroltomulti-select.• GeneratePatchesfromICC–SelectanICCprofilefromwhichtocreateasetofpatches.Selectingthisoption

displaysafilechoosertoselectanICCprofile.Apromptwillappearforthenumberofpatchestogenerate.Theminimumnumberis16andmaximumis512.

• AddColoursFromLibrary–AddcolourstothecurrentlyselectedCalcheckChartfromaSpecialColourSet.

*Note: When creating or importing new colours, they are stored with the default tolerance settings. This is userconfigurableandshouldbesetbeforethepatchsetiscreated.PatchDefinitionOntheleftareaseriesofcontrolsusedtodefineeachpatch.SelectingapatchfromthelistwillloadthecolourintothecolourmatchboxatthetopandloadtheLab/CMYKvaluesintotherespective fields.Tochange thevalue, simply type thenewnumber into therelevantfield.

• Lab(orCMYK)–TheLab(orCMYK)valuefortheselectedcolour.• !etolerance–Setthemaximum!evaluefortheselectedcolour.• !Htolerance–Setthemaximum!Hvaluefortheselectedcolour.• !Ctolerance–Setthemaximum!Cvaluefortheselectedcolour.• PatchType–Identifyimportantpatchtypesfromtheset.Theoptionsare:• Paper–Selectthepatchthatrepresentsthepaperbeingchecked.• Cyan/Magenta/Yellow/Black–Identifyapatchforeachcolourfromyourset.• Gray–Usedtoidentifygraypatchesinthechart.• Generic–Mostpatchesaregenericandareclassifiedasgenericiftheydon’tfallintooneoftheabovetypes.

Note:WhengeneratingpatchesfromanICCprofile,thepatchesareautomaticallyassignedthecorrecttype.


34

TargetStandardsTherearethree(3)standardsthatcanbeusedtocompareagainstaproof.

Theseare!e,!Hand!C.

The first standard!e is always enabled.Theother two standardsmust be enabled for the results to appear on theCalcheck.Toenable,selectthetabandticktheTargetcheckbox.

Foreachstandard,specifythelimitsusedforapassandfailstatus.For!e,alsochoosewhichofthe!estandardsaretobeused–deltaE,CIE94,CIE2000,CMC(1:1)orCMC(2:1).

ImportantNote:Thecorrectstandardtobetestedmustbeselectedandsavedwiththechart.Onlythatstandardwillbetestedforapassorfail.Ifyouwanttocheckanotherstandard,changeithereandsaveitagain.Forexample,ifyouarecheckingdeltaEandyouwantCIE2000,youwillneedtochangeit,saveandre-measure.

Thelimitsare:

• Average–ForallthepatchesinthechartthatwillbemeasuredbyCalcheck,theaveragemustbebelowthisvalueforapass.

• Maximum – This is the default value usedwhen creating or importing patches. This value is only used forassigningmaximumtolerancefortheimport.Whenthetargetismeasured,thetolerancesetperpatchistheoneusedtodetermineapassorfailstatus.

• Standard(Std)Deviation–Thestandarddeviationacrossallthepatchesmustnotexceedthisvalue.

TheCalcheckwillonlyreportapassforaprooformonitorifallpatchesinthetargetchartarewithintolerance.

• PatchesPerStrip–Specifyhowmanypatchesareprintedperline,allowingtheuseofexistingtargetstandardssuchastheFograMediaWedge.

SpectrophotometerUseoneofthesupportedonlineinstrumentstomeasurecoloursdirectlyintotheCalcheckChart.

Tomeasurecolours:

• SelectaninstrumentfromthedropdownmenuandclickonActivate.Thedevicemustbeconnectedandturnedon.

• Followtheon-screeninstructions,assomedevicesrequirecalibrationbeforemeasuring.• Whencomplete,clicktheTurnOffbutton.• IftheLabtextoptionischosen,youwillbepromptedtochooseafiletoimport.TheformatmustbeLabvalues,

spaceortabdelimitedandnoheaderinformation.

Note: If importing characterisation data from one of the ICC profile packages or colour standards, use the ImportPatchesFromFilesoption.PatchesThissectionoftheCalcheckChartwindowdisplaysthepatchesintheset.Eachpatchshowsitsrespectivecolour,nameandLabvalues.Thereisalsoapatchtypeandthetolerancesforeachstandard.Thetolerancesareassignedwhenthepatchesarecreatedorimportedandarebasedonthesettingsontheleft.

Atolerancesettingcanbealteredbyselectingthecolourandenteringanewvalueintherelevantbox.

TheCharttypecanbealteredviathedropdownmenuabovethepatchesandaPressICCProfilewillappearifallocated.ThePressICCProfilebuttononlybecomesavailableforCMYKcharttypes.

SearchAbovethepatcheslistisasearchbox.Enterastringtofilteroutanypatchesnotrequiredandlocatethosethatare.Allfieldswithin thepanelaresearched.Thesearchcanbe invertedusingCMD+SHIFT+I(Mac)orCTRL+SHIFT+I(Win).Theboxwillappearblackwhentheinvertedsearchisenabled.


35

CameraTheCameradatatypeisusedtodefineanRGB(orCamera)ICCprofilecolourspaceforusewhenviewingRGB

images in theSoftProofapplication.Userscanconfigurewhether thedefaultCameraprofileor imageembedded ICCprofileisautomaticallyselectedandappliedtoanRGBimagewhenopenedinSoftProof.SeeApplications>SoftProof>SoftProofSettingsforfurtherdetails.

ColourManagement• CameraICCProfile–SelecttheICCprofiletoassign.• RenderingIntent–Selecttherenderingintenttobeused.• Black Point Compensation – Enable/Disable Black Point

Compensation.• CalcheckChart–AssignaCalcheckChartforCameracolourverificationchecksusingtheDisplaysapplication.

DotGainCurve

ADotGainCurvecanbeusedtocompensatefororrepresentdotgainonthefinaloutput.Inthis section, curves can be created for application to a Pagesetup in order to change theoutput.

Thecurvemaybeappliedfortwo(2)reasons:

• Aftertheinitialcalibrationyoumayfindthattheresultantoutputiseitherslightlytoo dark or slightly too light. A DotGain Curve can be applied to the process orspecials(orboth)tomaketheprintlighterordarker;or

• • Torepresentapressorprintingprocessdotgainontheproof.


• TraceSavedCurve–Agreenlineappears,showingwherethecurvewaslastsavedandwherethecurvehasbeenedited.

• Invert Curve – Invert the selected curve. An inverted curve can be used to compensate for the colourcharacterisationorplatesetterdotgaincurvesoutputbyaplatesetterRIP,returning jobstoa linearstate forproofing.

• DotgainTable–Entervaluesmanuallytoadjustorcreateacurve.• Import fromCSV – Importvalues fromaCSVfile.The filemustcontainexactly23values foreachcolouras

definedintheDotgaintableeditor.

Note:TheProcessandSpecialDotGaincurvesonlyapplytoCMYKinputjobs.RGBjobswillnotbeaffected.


36

GradationCurveAGradationCurveisusedtoadjustcolourinajobbyapplyingacurvetotheindividualprocesscolours.The

Gradation Curve can be applied to a Media either as a Linearisation Curve or as aCorrection Curve. A Linearisation Curve is normally applied as part of the earlycalibration stage and this is recommended. A Correction Curve is applied if a smallamountoffine-tuningisrequiredafternormalcalibrationprocedures.


• TraceSavedCurve–Agreenlineappears,showingwherethecurvewaslastsavedandwherethecurvehasbeenedited.

• InvertCurve–Invertstheselectedcurve.• GradationTable–Entervaluesmanuallytoadjustorcreateacurve.• Preview Curves – Displays awindowwith all curves in their respective colours so they can be assessed in

relationtoeachother.Thisisupdateddynamicallyaschangesaremade.• Lineariser–LoadsaLinearisationCurvedirectlyintotheLineariserapplication.

ICCTweakSetBuildupa libraryof colours thatneed “tweaking” (adjusting) foraccurateoutputwith the ICCTweakSetdata type. A tweak set alters colours during the ICC mapping stage from input to output profile and is

selectedonaperMediabasis.

The ICC profiles are not edited in any way and the tweak set can beselected as desired. Each colour requiring alteration is selected andadjustedbyaddingtoorsubtractingprocesscoloursfromit,ormakingitlighter or darker. An accurate visual representation is shown on thescreenandthepoint in thecolourspacecanalsobeviewed.Colourscanbe created manually or by entering the CMYK or Lab values, or inputautomaticallyusinganonlineSpectrophotometer.

Theinterfaceissplitintotwoparts–theleftsideshowstheinputvaluesand the right side shows where any adjustments (tweaks) have beenmade.

Options• Colourspace–ChoosebetweenInputProfileorLabinput.IftheprofileselectedisRGB,thesliderswillchange

toRGB.IfCMYK,thesliderswillchangeaccordingly.• Influence–Choosetheareaaroundthespecifiedcolourstobeaffected.Thisisdeterminedasascaleof1to5,

with1beingtheleastinfluenceand5thegreatest.• TweakValue–UsetheCMYsliderstoaddorsubtractfromthecolourbeingadjusted.• Rendering Intent – Choose the rendering intent that the colour is to be altered in from either Perceptual,

ColourimetricorSaturation.ThismustmatchtherenderingintentoftheJobticketforthemappingtowork.• NewTweak–Createanewtweakintherenderingintentselected.• Copy–Availableviatherightclickmenu.Usedtocopytheselectedtweaks.• Paste–Availableviatherightclickmenuonceanitemhasbeencopied.Usedtopastethecopiedtweakfrom

theclipboardtotherenderingintentselected.• ChangeWhitePoint–Change thewhitepointof thepaper. Select thebuttonandenter theX,Y,Zpoints. If a

Spectrophotometerisconnected,thewhitepointcanbemeasureddirectlyintothesystem.• Zoom–ZoominandoutoftheLabcolourspacetoseethepointbeingtweakedinrelationtothewholespace.• L-value–MoveupanddowntheL-valuetoseethepointbeingtweakedinrelationtothelightness.Resetthe

valuebyclickingtheReCentrebutton.• ICCProfiles–Choosetheinputandoutputprofilesbeingusedtotweak.Thesemustmatchtheonesselectedin

theMedia,astheyarestoredwiththetweaksetandareusedduringthemappingprocess.• Spectrophotometer – Choose an online Spectrophotometer to read values directly into the tweak set. Once

selected,presstheActivatebuttontoconnectandtakemeasurements.Ifthedeviceisbeingusedbyanotherapplication(includingaSerendipityapplication),itwillfailtoconnect.Quitordisconnectallothersfirst.


37

JobGeniePlate separated, single-bit screen TIFFs have become predominant in print industryworkflows. The TIFFBased(Generic)inputfilterisdesignedtopolljobsfromRIPsthatproduce1-bitTIFFfiles;onefileforeach

processorspotcolourplateofaparticularjob.

While theTIFFBased (Generic) input filter has a limited intelligence and can recognise standard filenames, such asjobname_plate.tif,itwillnotunderstandorbeabletocorrectlypollafilenamelikeJ371P1S1CCyan.tif.

The JobGenieutilityallows for theconfigurationofaTIFFBasedRIP input filter topoll andrecogniseany filenameconvention,nomatterhowuniqueorcomplex,andstitchthe1-bitfilesintosinglejobs.JobGeniecanalsobeusedtorename files to have more user-friendly onscreen names, or group files together into a single publication. Theconfigurationwindowissplit intotwo(2)sections.Thecolumnontheleft isusedtoenteraTask(seeTasksbelow).Themain panel displays the five (5) tabbed sections requiring considerationwhen setting up each Task. After it iscreated,theJobGenieisselectedinaRIPqueueusinganinputfiltersuchasTIFFBasedRIP(UserConfigurable)topollthechosendirectoriesforthedefinedfilenames.

TasksAJobGenieismadeupofoneormoreuser-definedtasks.Eachtaskspecifieshowthejobfilenamesarecollected;howtheyaredefinedandgrouped;howthejobnameswillbedisplayedintheRIPMonitor;andifthejobswillbeproofedasapublicationwhensubmittedforprocessing.

ImportantNote:Morethanonetaskmayberequiredtocollectallthefilesinagivenpathifthenamingvaries.Jobsareconstructed in the order of the tasks. Once a Jobname is matched by a given task, it is removed from subsequentsearches,sotheorderofthetasksisveryimportant.Tochangetheorderofatask,selectitwiththemouseanddragittothedesiredpositioninthelist.InterfaceOptions

• Log – Enable or disable to display thematching process in the ServerLog for the task selected. This can beusefultodebugproblemswhereconfigurationsarenotmatchingfilesproperly.ItisbesttoturnloggingoffforaJobGeniethatisfunctioningcorrectlytoavoidtheServerLogbecomingtoolargeorcluttered.

• Add–Addanothertasktothelist.• Duplicate–Copytheselectedtasktoanewone.• Delete–Deletethecurrentlyselectedtask.

Tabs–(1)CollectFilesThis tab specifies how the files are sorted and collected by the input filter. One ormore search parameters can beentered,witheachonecomprisingofanActiontype,aMatchcriteriaandasearchString.

It isnotnecessary toenteranything in this first tab ifall the files in theRIP inputfilterpatharevalidforcollectionandproofing.

As with tasks, each collection action is performed in order. Once a file has beenexcluded by a task, it is not looked at again so the order of the actions is veryimportant.

ActionOptions• Ignore Files – Do not include any files matching the definition specified

whentheinputfiltercollectsthereadyforsorting.• IgnoreDirectories–Donotlookindirectoriesmatchingthedefinitionspecifiedwhencollectingfilesreadyfor

sorting.• DescendDirectories–Onlylookindirectoriesspecifiedbythedefinitionwhencollectingfilesreadyforsorting.• IncludeFilesinDirectories–Includeallfilesinthedefinitionspecifieddirectorieswhencollectingfilesready

forsorting.• IncludeFiles–Onlycollectfilesasspecifiedbythedefinition.

Note:Oftheaboveactions,IncludeFilesinDirectorieshasprecedenceoverallotheractions.Ifthisismatched,filesanddirectories at the same level are ignored. Files anddirectorieswithin thedirectorymatchedare then subjected to asearch,governedbyanyotherspecifiedaction.


38

DefinitionOptions• EndingWith–Anyfileordirectoryasspecifiedintheactionwithanameendingwith<thistext>.• BeginningWith–Anyfileordirectoryasspecifiedintheactionwithanamebeginningwith<thistext>.• ContainingText–Anyfileordirectoryasspecifiedintheactionwhereanamecontains<thistext>.• Named–Anyfileordirectoryasspecifiedintheactionexplicitlynamed<thistext>.• Add–Addtheactionanddefinitionspecifiedtothelistoffilestocollect.• Apply–Applyanychangestothecurrentlyselectedactionanddefinitioninthelist.• Delete–Deletethecurrentlyselectedactionanddefinitionfromthelist.• FilenameLength–Specifyaminimumandmaximumfilenamelengthwhensearchingforanyfilesforsorting.

Note:TheAdd,ApplyandDeletebuttonsareonlyavailableifthereisachangetoanexistingentry.Ifactionsarenotaddedorappliedtothelistbeforeasave,thelistisnotupdated.Tabs–(2)FilenameBreakDownMostjobfilenamingconventionscontaincommonelementsdefiningthejob’sname,section,pageorpublication;andspecificfilemarkersoruniqueelementsidentifyingthingssuchasplatecolour.

This tab allows you to specify the construction of a filename. This is done bybreaking itdownintopartsandgivingeachpartauser-definedname.Onceallparts of the filename are identified, they can be grouped together to make acompletejob.

Options• Case Sensitive Matches – Used to match case when the criteria for

matching contains user specified input. For example, Part containsspecific words, Match to separator and the Truncate option. If any ofthese are used and Case Sensitive Matches is selected, only thosecharactersmatchingthespecificcaseenteredarematched.

• ReadDirection–Thedirection inwhich the filename is read.Click thearrowtochangereaddirections.

• Parts–Thisisablockdiagramshowingthebreakdownofthejob.Eachpartisgivenanameandidentifiesasectionofthefilename.ClickingtheReadDirectionarrowchangestheorderofthepartstoshowwhichpartisgoingtobereadfirst.IfcreatinganewJobGenie,partswillnotappearinthediagramuntiltheyarecreated.

• Add–Addpartstothelist.• Apply–Updatetheselectedpartwithchanges.• Delete–Deletetheselectedpartfromthelist.• PartName–Specifyanameforthepartyouareabouttodescribe.Meaningfulnamesareusefulwhenchoosing

thegroupslater.• PartContains–Specifyfromthelistwhatthepartwillcontain.Choosefrom:• AnyCharacter–Thepartcancontainanyvalidcharacter.• NumbersOnly–Thepartmayonlycontainnumbers.• HexadecimalsOnly–Thepartmustonlycontainhexadecimalcharacters(0-9,A-F).• SpecificWords–Specifyawordorcharactersinthetextboxthatthepartmustcontain.• Match–Choosewhatpointinthefilenameyouaregoingtomatchto.Thismaybeaspecificseparatororendof

string, forexample, readalong the filenameuntil thispoint, looking forvalidpartmatchingspecifiedabove.Choosefrom:

• ToSeparator–Enteracharacterinthetextboxtospecifyasaseparator, i.e.,continuereadingthepartuntilyoureachthisseparator.

• ToEndofString–Matcheverythingfromthispointtotheendofthefilename(string).• ToNumericSeparator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindanumber.• ToNon-NumericSeparator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindanythingthatisnotanumber.• To“.”(fullstop)Separator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindafullstop.• To“-“(hyphen)Separator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindahyphen.• To“_”(underscore)Separator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindanunderscore.• To“$”(dollar)Separator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindadollarsignsymbol.• To“”(space)Separator–Matcheverythingfromthispointuntilyoufindaspace.• NumberofCharacters–Matchthenumberofcharactersspecifiedinthetextbox.Afurtheroptionisavailable

ifthisisselected:• TruncatefromCharacter–Chooseacharactertoidentify inthefilenameandremoveallcharactersfromthe

pointonwards.Forexample,ifyouhavealargenumberof0’sinagroup,youcanchoosetoremovethose0’sfromthegroupsotheyarenotdisplayed.


39

Note:TheToSeparatorandTruncatefromCharacteroptionsallowmultipleentriesseparatedbycommas,whereeachentrysearchesforamatch,i.e.,youcanspecify“ToSeparatora,b,c”whereifanyoftheseparatorsa,borcarematcheditisvalid.SeparatorOptionsSeparatorsarethecharactersthatdeterminetheendandbeginningofapart.Forexample,withcyan.tif thefullstopbetween cyan and tif is the separator. As this is part of the filename, you still need to decidewhat to dowith thisseparator.Therearethree(3)options:

• DiscardSeparator–Ignorestheseparator.• IncludeSeparatorwiththisPart–Includestheseparatorwiththepartbeingdescribed.• IncludeSeparatorwiththenextPart–Includestheseparatorwiththenextpartdescribed.

Example:Withafilenamesuchasjob.cyan.tifwhereweparsethenameintheforwarddirection,wedescribethefirstpartasnametoseparatorfullstop(.)andthenextpartasplatetofullstop(.)

DiscardSeparatorcreatesthetwopartsasjobandcyan.IncludeSeparatorwiththispart(forname)wouldproduceapartasjob.IncludeSeparatorwithnextpart(plate)producesapartascyan.ThisisonlyusediftheseparatorisacharacteryouwanttodisplayintheRIPMonitor,suchasapagemarker.ThemostcommonlyusedoptionisDiscardSeparator.Intheaboveexample,iftheoptionIncludeSeparatorwithNextPartwasused,wecouldnotidentifythecolours,asitwillbecalled.cyan

Tabs–(3)Jobname+PlateThistaballowsyoutoconfigurewhichpartsshouldbegroupedtogethertocompleteajobandwhichpartidentifiestheplatesofthejob.Youcanspecifyhowtheplatesaredescribedandcontrolspecificmapping.

JobGrouping• Onlygroupfilesinthesamedirectoryasjob–Checkthisboxtogroupfilenamestogetherinadirectory.Filesin

differentdirectorieswillnotbegrouped.

Thisisusedwhenjobdirectoriesarecreatedcontainingalltheplates.Sometimes the filenames vary for the name of the job, but becausethey are all placed in one directory per job, they can be groupedtogether.

• Group fileswithparts –This displays theparts created inTab (2) –FilenameBreakDown. Select thepart or parts thatmakeup the jobnamebyclickingthetilesonscreen.

• Inmostcases,thefilepartdefinedastheplateshouldnotbechosen,as this would group files with the same plate together, rather thancombiningthedifferentplatefilesintoonejob.

PlateIdentificationThis tab iswhere you definewhich part created in Tab (2) – Filename BreakDown is the plate part and how it iswritteninthefilename.

• Plate Part – Select the part of the filename that describes the plate colour from the dropdown list. The listcontainsthepartcreatedinTab(2).

Platesare:

• Definedbywords–Theplatenamesarecompletenames,forexample,cyan,pantone252.• Definedbynumbers–Theplatesaredefinedbynumbers, forexample,0 is cyan,1 isMagentaetc. If this is

selected,twootheroptionsareavailable:• StartingPlateNumber–Enterthenumbertheplatesstartat.Thisisusually0or1.• PlateOrder–ChoosetheplateorderbetweenKCMY+specialsorCMYK+specials.• Map Letters C, M, Y, K to Process Names – If the plates are named with just letters, for example, cyan is

representedasc,selectedDefinedbywordsandchoosethisoption.• Stripleadingzerosfromcolournames–Sometimescolournameshavemultiplezerosbeforetheplatenumber.

Thisoptioncanbeusedtoremovethese.


40

PlateMappingYou canmap plate names so they appear correctly in the RIPMonitor and are able to bematched to colours in theSystem Specials colour set (see Server Settings – Colour Management). A list of plates requiring mapping can becreated.

• CaseSensitiveMapping–Selectthisifthemappingshouldcheckforcase.• Add–Addthemappingtothelist.• Apply–Applychangestothecurrentlyselectedmapping.• Delete–Deletethecurrentlyselectedmappingfromthelist.• Prefixnumber literalswithusertext–Addaprefixtonumbersyouarepolling.Forexample, if thecolour is

called254,youcanprefixthewordpantoneinfrontofthenumber,makingthespecialplatebecomepantone254.

Tabs–(4)Publication+PagesThistabiswherepartscanbeidentifiedfromtheFilenameBreakDownasaPublicationandaPage.Thiscanhelpwithautoproofing,asajobcanbeautomaticallyfilteredandgainalltheattributesavailabletopublications,suchasgroupingintheQueueManagerandthePagespaneinSoftProof.

• Pagenumbersare:• Definedbywords–Attemptstoassignpagenumbers fromwords/letters

intheselectedpagenumberpart.• Definedbynumbers –Assignpagenumbers from the selectednumerical

pagenumberpart.• Defined by sequence 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B –Use the standardpress imposition

numbering system to assign page numbers from the select page numberpart.E.g.1A=1,1B=2,2A=3,2B=4andsoon.

• Defined by sequence 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D..2A, 2B – Use this multi-web pressimposition numbering system to assign both section and page numbersfromtheselectedpagenumberpart.Thenumericalcomponentisassignedas thesectionandthe letter isassignedas thepagewhereA=1,B=2,C=3andsoon.Alternatively,thispagesequencedefinitionwillrecogniseapagenumberpartcomprisedofasingleletter,assigningpagesA=1,B=2,C=3,D=4andsoon.

• Pagenumberpart–SelectthepartthatidentifiesthePagenumberfromJobname,Colour,ExtensionsorNone.• CaseSensitiveMapping–SelectthisifthePublication,SectionorEditionmappingshouldcheckforcase.

PublicationTab

• PublicationPart(dropdown)–SelectthefilenamepartdefinedasthePublication.• Whenfilesaresubmitted forprocessingvia theRIPMonitor,all jobswithacommonPublicationPartwillbe

submittedtotheQueueManagerasonepublicationandwillbeviewableassuchinSoftProof.NonemeansnoPublicationPartisbeingused.

• IN /OUT–Optionally remapPublication abbreviations to full names. For example, smh INbecomesSydneyMorningHeraldOUT.

SectionTab

• SectionPart – Select the filenamepart defined as the SectionPart from thedropdownmenu.Thedefault isNone,meaningtheSectionPartisnotbeingused.

• Various publications, such as newspapers, are comprised of several separate sections. The pages of thesesectionsoftenuseafilenameconventionwherethepagenumbersrepresentthenumberwithinthesection–not thepagenumberwithinthewholepublication.TheSectionPartmakes itpossible toproofapublicationmade up of multiple sections and offset the pages of each section appropriately to allow viewing of thecompletepublicationinthecorrectpageorder.

• IN/OUT–Ifused,theSectionPartrequiressectionnamesbeenteredalthoughINandOUTcanbethesame.• PageOffset–Ifrequired,enterapageoffsetvalueforthesection,fore.g.,pages1,2and3ofasectionwithan

offsetof10wouldbecomepages11,12and13.

EditionTab

• EditionPart(drop-down)–selectthefilenamepartdefinedastheEditionpart.NonemeansnoEditionpartisbeingused.


41

• Itiscommonfornewspapersandotherpublicationstobeprintedinseveraleditions,withsomeorallpagesspecificallyprintedfordifferentlocalesorupdatedacrosstheday.ThispartallowseditionsofapublicationtobedefinedandgroupedseparatelyforSoftproofing.

• IN/OUT–optionallyre-mapeditionabbreviationstofullnames,e.g.CEINbecomesCityEditionOUT.

Note:UsingPublicationandSectionPartswithBookfilterInthecaseofaJobGeniebeingcreatedforpollingplanningfilesusingBookfilter,thePublication,SectionandEditionpartscanbeusedtore-maptheirrespectivefilenamepartstomorecoherentoruser-friendlynamesfordisplayintheBookMonitor.SectionPageOffsetisnotutilisedinthisinstance,itissimplyforrenaming.EditionpartsdefinedforincomingRIPjobscanbematchedtoeditionsinparticularplanningfileformats(suchasIFRATrack)polledusingtheBookfilter.Theseareusediftheplanningfilepublication(Book)pagesrequireafallbacktoamaster edition when an edition specific page has not been produced on press and so is not present in theQueueManager.Tabs–(5)DisplayThe Display tab allows you to configure how the Jobnames are displayed in theRIPMonitor.ClickthePartstilestoaddthefilenamepartstotheJobname,PublicationNameand(optional)SectionNamestrings.Partscanbeenteredinanyorder.

AnyothertexttobeshownintheRIPMonitorcanbeenteredaspartofthestring.

For example, clicking a part named Pagewill show <Page> in the string. Thiswilldisplay the page number only in the RIPMonitor. It may be useful to add “Page:”beforethe<Page>partsotheRIPMonitorwilldisplayas“Page:1”.

• DisplaySpecification–ShowsthepartscreatedinTab(2).• JobnameString–ShowsthestringthatwillbedisplayedintheNamecolumn

oftheRIPMonitorandQueueManager.Youcanenteranyvalidcharacterorusefilenameparts.

• JobDirectory–(Buttons)AllowsyoutoenterthejobdirectoryintoJobname,Publicationand/orSectionStringfields.

• PublicationNameString–ShowsthestringthatwillbedisplayedinthePublicationcolumnoftheRIPMonitorandQueueManager(inPublicationview).Youcanenteranyvalidcharacterorusefilenameparts.

• SectionString–ShowsthestringthatwillbedisplayedintheSectioncolumnoftheRIPMonitor.Youcanenteranyvalidcharacterorusefilenameparts.

• EditionString–ShowsthestringthatwillbedisplayedintheEditioncolumnoftheRIPMonitor.Youcanenteranyvalidcharacterorusefilenameparts.

ChecktheSerendipitySoftwareKnowledgeBaseforHowTo’soncreatingaJobGenie:

http://skb.serendipity-software.com.au


42

JobticketTheJobticketconsistsofconfigurableoptionsusedtomanipulateanincomingjobforthedesiredoutput.AJobticketcanbelinkedtoaspecificPagesetupconfigurationorcreatedon-the-flyviatheSubmitdialogwindow.

ColourManagementPanelManage

• AlwaysUseICC–EnabletoalwaysusetheassignedICCprofileforjobssubmittedtotheJobticket,PagesetupandMediacombination.Ifthisisnot enabled, the ICC profiles selected are only used in colourspaceconversion.ThisisthedefaultoptionforanynewJobticketscreated.

• Honour Embedded ICC Profiles – Enable to use an ICC profileembedded in a submitted TIFF, JPEG or EPS file as the input matchprofile. When enabled the embedded file profiles will always takeprecedenceoveranyMatchICCassigned.

• Process Grayscale as Black –When enabled this option converts andprocessesgrayscalePSD, JPEG,BMG,TIFFandPNG files submitted totheJobticketasProcessBlack(K).

Note:TheTIFFImageoutputdriverhasanoptiontoembedanICCprofileintoTIFFfilesthatareoutputbyBlackmagic.

• Black Point Compensation – This setting is designed for use whenprocessing input from largegamutsourcessuchasphotographsandRGB images.BlackPointCompensationenhances shadow details in these images; assists when viewing shadowed areas in non-ideal or everydaylightingconditions;andpreventsfloodinginCMYgrayareas.

• Thissettingonly functionswhenusingcolourimetricrendering intentsandwhenAlwaysUseICCisenabled.BlackPointCompensationshouldnotbeusedfornormalCMYKproofingjobswhicharegenerallywellwithinthegamutofanoutputdevice(inkjetprinter).

• RetainPureBlack–WhenICCprofilesareused,allcolours–evensolids–aremadeupofamixofdifferentcolours. Selecting this option uses only black for areas containing just black. When enabled, the followingoptionsbecomeavailable:

• All–UsesblackinkonlyinareasdefinedasBlack.• Text–UsesblackinkonlyinelementsdefinedasBlacktext.Thiscanimprovetheclarityandsharpnessofthe

text.

Note:Thisoptionisnotalwayssuitableforusewithprintersusinglightblackinks,asmanyoftheseinkstendtohaveanon-blackhue.

• RGBInputProfile–SelectanRGBinputICCprofile.ThisisusedtoconvertdatainputfromanRGBsourcetoLabforcolourmanagement.

• RGBInputRenderingIntent–Selecttherenderingintenttouse.Optionsinclude:• Perceptual–Allcoloursaremovedproportionallytoeachothersotheeyeperceivesthecolourstobecorrect

(i.e.,coloursoutofgamutmoveintogamut,andthoseingamutmoveproportionallytothoseoutofgamut).• Relative Colourimetric – Those colours out of gamut are moved into gamut, and those in gamut are left

untouched.• AbsoluteColourimetric–Thecoloursare leftalonesothoseoutofgamutcannotbereproduced.Adjuststhe

whitepointofthemediatomatchthatintheinputICCprofile.• Saturation–Thosecoloursoutofgamutmoveintogamut,butallcoloursincreaseinsaturationasaresult.• PressInput–SelectaPressprofile.ThisisaMatchICCprofileandisusedtoconvertinputdatafromCMYKto

Lab.ThiscanbeamulticolourprofileorCMYK.• Inks–DefineapressinksetforamulticolourpressICCprofileiftheselectedprofiledoesnotcontainprocess

inknames.SelectingthisoptiondisplaysaSpecialColourSetchoosertoselectapre-definedpressinksetortocreateanewset.

ImportantNote:Formulticolourprofilestowork,youmustcreatethesamecolournamesusedintheICCandhavetheminthesameorder.TheorderfortheICCisspecifiedduringICCcreation.Thisisindependentoftheactualpressorder.Changetheorderbydraggingthecoloursaroundtheset.TheorderisspecifiedastheColour(leftcolumn),orderdescending.


43

• PressInputRenderingIntent-Intent–Selecttherenderingintenttouse.Optionsinclude:• Perceptual–Allcoloursaremovedproportionallytoeachothersotheeyeperceivesthecolourstobecorrect

(i.e.,coloursoutofgamutmoveintogamut,andthoseingamutmoveproportionallytothoseoutofgamut).• Relative Colourimetric – Those colours out of gamut are moved into gamut, and those in gamut are left

untouched.• AbsoluteColourimetric–Thecoloursare leftalonesothoseoutofgamutcannotbereproduced.Adjuststhe

whitepointofthemediatomatchthatintheinputICCprofile.• Saturation–Thosecoloursoutofgamutmoveintogamut,butallcoloursincreaseinsaturationasaresult.• Press InksPreview–Whenacolourset ischosenvia the Inksbutton,apreviewof thecolourswatcheswill

appear.• UploadICC–ThisisavailableonalloftheICCchoosers.IftheICCprofileislocatedsomewhereotherthanthe

defaultICCfolders,usethisfunctiontouploadittotheServerICCfoldersinorderforittobeused.AsthisisaClient-side option, use this function formoving ICC profiles from themachine theywere created on to theServer.ThiscanbeeitherontheLANorWANasaremotemachine.

•

Verify• PrintCalcheck-SelectthistoattachacalibrationstriptoeveryjobpassingthroughthisJobticket.TheCalcheck

results(greenpassorredfail)willchangethecolourofthejobinformationshownintheQueueManagerwhenthejobisprocessed(seeimagebelow).

• Chart–ChoosethechartforusefromthepopupwindowofCalcheckCharts.• Device–Choosethedeviceusedtomeasurethestripwith.Thiscreatesthechartforthecorrectdevice.

Note: The Calcheck Chart is a Data Type in the Workbench. This is where the chart is created. Use the Calcheckapplicationtomeasureitandproduceareport.

Process&ResamplingPanelProcessing

• Resolution – Select either 8-bit or 16-bit processing for anyincomingjobsubmissions.

Note: Blackmagic V6 is able to accept files submitted in a 16-bit format.The files are normally processed and rendered in standard 8-bit colour,which for many workflows is sufficient for proofing. 16-bit processingimprovesrenderqualityandcanbeusefulforfindingartifactswithinajob.When 16-bit is enabled, files submitted to the Jobticket in 8-bit areupscaled to 16-bit for processing. 16-bit mode requires more systemmemoryforimaging/renderingjobsandproduceslargeroutputfiles.

ResamplingConfigurethemethodforsamplingincomingdataandchangingtheresolutionfromtheinputtothatoftheoutput.Theoptionsare:

• NearestNeighbour–Thefastestmethodbutlessaccurate.Choicesaremadeastheclosestpixelsfrominputtooutputandcanresultinjaggededgesorsteppingeffects.

• Bilinear–AmediumqualitysamplingmethodandcantakelongerthanNearestNeighbour.Bilineartakestheweightedaverageof4pixelsfrominputtooutput.Bestforusewithscreeneddata.

• Bicubic – High quality sampling method which takes longer to calculate than Bilinear. Bicubic uses theweightedaverageof16pixelsfrominputtooutput.

• Filtered – Serendipity’s own sampling method, giving the highest quality. It takes longer to process thanBicubicandusesanaveragedareafrominputtooutput.Thissettingprovidesbetterresamplingforcontonedata,suchasPostscriptandPDF.Filteredisthedefaultsetting.


44

• Antialiasing–Choosefrom2x2,3x3,4x4orNone.AntialiasingisdesignedtosmoothjaggededgesandisusedwhentheOutputdoesnothavesufficientresolutiontodisplayedgessmoothly.ThevaluesincreasetheamountofpixelsusedforAntialiasing.ThedefaultsettingisNone.

Fit&RotatePanelFitting

• None–Fittingmethodisturnedoff.• FitWidth/FitHeight/FitWidth&Height–Shrinks jobstofit

withinthesetdimensions;proportionsaremaintained.• ScaleFactor–Scalesjobsbytheamountspecified.• Tiles – Tiles a job that is larger than the width & height

specified. If required, an overlap can also be entered.Usefulforlargepostersorbillboards.

• BestFitWidth/BestFitHeight/BestFitWidth&Height–AsFit, but will shrink or enlarge jobs to fit/fill dimensionsenteredwhilemaintainingproportions.

• De-Imposition-Canbeusedtotakeanimposedfilelikean8UP,de-imposeitinto2UPsorsinglesandprintiton a smaller printer; or produce a single page PDF file. If this option is selected, a further SignatureGroupbuttonbecomesavailableforselection.

Note:IftheFitorBestFitoptionsarechosenandthewidth&heightfieldsareleftat0,theFitwilldefaulttothemediawidth and height as defined in theMedia assigned to the Pagesetup and Jobticket combinationwhen printing (seeMediafordetails).

• OverrideMedia Size –When enabled, values entered in thewidth andheight fieldswill override theMediawidthandheightsettingswhenthejobisprocessed(seeWorkbench>Media).

Rotation• Rotation–ChoosefromNone,Auto,90,180,or270degrees.Automaticrotationmaybeselectedtobestfitthe

jobusingthemediawidthandheightspecified.

Note:AutoRotationisveryusefulforsavingmediabutifajobisrotatedittakeslongertoprocess–thelargerthejob,the longer the process time. Rotation takes place at the beginning of the Rendering phase andwill affect cropping,marginsandsoon.Ifauto-rotatingwhennesting(SeeNestingintheOutputdatatype),itisadvisabletohaveSheetAutoRotationturnedoff,otherwise the jobrotationwillbecalculatedtwice,again increasingtheprocess time. Increasingsystemmemorycanalsoimproveprocessingtimes.

Centre&SizeCorrectionPanelCentring

• Centre – Select between Vertically or Horizontally. Use this tocentreajobatanytime.Inparticular,useitwhenprintingtoadouble-sidedprintertohelpmatchthefrontandbacksides.

SizeCorrection• Enable Size Correction – When enabled, enter a width and

height factor to compensate for media stretch or paper feederrors by specifying a correction amount. See the SerendipitySoftwareKnowledgeBaseforanarticleoutlininghowtocalculatethecorrectionamount.


45

Crop&PadPanelCropping

Imaging

• Auto Trim Whitespace – Remove any whitespace around asubmitted job automatically during the imaging phase ofprocessing.

Rendering

Applycroppingtothesubmittedjobduringtherenderingphase.ValuescanbeenteredforLeft,Top,RightandBottom.

PaddingAddwhitespacetoasubmittedjobbyenteringvaluesintheLeft,Top,Rightand/orBottomfields.AnypaddingwillbeappliedtothejobaftertheImagingandRenderingcroppingeffects(ifany).

Paddingwillincreasetheoverallsizeofthefinaljobwhenoutput.

EffectsPanelRenderingEffectsVarious effects may be applied to jobs passing through the Jobticket.Effects are applied in the order they appear here. Some effects haveseparateattributesforcustomisationandcanbeeditedoncetheyareintheAppliedEffectscolumn.

TheEffectsare:

• Border–Placeaborderaroundthejob.Linewidthandcolourcanbespecified.

• Centering–Centrethejobinthespecifiedpagearea.• ConvolutionMatrix–Designyourownfiltereffectaccordingto

apre-definedmathematicaloperationknownasconvolution.• Cropmarks–Placecropmarksaroundajob.Linewidth,lengthandclearancecanbespecified.• EdgeDetect–Removeallcontentandjustleavetheedges.• Fotoba Cut Marks – Prints user-configurable cut marks around jobs for subsequent cutting/trimming by

FotobaDigitalPrintCutterdevices.• ImageOverlay–Whenenabled,thiseffectallowsaBlackmagicImage,JPEG,PNG,PPM,PhotoshoporTIFFfile

to be placed anywhere on the job. Settings includewidth, height and opacity for the overlayed image plusoptionstoallowittostretchandrotatewiththejob.

• Margins–Specifymarginsaroundthejob.• Mirror–Mirrorsthejob.• Negative–Rendersthejobasanegative.• Pagenumber–Placethepagenumberinthemiddleofthepageasawatermark.Scalefactorandopacitycanbe

configured,andchoosebetweenpagenumberofthejoborthepagenumberofthesignature(whenusingDe-Imposition).

• Rectangle–Drawarectanglearoundthejobinsetatthedesireddistance,linewidthandcolour.• RegistrationMarks–Whenenabled,thiseffectwilladdregistrationmarksateachcornerofthesubmittedjob.

Linewidth,InnerandOuterRadiusareallconfigurable.ThisisnotavailablewhenusingtheStudioapplication.• SignatureDecorations–Placepage lines(fromthesignature)andpagenumbersonthe job.Furtheroptions

are available. Choosing lines for pageswill print a line around the page. Lines for spreadswill print a linearoundpairedpages(spreads).

• Slugline–Placejobinformationonthejob.ThereareanumberofoptionsavailableviatheEditbutton.Ifusinganarrowformatpaperandthefullsluglinedoesn’tfit,selectCustomSluglineandturnalloptionson.Thiswillshowanitemper line.WithinCustom,fieldsselectedwillonlybeprintedif theyarerelevanttothe job.TheSluglinemayalsobemirrored–ausefuloptionwhenprintingtofilmusingawhiteinkprinter.


46

• ThruBlack–Setablackthresholdlevelabovewhichblackareasareremovedfromanimageonrendering.Thisisusefulwhenprintinganimagecontainingblackontoablacksurface.

• UnsharpMask–Applyanunsharpmasktothejob.TheUnsharpMaskaffectstheedgeswithinanimageandcan be controlledwith the available parameters. The radius tells us how large an area to affect around theedges.Thelargertheradius,thegreatertheeffectandthelongerittakestoprocess.Ifthepreviewresolutionishigh,agivenradiuswillhave lesseffect than if theresolution is lower. If thedetail isquite fine,asmallerradiusshouldbeused.Higherradiusvaluescanalsocausehalosattheedges.Thethresholdgivesalevelthatshouldbe affectedwhere0 affectsmoreof the image and255very little. The amount states the size of thechange,whereahighervalueisagreaterchangeattheedges.

• Watermark–Placeawatermarkacrossthejob.Thescaleofthewatermarkisproportionaltothesizeofthejob. 100% represents the same size as the job in the smallest direction. If the stretch option is selected,horizontalandverticalsidesarestretchedtothescaleamount.Thewatermarkwillbescaledinananamorphicmanner.EPSfilesonly.

LogoPositionacompany logo, sign-off sluglineorcolourbar forcheckingconsistencyanywherearound the job.The logopasses through the samecolourmanagementas the joband can thereforebeverified.The file isnot rotatedduringoutput(exceptifAutoRotateWhenNestingisenabledintheOutput).Ifthelogofileispositionedalongtheleftorrightsides,theEPSfileshouldbecreatedintheappropriateorientation.

• EnableLogo–TurntheLogoeffectonoroff.• Dimensions–EntertheprintdimensionsoftheLogo.• LogoFile–SelectthistochooseaLogofile.

ImagingEffectsAnycheckedeffectswillbeappliedtothejobduringtheimagingphaseofprocessing,beforeanyrenderingeffectsareapplied.

• Mirror–Mirrorthejob.• Negative–Negatethejob.• DiscardAlpha–Discardanyalphachannelsinthefilewhenprocessed.

InputColoursPanelColourSetsConfigureanycolourcorrectionsetsorcurvestobeusedforanyprocessedjobs.

• Special Colour Set – Select a Special Colour Set from the list of availablesets.Previewtheset,edit,orcreateanewone.

• Note:IfaSpecialColourSetisassignedintheJobticket,itwilloverridethedefaultsystemspecials.

• ReplaceColourSet–SelectaReplaceColourSet fromthe listofavailablesets.Previewtheset,editit,orcreateanewone.

ColourCurves• Cyan/Magenta/Yellow/BlackDotGainCurves–SelectaC,M,YorKDotGain

Curvetobeapplied.Previewthecurves,editthemorcreatenewones.• SpecialsDotGainCurve–SelectaDotGainCurvetobeappliedtotheSpecial

SpotPlatesonly.OnecurveaffectsallSpecialColoursthesameway.Previewthecurve,edititorcreateanewone.

• Device Linearisation Curve – Select a Device (platesetter) LinearisationCurvetobeapplied.Previewthecurve,edititorcreateanewone.

InputScreeningPanelInputScreeningdetermineshowthescreeningontheinputdataishandled.Thereare two (2) choices – Preserve and Descreen. An example preview image willappearfortheselectedtype.

• Preserve–Preservesthedotsfromtheincomingdatasothesamedotsonthefinaljobareshownontheproof.Furtherchoicesare:

• RealDotTechnology–Usedtopreservethedotstructure.• Fast-2–SimilartoRDTbutafastermethod.


47

• RDTSmooth1,2and3–ThisisRDTwithprogressivelevelsofsmoothing.

Note:Fast-2shouldbeusedwherethedotstructureisnotveryimportant.Itwillpreservethedotbutisaquick,lowqualitymethod.The sharpestdot structurewillbeachievedusingRDT,howeveryouwill sometimesget introducedmoire,causedbytheheadweavingoftheprinter,theresolutionandthescreenrulingoftheoriginalfile.

• • Descreen–Descreenstheincomingdatawitheither:• D-Dot–Removesthedots;or• Fast–Quickdescreeningalgorithm

Note:D-Dot isusedwhere theoutput job isbeingsent toaphotocopieror similardevice,witha front-endRIP thatappliesascreenofitsown.Ifyoudidnotremovethedot,thejobwouldbedoublescreened,producingpooroutput.UseFastforallothermethodswhentheincomingscreeningisnottobepreserved.

• • Override Handling – Override the descreening mode selected with

othermodesfortheplates.Thisisneededsothat,forexample,ifRDTisused for all plates except Black (which uses RDT Smooth-2) youwillavoidgettingmoire.

ColourKeysPanelThis module allows for the merging of some plates and separation of othersfromasinglejobsubmission.Forexample,mergetheCMYKplatestogetherandprint the 3 specials as separate jobs, or create progressive proofswith C, CM,CMY,CMYK,CMYKS1,etc.

• EnableColourKeys–Selectthistoturnthemoduleon.• Plates–Showsalistofavailableplates.• Add–AddstheselectedplatestothePlateCombinationslist.• Progressive–Usedtomakeprogressiveproofs. After adding the first plate to be used in the proof, click the

Progressive button one or more times to cumulatively add plates to the Plate Combinations list. TheprogressionwillstartwiththefirstplateonthePlateslistbydefaultifafirstplateisnotselected.

• Deselect–DeselectsanyplatescurrentlyselectedinthePlateslist.• Remove-RemovestheselectedPlateCombinationfromthelist.• RemoveAll–ClearsthePlateCombinationList.

Postscript/PDFOptionsPanelThefollowingoptionsareonlyusedwhentheincomingdataisPostscript:

• UseBoundingBoxforPageSize–SomePostscriptjobsdonotplaceapagesizeinthejobinformation. Checkingthiswillusetheboundingboxasthepagesize.

• SimpleRGBtoCMYKConversion–Thisisacompatibilitymodefromolderversionsoftheproduct.Imagesareconverted from RGB to CMYK quickly using a basic method. The colour is not very accurate and is notrecommendedforcontractproofs.

• FailonRGBImages–CausesajobtofailifitcontainsRGBimages.Ifthisisnotchecked,thejobswillprocessbutRGBimageswillbeignoredandnotprinted.

• AntialiasedSubsampling–Usedtoassistintherenderingofsomefonts.• DisablePDFAutoseparation–TurnsoffautoseparationforPDFfiles.• Render inRGB–AllowsPostscript file data to beprocessed in anRGB renderingmode,with awide gamut

suitablefordigitalphotographicproofs/prints.• Use CMYK simulation from PDF for unknown colours – Allow the CMYK simulations from PDF files to be

substitutedforunknownspotcolours.ThisisthedefaultoptionforanynewJobticketscreated.

Note:AnUnknownSpecialscoloursetcannowbeassignedintheServerSettings.Thisallowsunknownspecial/spotcoloursincludedinPDForPostscriptjobstobeautomaticallyaddedtotheset.


48

MediaThe Media data type contains all of the settings controlling the output of jobs as they pass through theBlackmagic colour management system (CMS) for proofing. Settings configured here are those directly

relatedtotheOutputdevice,ColourCorrection,ICCProfiles,ScreenPrintingandOutputScreening.

AMediacanbeoneofseveralassignedtoaPagesetup,withanadditionalJobticketwhichcontrolstheinputscreening,resampling, rendering effects and intents of incoming jobs. All jobs are submitted to a combination of Jobticket,PagesetupandMediadestinations.Whensubmitting,theuserselectsthePagesetuptobeused,atwhichpointalistofcompatible (user-created) output Media types in the database become available for selection. A default Media isassignedtoaPagesetup,soifajobissubmittedwithoutaspecificchosenMedia,thejobwilloutputtothedefaultMediasettings.AnOutputdatatypecanoptionallyhaveaMediatypeassignedtoit,inwhichcaseonlyjobssubmittedtotheOutputusingtheassignedMediawillbeprinted.AllotherjobsareheldintheQueueManageruntiltheassignedMediaisremovedfromtheOutput,ortheheldjobs’MediatypeisassignedtotheOutput.

ImportantNote:OlderversionPagesetups,whenopenedinversion6,areautomaticallysplitintoJobticket,PagesetupandMediatypes.Version6archivescannotbebackported.

Output• Output Driver – Select the desired output driver from the popup list.

Those available will depend upon the options enabled on the dongle.The selected driver affects the options made available for ResolutionandColourspace.

• Resolution–Selectorenterthedesiredresolution(DPI).Iftheoutputisa printer, only the supported resolutions are available. If it is a fileformat,yourownvaluecanbeentered.

• Colourspace–Select theoutput colourspaceasdesired.The selectionswillchangedependinguponthechosenoutputdriver.

• MediaWidth/Length–SetsthewidthandlengthoftheMedia.Onlyjobssubmittedwith awidth and length equal to or less than the assignedvalueswillbeprinted. Jobsofgreaterwidthand lengthwillbeheld intheQueueManageruntilanappropriateMedia,ornewwidthandlengthvaluesareassigned.

• Note: MediaWidth/Length values override the width/length settings in the Nesting section of the Output,meaning jobswill not nest or print untilwithin thewidth/length settings of theMedia towhich theyweresubmitted.

• CutSheet–Enable this if theMediabeingprintedto isCutSheet.Themedia tobeused isselected fromthedropdownmenu.

• TotalSheets–Enterthenumberofcutsheetsloadedintheprinter.JobswillstopprintingtotheMediaandbeheldintheQueueManagerwhenMediaStatushastrackedthattheassignednumberofsheetshavebeenused.ATotalSheetsvalueofzero(0)assumesanunlimitedsheetavailabilityfortracking.Sheetcount isresetusingtheResetCounterbuttonintheUsagepanel.

• ManageCustomPageSizes–Createandmanagecustompagedimensionsforuse.AnypagesizescreatedherewillalsoappearintheStudioapplication>MediaPanel>PageSizesection.

• PrinterMargins – Optionally set the Top/Left/Bottom/Rightmargins for the selected printer. These valuesshouldbethehardwaremarginsoftheprinter,definingthemaximumlimitofprintablearea.ThemarginsareutilisedbyBlackmagicwhenfunctionssuchasimageplacementandcentringareused.

• CustomSettings–Theseoptionswillvary,dependingonwhichoutputdriverhasbeenselected.Forexample,ifJPEGischosen,thequalitymaybespecifiedinthecustomisesection.IfanEpsondeviceisselected,itemssuchaspapertypes,inktypesandcutmethodsbecomeavailable.

•

Note:Borderless Printing – If available to the printermodel, users can choose Borderless Printing in the customsettings.Ifselected,Mediawidth(andtheimageFitsetting)needstobesetto6mmwiderthantheactualpaperwidth.WhenusingBorderlessPrinting,upto3mmoftheimagewillbelostfromtheleftandrightsidesoftheimageand1mmlostfromthetopandbottomoftheimage.


49

SpotcolourMappingSomeprinters feature inks, such asmetallic andwhite, intended for signageanddisplay;toreplicateapressprocessorsubstrate;toactasaprimer;orforprintingontransparentmedia.Thesedevicespotinksarehandledoutsidethenormal colourmanagement process and are not included in the output ICCcolourspaceforprinting.

The Spotcolour Mapping panel is used to remap incoming job spot/specialcolourstoaprinterdevicespotchannel,e.g.remappingcouldbeconfiguredtoprintanyincomingjobareascoveredbythespotcolour“PANTONECoolGray1C”usingtheprinter’swhiteink.

• MapColour–Enterthenameofthespot/specialcolourtoberemapped.• To band (dropdown) – Select the white or metallic ink (printer dependent) to which the colour will be

remapped.• Add–Addamappedcolourtowhite/metallictotheremapcolourlist.• Apply–Applyanameorcolourremapchangetothecolourselectedinthecolourlist.• Delete–Deletetheselectedcolour/remapfromthecolourlist.

ColourListThecolourlisthasthefollowingsortcolumns:

• Colour–Thenameofthespotcolourtoberemapped.• Toband–Theprinterdevicespotinktowhichthecolourisbeingremapped.• DotGainCurve–Thedotgaincurveapplied(ifany)tothelistedprinterdeviceink.

AddingDotGainCurvesToassignanoutputdotgaincurvetoalistedprinterdeviceinkremapdouble-clickorright-clickonthecolourinthecolourlistandselectadotgaincurvefromthepopupwindow(seeWorkbench>DotGainCurvesformoreinformationoncurves).

CalcheckInfoA Media can have its calibration status checked using the Check MediaoptionwithintheCalcheckapplication(seeApplications–Calcheckformoreinformation).

ThispaneldisplaysthecurrentCalcheckcalibrationstatusoftheMedia,withthefollowinginformationdisplayed:

• Chart–TheCalcheckChartusedforverification.• Date–ThedateandtimeoftheCalcheck.• Score–Aninternalcalcheckratingfrom1to100.

!E,!Hand!Ctabsshowthefollowingdataforeachofthestandards(ifmeasured):

• !Cyan,!Magenta,!Yellow,!Black,!Gray,!Paper• PassorFail–Asdesignatedbyagreentickorredcross.• !Average,!Maximum,!StandardDeviation

UsageTheUsagepanelshowstheamountofmediausedbasedonthevaluesenteredforMediaLength(above).

• UsageMeter – Bar showing the amount ofmedia used. Textunder the bar shows the exact amount as “Used X Units ofTotalUnits”(percentage%).

• LoggedPeriod–Timeperiod(dateandtime,fromandto)theMediahasbeentrackedsincethelastreset.

• Printed–Numberofjobsandtotalprintedareaofjobstrackedsincethelastreset.• ResetCounter–ResettheusagecountfortheMedia.


50

ColourCorrectionTherearethree(3)optionsforusetomanipulateorfine-tunethecolourtoachievethedesiredresults:

• CorrectionLUT–SelectaCorrectionLUTtobeappliedintheformofaGradationCurve.Previewthecurves,editthemorcreatenewcurves.

• LinearisationLUT–SelectaLinearisationLUTtobeappliedintheform of a Gradation Curve. This is normally done as part of thestandardcalibrationprocesswiththeuseoftheLineariser.Previewthecurves,editthemorcreatenewcurves.

• PaperProfile–SelectaPaperProfiletobeapplied.Iftheoutputistoaprinter,thisisalsopartofthestandardcalibrationprocess.

ICCProfilesICCProfiles areused tomatch colours fromonedevice to another, for example, aPress to an Inkjet. It does thisbymappinganinputtoanoutputcolour.

• OutputICCProfile–Selectanoutputprofile.Thisistheprinteror other output profile and is used to convert Lab data to theoutputcolourspace.ThisoutputcouldbeRGB,CMYK,CMYKOG,or N-Colour, depending on the output device chosen and thedetectedcolourspace.

• OutputICCTweakSet–SelectaTweakSetfromtheavailablelist.Listscanbepreviewed,editedornewonescreated.

• DeviceLinkProfile–Selectadevicelinkprofile.IfthejobpassingthroughdoesnotmatchthecolourspaceoftheDeviceLinkProfile,thestandardinputandoutputprofilesselectedwillbeapplied.

Upload ICC –Thisoption isavailableonallof the ICCchoosersand isused touploadan ICCprofile froma localornetworkfolderlocationtotheinternalBlackmagicICCfolder.ToUploadanICCProfile:

• ClicktheUploadFilebutton.• BrowsetothelocationoftheICCfile.• Openthefile.• Select the location to save the file (lib/icc is

default)• ClickOK• Savethesetup(Media/Pagesetupetc)oncethefile

hasbeenuploaded.

ScreenPrintingTheScreenPrintingmodeseparatesajobintosingleplatesandprintsthemasblack.Thisisdesignedtoprintwithahalftone dot onto a clear film media. To increase the density of the output,chooseacombinationofinks.ThisoptioncanbeusedtoproducefilmsforuseintheScreenPrintingindustry.

• EnableScreenPrintMode–TurnstheScreenPrintmodeonoroff.• Ink Combination – Select the inks to be combined for a single

separationoutput.

InScreenPrintingmode,alljobsareseparatedandtheremustbeaPaperProfilewhereonlyonedotforeachcolouristurnedon.


51

OutputScreeningApplyscreeningtotheoutputfileifdesired.Thisisonlyavailableiftheoutputdriverselectedsupportsscreening.

Therearetwo(2)methodsavailable–FMScreeningorHalftone.

FMScreeningVariations• Stochastic–StandardStochasticScreening.• Stochastic-2 and3 – Stochastic Screeningwithprogressively increasing amounts of

noisemixedin.ThisisdonetoovercomesomeartifactscausedbyInkjetprinters.• Stochastic Fast – A fast version of the Stochastic Screening mode. Slightly lower

qualitythanStochastic.• ErrorDiffusion–ErrorDiffusionScreening.Mayenhanceedgeswithinimages.• OrderedDither–OrderedDitheringScreening.Appliesathresholdmaponthepixels

displayed,causingsomeofthepixelstoberenderedatadifferentcolour.

HalftoneOptions(TraditionalRosetteDot)• Dotshape – Choose the dot shape to suit your requirements from Round,

InvertedRound,Elliptical,InvertedElliptical,Diamond,EuclideanorLine.• SuperCell – Select this to choose SuperCell screening instead of standard

halftone. Produces a much better quality output than standard halftone.ThisisthedefaultoptionforHalftoneScreeningwhenenabled.

• Angle,Degrees–Enterthedesiredangleforeachplate.• Screen,LPI–Enterthedesiredscreenrulingforeachplate.• Defaults – Use this to select the default values based on the output

resolution.

OutputScreeningOverrideScreenoneormorecolourplatesforanyincomingjobsusingdifferentmethodsorwithdifferentcharacteristicsthanthedefaultsconfiguredintheOutputScreeningpanel.

PlatesList

Thelistontheleftofthepaneldisplaystheprocesscolourplatesandspecialplates(S1-S8)availableforscreeningoverride.

OverrideList

• PlatesColumn–Lists theplates thathavebeenselectedforscreeningoverride.

• Type – Lists the selected screening type for the listed plate along withdetailssuchasscreeningangle,LPIanddotshape.

• Remove Button – Removes the selected plates from the override listrevertingthembacktothedefaultoutputscreeningoption.

• EditButton–Edit screeningoptions for the selectedplate.Optionsaredetailed in theOutput Screening section above. Double-clicking on theplateintheOverrideListwillalsoopentheeditoptionswindow.


52

OutputTheOutputdatatypedeterminestheoutputformatofprocessedjobsandwheretheyaresenttoforprinting(orfileoutput).TheQueuepanelsetstheoutputdriverusedandallowsauto-cleaningofjobOutputqueues.

TheprinterconnectionorfiledestinationisconfiguredintheDestinationpanel.TheCollatingsectionhasoptionsforNestingandDuplexing.Maintenanceallowsforautomaticprintermaintenancefunctionstobeconfigured.

Queue• Output Driver – Select the output driver from the popup chooser

window.Driversavailablewilldependupontheoptionsenabledonthedongle.TheselecteddriveraffectstheoptionsinaJobticketandMediapointingtoit.

• Media–SelectthistooptionallyassignaMediatotheOutput.Achooserwindowwill appearwithMedia displayedmatching theOutput drivertype.TheoptionsassetintheselectedMediaaredisplayedforview,canbeeditedoranewMediacanbecreated.

• Status – Choose whether an Output Queue is Active (able toprint/output)orInactive(Print/Outputispaused).ThiscanalsobecontrolledfromaQueueStatusmodule.

• Monitor printer status – Enabling this option allows aQueueStatusmodule ShowPrinterMonitor Status todisplaycurrentstatus,inklevels,warningsanderrormessagesfortheOutputprinter.Availabletocompatibleprinterdriversonly.

• AutoClean–ConfiguresBlackmagictoautomaticallydeleteprintedjobsfromtheOutputqueuebasedontimesand/ornumberofcompleted jobs in thequeue.Auto-cleaning isperformedthenext timea job issubmittedafteranauto-cleaningconditionhasbeenmet.Optionsinclude:

• JobHistory–KeepMostRecent–Whenenabled,setanumberof jobs.Blackmagicwillkeep thatnumberofmostrecentprintedjobsintheOutputqueue,automaticallydeletinganyexcessjobs.

Note:Ifthisoptionisenabledandthenumberofjobsissetto0,jobswillbedeletedfromthequeueimmediatelyafterprinting.

• JobHistory–KeepJobsNewerThan–Whenenabled,Blackmagic looksatthetimesignatureofprinted jobsanddeletesanyjobsinthequeueolderthanthespecified(days/hours/min)time.

• AutoPause – Select a time duration the queue should pause after processing a job. Used for double-sidedplotterssothereisapauseinsendingthenextjob,givingtheplottertimetoturnasheetready forthebacksidetobeprinted,ortimetoloadanothersheet.

Note:TheChangeMediaoptionisusedasbothasafeguardagainstpaperwastageandaworkflowcontrolmethod.IfaMediatypeisassignedtotheOutput,onlyjobssubmittedtotheOutputusingthesameMediawillbeprinted.Allotherjobsareheld in theQueueManageruntil theMedia theywere submitted to is assigned to theOutput. IfnoMedia isassigned,alljobssenttotheOutputareprinted.DestinationThe Destination determines the method of delivery of the output job to the final destination. Depending on thedestinationdriverselected,theremaybesomeadditionaloptionsavailable.

DestinationDrivers

• Bonjour/Zeroconf – Select this to output to a Bonjour/Zeroconf network destination. The local network ispolled forBonjour/Zeroconfdevices.ChooseEditandselect theappropriatedestination fromthedropdownlist.

• Command/Script–Selectascriptorcommandtoberunonceajobhascompleted.• Epson FireWire –Only available on theMacOSX version.Windowsusers should use the Local PrintQueue

optionandprinttoaninstalledprinter,configuredtouseFireWire.• FTP–SendacompletedjobtoremotemachineusingFTP.• LocalDevice–Ifaprinterisconnectedasaserialorparallelprinter,sendafiledirectlytothedevicewiththis

option.• LocalFolder–Choosealocalfoldertosendtheoutputfileto.EnterthepathorselectChoosetobrowseand

selectafolder.Thefoldermustexistandhavewritepermissions.• LocalPrintQueue–Printtoalocalprintqueue.UsethistoprinttoaWindowsprinteronanothermachine.In

thepath locationenter \\machine\printerwhere<machine> is thenameof theWindowsmachinewith theprinterattachedand<printer>istheexactnameoftheprinter.Theprintermustbeshared.


53

• LPRPort–UseLPRtoprintjobstoprintersacceptingit.EntertheHostname/IPaddressoftheprinterandthepath.Notalldevicesrequireapathtobeentered.ThisisagoodoptionforEpsonprinterswithanetworkcard.ThismethodisfasterthanTCP/IPprintingforthesedevices.

• Nowhere–Thisisusedforinternaltestingpurposesorforsoftproofingworkflows.Filescreatedbytheprintdriver arenot sent anywhere; theyare left in thedefault raster location.Aprint time for simulation canbeentered.

• SecureFTP(sftp)–SendthejobtoasecureserverusingFTP.• TCP/IPPort–PrinttoanetworkeddeviceoverTCP/IP.• USBPrinter–PrinttoaprinterconnectedviaUSB.

CollatingCollatingisamethodofgatheringvariousoutputsandgroupingthemtogether.Therearetwo (2) methods of collating available, depending on the output driver selected. If anoutput driver that supports Duplexing is selected, the additional Duplexing collationmethodbecomesavailable.Otherwise,theonlyoptionisNesting.

DuplexingDuplexjobswithmultiplepagestoformdouble-sidedprinting.Thisisonlyavailableforprinterssupportingduplexingmodes.

• Add Separator Page – Adds a blank page between duplexed sets. This is useful when de-imposing andduplexing perfect bound jobs. A blank page is inserted after theMaximum Jobs is reached for duplexing tobegin.

• TopPage–Determineifthetoppageisanoddorevennumber.• MaximumWaitTime–Setthetimetowaitbeforeduplexingbegins.IftheMWTisreachedandthebacksideof

thepageshasnotyetbeenprocessed, thequeuewillbegin toduplexanyavailablepages.Thiswill result insinglepageswherethebackarenotyetcompleted.

• MaximumJobs–Setthemaximumnumberofjobsforduplexing.Ifthisvalueisreached,duplexingwillbegin.

NestingNestmultiplejobstogetherforasingleoutputtosavemediaandtime.

• EnableAutomaticNesting–Setthequeuetonestjobsautomaticallywhentheconfiguredconditions(suchasMaximumWaitTime)aremet.

• AutoRotateWhenNesting–Enableautorotationwhennestingoccurs.Ifthisisenabled,makesuretheoptionintheJobticketissettoNone.Thereisnoneedtospendprocessingtimerotatingajobifitisrotatedatnestingtime.

• Minimise Cuts – When automatic nesting is active this optionwillalignthenestedjobsinawaythatminimisesthenumberofhorizontalandverticalcutsrequiredtoseparatetheindividualjobsafterprinting.Note:Thisoptionmayusemoremedia(paper)whennesting.

• Copies–Specifythenumberofcopiesfornesting.Forexample,ifthereare7jobsmakingupanestandenter5inthecopiesfield,5copiesofthesame7jobswillbenestedandprinted.

• MaximumWaitTime–Specifyhow long towaitbeforenestingbegins.Oncereached,nestingwillbeginandanyjobwaitingtonestwillbenestedintoasinglejob.Thestarttimeisdeterminedbythefirstjobthatappearswaitingtonest.

• MinimumPaperCoverage–Specifytheminimumpapercoveragetobereachedbyjobswaitingtonestbeforenestingwillbegin.Oncereached,anywaitingjobswillbenestedintoasinglejob.

• MaximumJobs–Specifythemaximumnumberofjobsinanest.Iftherearemorejobsinthequeuethanthenumber specified, that number of jobs will nest and the remaining jobs will stay waiting to nest until thecriteriaismetagain.

• MediaWidth–Specifythemediawidth.Thisisrequiredfornestingtowork.• GapBetweenJobs–Enterthesizeofthegapbetweenjobsinthenest.• MinimumTotalHeight – Specify theminimum total height of a nest, i.e., if the combined height of the jobs

waitingtonestreachesthisvalue,nestingwillbegin.• MaximumTotalHeight - Specify themaximum total height of a nest, i.e., if the combined height of the jobs

waitingtonestreachesthisvalue,nestingwillbegin.


54

Note: IfaMaximumHeight isset, theNestingalgorithmwill lookatall the jobswaitingtonestandfit themost jobsbetweentheminimumandmaximumheights.IftheavailablejobscannotcoverthedefinedPaperCoverage(ifset)ofpaperwithoutexceeding themaximumheight, jobswillnotnest. IfnoPaperCoverageminimum is set, any job thatwouldmakethenestexceedthemaximumheightwillbeleftinthequeue-theotherjobswillbenested.AnysinglejobexceedingtheMaximumHeightwillalsonotprint.Ifajobistoolarge,thenestingparametersand/ortheprintermediamustbechanged.ThismakesitpossibletoeffectivelyandefficientlynestusingCutSheetmedia.MaintenanceTheMaintenancepanel allowsBlackmagic tobe configured toautomaticallyperformprintermaintenance functions.Thisisnotavailableforallprinterdrivers.

Maintenance functionscanbeperformedat regular time intervals;afterasetnumberofprint jobs;orafterprintinglinearisationchartsandICCtargets.

Optionsinclude:

• When–SelectEvery from thedropdownmenu toactivate time-based maintenance, with configurable time and day fields.Multipledaysoftheweekcanbeselected.

• PerformActions:• Calcheck–Whenenabled, theprinterwillprintaCalcheckChart

asspecifiedbytheuser.• CleanPrintHead–Whenenabled,theprinterwillcleantheprint

head.• PrintNozzlePattern–Whenenabled,theprinterwillprintanozzlecheckpatterntoverifyallprintnozzlesare

cleanandfunctioning.• NozzleCheck–Whenenabled,theprinterwillperformanozzlecheck.• Every–Enteranumberinthefieldorusethearrowstosettheselectedmaintenancetobeperformedafterthe

definedamountofprintjobs.• PerformActions:• Calcheck–Whenenabled,theprinterwillprintaCalcheckChartasspecifiedbytheuser.• CleanPrintHead–Whenenabled,theprinterwillcleantheprinthead.• PrintNozzlePattern–Whenenabled,theprinterwillprintanozzlecheckpatterntoverifyallprintnozzlesare

cleanandfunctioning.• NozzleCheck–Whenenabled,theprinterwillperformanozzlecheck.• Afterprinting:• LinearisationChart–Whenenabled,theprinterwillprintanozzlecheckpatternimmediatelyafterprintinga

linearisationchart.Ifthepatternisincomplete,theprintheadwillneedtobecleanedandthechartreprinted.• ICC Chart –When enabled, the printer will print a nozzle check pattern immediately after printing an ICC

TargetChart.Ifthepatternisincomplete,theprintheadwillneedtobecleanedandthechartreprinted.• CalcheckSettings–SpecifytheCalcheckCharttobeprintedwhentheaboveCalcheckoptionisenabled.• Note:TheCalcheckChartwillonlyprintifthereisavalidMediaattachedtotheOutputviatheChangeMedia

button.IftheCalcheckfails,theoutputwillbemadeinactiveautomatically.• Pagesetup–SelectthePagesetuptousewhenprocessingtheCalcheckChartmaintenanceoption.

PrinterMaintenanceThispanelisusedtomanuallyexecuteaprintermaintenancefunctionortestprintonenabledoutputdevices.

Selectthedesiredmaintenancefunctionfromthedropdownmenu.

• Execute – Initiate the selected printer maintenancefunctionorprint.


55

PagesetupAPagesetupiswherethedesiredoutput,mediaandalternativejobsubmissionmethodsareassigned.

Output• Output – Selects the Output method and assign its configured

propertiestothePagesetup.• Media – Select the default Media settings and assign its

properties to the Pagesetup. If a job is submitted to thePagesetup without a specific Media, the job will output usingthesedefaultMediasettings.

• Jobticket – Select the default Jobticket settings and assign itspropertiestothePagesetup.

• Options:• Priority –Assign a priority to a Pagesetup. The lower the number, the higher the priority.Numbers can be

negative forahigherpriority.Thedefault is0. Jobswaitingto ImageorRenderwillbeprocessedbyhigherpriorityPagesetupsoverthosesubmittedtolowerpriorityqueues.

• AutoPublicationName–CreateuniquepublicationnamesforeachjobpassedthroughthePagesetup.UsethisfeatureforduplexingfromPDForPSfiles.Submittingamulti-pagedocumentasonejobwillallocateallpageswiththesamepublicationname.

•

PublishAllowsPagesetupstobepublishedonanetworkasaDropFolder,orasanetworkprintdestinationforprintingfromanothersoftwareapplication.ToPublishaPagesetup,itisnecessaryfortheSerendipityMegaripPPDtobeinstalledonthe same systemonwhich theBlackmagic Server runs (Servermenu>DownloadPPD).

• Publish DropFolder – Allocate a folder where files can bedropped in for processing. Valid File Types include Postscript,PDF,JPEG,TIFFImage,SerendipityBlackmagicImage,EPS,PNG,PSD.

• Location–SelectafolderasaDropFolder.Thefoldermustexistandhaveread/writepermissions.

• Default – Reset the DropFolder location to the default one(SerendipityBlackmagicinstallationdirectory/drop/<”PagesetupName”>)

• Printers–ChoosetopublishthePagesetupasanetworkprintdestination,allowingthirdpartyapplicationstoprintdirectlytoit.

• Mac–Enable topublish thePagesetupas aBonjour/Zeroconfnetworkdestination forMacOSX andLinux.Note: When adding a new printer through System Preferences on Mac OS X, select the Bonjour address(pagesetupname@computername)astheprinterandSerendipityMegaripPPDasthedriver.

• Windows–ChoosetopublishthePagesetupasaWindowslocalprinterportdestination.SeetheSerendipitySoftwarewebsitefordetailsonhowtocreatetheWindowsprinter.

• TCPPort–ChoosetopublishthePagesetuptoaTCPPort,allowingittobesetupasanIPprinterdestination,orasadestinationforotherSerendipityBlackmagicServers.

• ActivatePortNumber–EntertheTCPportnumberthePagesetupwillpublishto.Itisnecessaryfortheportnumbertobe10000oroverandforeachPagesetuptohaveauniqueport.

• Note:Whenaddinganewprinter throughSystemPreferencesonMacOSX, select IPprinter,HP Jetdirect–Socketfortheprotocol.Theaddressshouldbeinthisform–computername:10063.SelectSerendipityMegaripasthedriver.

• WhenaddinganewprinterthroughWindows:• SelectCreateaNewPort-StandardTCP/IPPort.• Enterthecomputer’snetworknameintheHostIDfield.• WhenWindowsrequestsadditionalinfofortheport,selectCustomSettings.• RenamethePortNameifdesired.• SettheProtocoltoRawandthePortNumbertotheonesetinthePagesetuptobepublished.• Select SerendipityMegaripas thedriver. If thedriver isnotalready installed, chooseHaveDiskandget the

driver(megarip.inf)fromtheSerendipityInstallationDVD,foundinthedrivers/win/’OSVersion’/directory.• FlowControl–SelectwhethertoholdthesubmittedfileafterImagingorRenderinginordertoprioritisejobs

ormakerenderingattributechangesbeforereleasing.Optionsinclude:


56

• HoldAfterImaging–HoldjobssubmittedtothePublishedPagesetupafterimaginghascompleted.HeldjobscanbereleasedtocontinueprocessingviatheQueueManagertoolbarorcontextual(right-click)menu.

• HoldAfterRendering–Hold jobssubmittedtothePublishedPagesetupafterrenderinghascompleted.HeldjobscanbereleasedtocontinueprocessingviatheQueueManagertoolbarorcontextual(right-click)menu.

• Nest–Whenenabled,thisoptionwillnestjobssubmittedtothePublishedPagesetupaccordingtothecriteriadefinedintheOutputusedbythePagesetup/Media.

• Note:TheNestfunctiononlyrequiresthattheOutputusedhasnestingparametersdefined.The• Outputitselfcanhavenestingdisabledfornormaluse.Thismakesitpossibletocreatemultiplenestingornon-

nestingPublishedPagesetup’stoprintviathesameOutput.

AssetQueueasaPublishedPagesetupTheAssetQueueautomaticallypublishesitselfonthenetworkinmultipleways:

• Drop Folder – Files placed in the Asset Drop Folder are automatically placed in the Asset Queue. The dropfolderlocationis/SerendipityBlackmagic/drop/assetdrop

• Printer – The Asset Queue is published as a Bonjour/Zeroconf network destination address (assetdrop@computername).JobsprintedtothisBonjourdestination(seeabove)areplacedintheAssetQueue.

• TCPPort–TheAssetQueuepublishesitselftoTCPportnumber9104.JobsprintedtothisTCPport(seeabove)areplacedintheAssetQueue.


57

PagesetupPoolsThe Pagesetup Pools data type is used for printing to one or more Pagesetups. Load balance betweenmultiple Pagesetups, or print tomultiple Pagesetups simultaneously. These can be published in the same

wayasanindividualPagesetup,orthePoolcanbesettoauto-prooffromaRIPconfiguration.

PublishAllows Pagesetup Pools to be published on a network as a DropFolder,orasanetworkprintdestination forprinting fromanothersoftwareapplication.ToPublishaPagesetupPool,itisnecessaryfortheSerendipityMegaripPPDtobeinstalledonthesamesystemonwhichtheBlackmagicServerruns(Servermenu>DownloadPPD).

• • Publish DropFolder – Allocate a folder where files can be

dropped in for processing. Valid File Types includePostscript, PDF, JPEG, TIFF Image, Serendipity BlackmagicImage,EPS,PNG,PSD.

• Location–SelectafolderasaDropFolder.Thefoldermustexistandhaveread/writepermissions.

• Default –Reset theDropFolder location to thedefault one(Serendipity Blackmagic installationdirectory/drop/<”PagesetupPoolName”>)

• Printers – Choose to publish the Pagesetup Pool as a network print destination, allowing third partyapplicationstoprintdirectlytoit.

• Mac – Enable to publish the Pagesetup Pool as a Bonjour/Zeroconf network destination for Mac OS X andLinux.Note:WhenaddinganewprinterthroughSystemPreferencesonMacOSX,selecttheBonjouraddress(pagesetuppoolname@computername)astheprinterandSerendipityMegaripPPDasthedriver.

• Windows – Choose to publish the Pagesetup Pool as a Windows local printer port destination. See theSerendipitySoftwarewebsitefordetailsonhowtocreatetheWindowsprinter.

• TCP Port – Choose to publish the Pagesetup Pool to a TCP Port, allowing it to be setup as an IP printerdestination,orasadestinationforotherSerendipityBlackmagicServers.

• ActivatePortNumber–EntertheTCPportnumberthePagesetupPoolwillpublishto.Itisnecessaryfortheportnumbertobe10000oroverandforeachPagesetupPooltohaveauniqueport.

• Note:Whenaddinganewprinter throughSystemPreferencesonMacOSX, select IPprinter,HP Jetdirect–Socketfortheprotocol.Theaddressshouldbeinthisform–computername:10063.SelectSerendipityMegaripasthedriver.

• WhenaddinganewprinterthroughWindows:• SelectCreateaNewPort-StandardTCP/IPPort.• Enterthecomputer’snetworknameintheHostIDfield.• WhenWindowsrequestsadditionalinfofortheport,selectCustomSettings.• RenamethePortNameifdesired.• SettheProtocoltoRawandthePortNumbertotheonesetinthePagesetupPooltobepublished.• Select SerendipityMegaripas thedriver. If thedriver isnotalready installed, chooseHaveDiskandget the

driver(megarip.inf)fromtheSerendipityInstallationDVD,foundinthedrivers/win/’OSVersion’/directory.• FlowControl–SelectwhethertoholdthesubmittedfileafterImagingorRenderinginordertoprioritisejobs

ormakerenderingattributechangesbeforereleasing.Optionsinclude:• HoldAfterImaging–HoldjobssubmittedtothePublishedPagesetupPoolafterimaginghascompleted.Held

jobscanbereleasedtocontinueprocessingviatheQueueManagertoolbarorcontextual(right-click)menu.• HoldAfterRendering–Hold jobssubmitted to thePublishedPagesetupPoolafterrenderinghascompleted.

Held jobs can be released to continue processing via the QueueManager toolbar or contextual (right-click)menu.

• Nest–Whenenabled, thisoptionwillnest jobs submitted to thePublishedPagesetupPoolaccording to thecriteriadefinedintheOutputusedbythePagesetup/Media.

• Note:TheNestfunctiononlyrequiresthattheOutputusedhasnestingparametersdefined.TheOutputitselfcan have nesting disabled for normal use. Thismakes it possible to createmultiple nesting or non-nestingPublishedPagesetupPoolstoprintviathesameOutput.


58

JobQueuingJobQueuingisusedtoconfigurehowincomingjobsaremanagedbythePagesetupPool.

• Priority–AssignaprioritytoaPagesetupPool.Thelowerthenumber,thehigherthepriority.Numberscanbenegativeforahigherpriority.Thedefaultis0.JobswaitingtoImageorRenderwillbeprocessedbyahigherpriorityPagesetupPooloverjobssubmittedtolowerprioritypools.

• Pooltype–Decidewhatsortofpooltouse.Therearetwo(2)options:

o LoadBalancing–SpreadthejobsacrossthePagesetupsselectedinthepool.

" ByPrintArea–Calculatetheareaofeachjobandthequeuewiththeleastamountofprintareaqueuedissentthenextjob.

" ByNumberofJobs–Thequeuewiththeleastnumberofjobsissentthenextjob.LoadBalancingisidealforprintingtomultipleprintersofequalquality,usingthesamemedia,withtheprioritybeingtoproofjobstothenextavailableprinter.Eachprinteriscalibratedseparatelytoensurequality.“ByPrintArea”ismoreefficient,asthelargertheprintareathelongeritwilltaketoimage,renderandprint.Queueloadingisdeterminedatthetimeofimaging.Ifaprintqueueispaused,jobswillbesenttoactivequeues.

• PrintstoAllPagesetups–ChoosetoprinttoallPagesetupsselectedinthepool.

TheoptionPrintstoAllPagesetupsisidealtoprintajoblocallyandremotely.OnePagesetupcanbeconfiguredtodrivealocalprinterandanothercancreateaJPEGimageandtransmitittoaremoteSerendipityBlackmagic.Alternatively,createaPDFfiletosendtoacustomeratthesametimeasprintingahardcopy.

PagesetupsThisdisplaysallPagesetupsconfiguredinthesystem.ThesortcolumnsshowtheOutput,JobticketandMediausedbyeachPagesetup.

TickboxesareavailabletoselectwhichPagesetupwillbeincludedinthePool.AcontextmenuforeachPagesetupinthelistallowstheusertoeditanyorallselectionsofthehighlightedPagesetup,it’sassignedOutputorMedia.


59

PaperProfileConfiguring aPaperProfile is a fundamental part of calibrating aprinter for optimumcolouroutput.Theprofile is assigned to aMedia andmatches paper and ink characteristics to the output driver, resolution,

colourspaceandcustomsettingsoftheMedia.

Theuser interface forPaperProfile comprisesofa toolbarcontainingoptionsand functions toassist increating theprofile; and a tabbed panel where the printer’s dot sizes (DensityPatches),InkLimitsareconfigured.


• Measure Patches – Use this to measure a printed densitychartusingasupportedSpectrophotometer.Afterselecting,chooseanonlineinstrumenttobeusedfromthepopuplist.When the device is ready, themeasuringwindow becomesavailable.Ifinstructed,calibratetheinstrumentandbeginpatchmeasurement.

• ChangeMedia–ChangetheMediacurrentlyassignedtothePaperProfile.• PrintDensity Chart – Prints a density chart containing the patches currently turned on.Where patches are

turnedoff,therewillbeaspaceontheoutputprint.• PrintDensity Chart (All patches) – Prints a density chart containing all patches, irrespective of their on/off

state.• PrinkInklimitChart–PrintsaninkdensitychartcontainingallenabledlimitsasonejobtotheselectedMedia

andPagesetup.• PrintInklimitChart(SeparateJobs)–Printsaninkdensitychartforeachenabledinklimitcolourcombination

asaseparatejob,usingtheMediaandPagesetupselected.• ConfigureInklimitChart–Configuresthecombinationsofinkstobetestedforinklimits.Selectwhichcolours

willbeprinted,thestartandendinkpercentagepointsandstepincrements.• Note:Ifyouhaveacombinationselectedbutinsufficientpatchestofilltherow,anemptychartwillbeprinted.

Forexample,ifyouselecttoprint3inklimitandhave2coloursselected,onlythechartborderwillbeprinted.• PreviewGraph–Showagraphofthepatchescurrentlyturnedon.SeetheGraphsectionformoreinformation.• SiftandSort–EnableordisablethisoptiontoSiftandSortthepatchesinlegacyPaperProfiles(fromprevious

versions).• Reorder Inks–Change theorderof the inks in thepaperprofile tomatch theorderused in the ICCprofile.

OftenusedforN-Colourprofiles.Highlighttheinkchannelinthelistandmoveusingtheupanddownarrows,ordraganddropinkstotherequiredposition.

• ConfigureNcolour–AvailableforNcolourPaperProfiles.OpenstheNcolourInkConfigurationpopupinterfaceusedtocustomiseaprinter inkset.Thisoptionallowstheusertoprofileprinters loadedwithnon-standardreplacementinksets(seeNcolourInkConfigurationbelow).

• Upgrade–Upgradesalegacy(pre-version6.0)paperprofiletothecurrentversion.

ContextualMenu(Right-Click)Alloftheaboveoptionsareavailableviatheright-clickmenu,inadditionto:

• Downgrade–EnablesthePaperProfiletobedowngradedtoallowcompatibilitywithearliersoftwareversions(v3,v4.0.01,v5.1,v5.2-5.4)

DensityPatchesThis area shows the patchesmaking up the Paper profile. Each patch represents a dot size or combination of dotsavailabletotheprinterbeingprofiled.

Thenumberof inkchannels shownand thenumberofpatches shown foreachchannelwillvary,dependingonwhethertheprinterhasvariabledotcapability;ifithaslightinks;andifthelightinksareconfiguredtobetreatedasseparateorcombined channels. These options are selected in the Output and CustomSettingsoftheMediachosenwhencreatingthePaperProfile.

Beforedensitieshavebeenmeasured,allpatcheswillbeturnedonandwillhavedefault(Lvalue)densities.ThesedensitiesareupdatedbydatainputfromtheMeasurePatchesoption.


60

• Patchescanbeturnedonoroffbyclickingtheupperhalfofthepatch.• Clickthelowerhalfofthepatchtomanuallyenter(Lvalue)densitiesforthatpatchnumber.PressingEnteror

TABstoresthevalueandmovestothenextpatchforentry.• Hoveringthemouseoverthepatchnumberdisplaysatooltip,providinginformationaboutthepatchincluding

defaultormeasureLabvalues.

SiftandSortOptionsWhen enabled, the Sift and Sort options for each ink channel allow users to set themaximum ink coverage for thechannel and display the channels name. For legacy paper profiles created in previous versions of Blackmagic usingpatcheswithDensityvaluesratherthanLabvalues,thisoptionalsoallowsuserstosetthepatchorderandsiftfortheoptimalcombinationofdotsfortheinkchannel.

• Sift–This isa legacyoption,available toolderpaperprofilescreate inpreviousversionsofBlackmagic.Siftusesoneofseveral intelligentalgorithms toselectasuitabledotcombinationbasedon thedensityreadingstakenandtheoutputdeviceselected.Whenused,thepopupDotSieveAlgorithmSelectorpresentstheavailabledevice/inkSiftoptions.TheSiftselectedpatchescanbeswitchedofforchangedifalternatepatchesaremoreappropriate.

• MaximumInk–Thisfieldsetsaninkcoveragelimitfortheinkchannelbyintroducingwhitespaceintoareasofcoveragehigherthantheset limit.Thedefaultsettingis100%,i.e.,nolimiting.MaximumInkisa“lowlevel”settingappliedduringscreening.

• Sort Order – This is a legacy option available to older paper profiles created in previous versions ofBlackmagic:

• PatchNumber–Sortthepatchesinpatchnumberedorder.• ColourDensity–Thisisthedensityofthecolour,sometimescalledRealDensity.Itisthecolourcontentofthe

patch.• VisualDensity–Thisdescribeshowdarkthecolouris,i.e.,howmuchlightthecolourisabsorbing,measuredas

Black.ThissortoptionisnotavailableforBlack,wherecolourandvisualdensityarethesame.

Note:TurningoffanInkChannelWhenTreatLightInksasSeparateChannelsorN-Colouroptionsareenabled,theuserhastheoptiontoturnoffoneormoreoftheprinterinkchannels.Some inks–oftenCyanandMagenta–producepatcheswithahighcolourdensitywhilenotbeingverydensevisually.Duringtheprocessofcalibratingaprinter,ifyoufindthateventhesmalldot(patch2)ofaninkhasacolourdensity too high to enable that colour to pass a particular calibrationstandard, you can turn off that ink channel by de-selecting all the Densitypatchesforthatink.Thisshouldonlybedonewheremultipleinksofaparticularcolourareavailable.Forexample,ifpatch2oftheCyanisstillcolourdense,youcanswitchCyanoffanduseonlyLightCyan.Switching off an ink channel will have effects through the calibration process, in particular, when configuring InkLimits.Whenconfiguringtheinklimitchart,thenumberofavailableinkswillneedtobereducedandthedisabledinkchannelshouldnotbeusedinanyofthecombinationsontheInkLimitChart.

PaperProfileGraphThegraphshowsthedotsselectedforeachcolour.Thepositiononthegraphgivesaproportionalrepresentationshowingwherethedotstartstoturnonoroff, and their relativeproximity tootherdots.Turn the individual colourgraphplotsonoroffbycheckingthetickboxesunderthegraph.Hoveringthemouseoverapointonthegraphdisplaysatooltip,givinginformationaboutthedot.

If a colour is not shown on the graph but the check box is ticked, the dotsselectedaremost likelyapoor choiceandmaynotbevalid;or that the inkchannel has been turned off by not choosing any of its dots (Separate InkChannelsonly).

SeparationControlSeparation Control displays where a light ink mixes with standard (orheavier) inkswithin a process ink channel. For example, the coverage levelwhereCyanisprintedandwherelightCyanfinishes.


61

Manual Separation Control is availablewhen the Paper Profile is linked to aMedia for a printer that has light inksenabled and the Treat Light Inks as Separate Channels option is enabled. These settings are in the output CustomSettingsoftheMedia.

Thegraphdisplaystheportionofeachinkusedatinkcoveragelevelsandwheretheinksstartandcrossover.Toviewindividualinksonthegraph,clicktheinkcolourcheckboxatthebottomofthescreen.Clickaninktwicetotoggleallgraphsonoroff.Shift+clicktodisplayselectivegraphs.Theslidersontheleftshowtheinkswherecontrolisallowed,i.e.,thosewithlightinksaswellasheavyinks.

Thegraphontherightchangesasyouadjustthesliderstoseetheeffectofdifferentvalues.Toviewindividualinksonthegraphclicktheinkcolourcheckboxesatthebottomofthescreen.

Note: For v5.2+ Paper Profiles, optimal Separation Control settings are determined automatically if the Ink StartControlvaluesaresetto0%.

NColourInkConfigurationTheNcolour InkConfiguration interface isused tocustomiseaprinter inkset, change inknames,define inkcolours,lightinksanddevicespotinks.

UsedinconjunctionwiththeReorderInksfunction,thisoptionallowstheusertoprofileprintersloadedwithnon-standardreplacementinksets.

Theinterfacecontainstwo(2)panels–theInkListPanelandtheInkConfigurationPanel.

InkListPanel

TheInkListpaneldisplaysalistoftheinksavailableforcustomisationin theN-ColourPaperProfile. Eachof theprinter’s inks is defined inthree(3)columns:

• Name–Theuserdefinednamefortheinkchannel.Thisdefaultstotheoriginalname.Clickinthetextfieldtorenametheink.

• Original–Thenameofthestandardinkchannelforthatinkslot.• Type–Theprocess,lightorcustom(n-colour)inkchanneltypetheinkoccupiesforthepurposeofcreatingan

ICCOutputProfilefortheprinter.

ContextualMenu(Right-Click)Options:• RevertAll–Revertallinkchannelstotheprinterdefaults.• RevertChannel–Revertthecurrentlyselectedinkchanneltotheprinterdefault.

InkConfigurationPanel

TheInkConfigurationpanelisusedtodisplayandeditthepropertiesofeachoftheprinterinkchannelsfortheN-colourPaperProfile.Clickoneachinktovieworedit.

Theupperpartofthepanelhastwo(2)dropdownmenusallowingtheusertoselectwhatchanneltheinkoccupiesforICCprofilingtheprinter;thelowerhalfisacolourpickerpanelallowingtheink’sdisplaycolourtobedefined.

• Colourisa...–ThisisadropdownmenutoselecttheinktypefromCyan,Magenta,Yellow,Black,Custom(N-colour),Light,LightLightandDeviceSpotColour.

• LightInk–ThisdropdownmenuactivateswhenaLightinkoptionisselectedinColourisa...Selectaninkfromthelist.

• SpotGeneration–ThisdropdownmenuactivateswhenDeviceSpotColourisselectedinColourisa...Selectageneration mode for the printer device spot channel from Fill, Auto (Opaque Media), Auto (TransparentMedia),None.


62

ColourPickerPanel

ThissectionisusedtochangethecolouroftheinkchannelasitisdisplayedintheSerendipityClientinterface.Alteringtheinkcolourtoonecloserresemblingthecustominkintheprinteraidsinidentifyingtheinkwhenmeasuringpatchesforthepaperprofile;whenlinearising;orwhenexamininginkchannelsintheSoftProofwindow.

SelectfromLab,CMYK,orRGBcolourspaces.Usethesliders(ortypeinthenumberfields)todefinetheinkcolour.

Double-clickinthecolourswatchtoselectacolourfromaSpecialColourSet.

RGBhastheoptionofusingthe“PickfromScreen”button,allowingtheusertoclickacolouranywhereonthedisplaytodefinetheinkcolour.

Note:DeviceSpotColoursandSpotColourMappingSome printers (or custom ink sets) feature inks, such as metallic and white, intended for signage and display; toreplicateapressprocessorsubstrate;toactasaprimer;orforprintingontransparentmedia.Thesedevicespotinksarehandledoutside thenormal colourmanagementprocess and arenot included in theoutput ICC colourspace forprinting.Thesecoloursareprintedinoneoftwoways:

1. Automatically,accordingtotheSpotGenerationmethodassignedtotheminthedropdownmenu;or2. Asaspotcolourmappedtoaplateinanincomingjob(seeMedia–SpotcolourMapping).

Mappedplateswillalwaysoverridetheautomaticspotgenerationmethodwhenprinting.i.e.,ajobwithaspotcolourconfiguredinMediatoberemappedas“white”willonlyprintwhiteintheareasdefinedbythespotplate.N-colourmodeallowsanyinkintheprintertobeassignedandprintedasaDeviceSpotColour.

InkLimitsTheInkLimitstabhascontrolsforlimitingtheinkmixofthechannelsappliedinthePaperProfile.Thenumberofinkchannels varies depending onwhether theprinter has light inks andwhether they are being treated as separate orcombinedchannels.ThewindowtotherightdisplaysasummaryofthedriverconfigurationfromtheselectedMedia.

Options• Yule Nielsen Number – Set the YN number for the

paperbeingprofiled(ifknown).Thedefaultis2.• InkLimits – Set the ink limits for thePaperProfile.

These are determined after printing a chart andobserving the percentage of coverage at which themixtureofinkscausesproblems.Enterthevalueforeachinkcombination.

• Algorithm–Choosethetypeofinklimiting:• Standard – Simple ink limiting based on ink

percentages.• Enhanced–LikeStandard,butoptimisedforvariable

dotprinters.Itusesintelligencetocalculatetheinklimitsbasedondotsused.• Linear3.0 –This setting adds the ink coverage for anyarea thenproportionally limits, according to the ink

limit range it fallswithin. For example,with3-ink set to 300%and4-ink set to 400%, if a 6-ink area of animagehasacoverageof320%,itwilllimittheareaaccordingtothe3-4inkrange.

• Linear4.0–(Default)Thismethodlimitsinksbasedonthenumberofinksbeingusedforanarea.Forexample,if5-inkissetto390%,anytime5inksarelaiddowntheircoveragewillbelimitedto390%.

• Linear, favourBlack–Asmore ink is laiddownandacolourareaapproachesBlack, thismethod limitsCMYproportionallymorethanBlack,preventingwetnessandinversioninshadowedareas.

• Lowpass –No limiting is imposed until the coverage for combined number of inks reaches the set limit, atwhichpointanyhigherinkcoverageisclippedtotheinklimit.

• Lowpass,favourBlack–ThesameasLowpass,butfavouringBlack,limitingitproportionallylessthanCMYascoloursapproachBlack.

• Media Information – This side of the screen displays information about the driver andMedia configurationimportanttothePaperProfile.

RGBPickFromScreenPaperProfileExample


63

PressThePressdatatypeisusedtoemulatethepropertiesofapressforsoftproofing.EachPressconfigurationcan

be assigned a press ICC profile, dotgain curves, press sheet dimensions, the number of ink keys, ink and papercharacteristics;allcombiningtoproduceaccurateonscreensoftproofs.

ThePresscanbeswitchedon-the-flywhilesoftproofingtoinstantlyshowhowajobwilllookifprintedonadifferentpressorondifferentstock.

DimensionsEnterthesizeoftheprintablesheetareaofthepressanditsnumberofInkKeys.TheKeyWidthiscalculatedfromthesevalues.

ColourManagementThispaneliswherethePressICCprofileisassigned,alongwithanyprocessCMYK,spotcolourordevice(platesetter)dotgaincurvesrequiredtoreproducethecolourperformanceofthepress.

• ReplaceColourSet–SelectaReplaceColourSettobeapplied.• Press ICCProfile–Selectapress ICC.Thiscanbeonecreatedon

thepressoraprintingstandardICCwhichisusedasthetargetormatchprofile.

• CMYK DotGain Curves – Select individual C, M, Y, or K DotGainCurvestobeapplied.

• SpecialsDotGainCurve–Select aDotGainCurve tobeapplied toanyspecialorspotcolours.

• DeviceLinearisationCurve–Selectadevice(platesetter)DotGainCurvetobeapplied.

• CalcheckChart–SelectacharttoverifytheSoftProof’scalibrationstatus.

• PaperColour–Three(3)optionsareavailable:• None–Donotchangethepapercolour;• ICCProfile–UsethewhitepointfromthepressICCprofileandapplyasthepapercolour;or• Custom–Enter yourownvalue for thepaper colour.Use a Spectrophotometer tomeasure thepaperwhite

directlyintotheconfiguration.

InkandPaperConfiguretheinkandpaperpropertiesofthepresstosimulatetheireffectsonthescreenintheSoftProofapplication.

• MaximumInkWeight–Enteravalueforthemaximuminkweight.ThisvalueisusedbytheInkKeyViewertoshowexcessink.

• StretchFactor–Enteracompensation factor toallow forstretch. It canbeused fordistortionsimulationoranamorphicscaling,whereonedirectionwilldistortmorethantheother.

Note:Theeasiestwaytocalculatestretchistodrawarectangle1mx1mandprintit.Measuretherectangleandenterthevalue.Ifthesizeis98cm,enter0.98.Ifthesizeis102cm,enter1.02.

• BackPageOpacity–Enteravaluebetween0and100%.ThiscontrolstheamountofshowthroughofthebackpagethroughthefrontpagewhenreversepageviewinginSoftProof.

• BackPageDotGainCurve–SelectaDotGainCurvetoapplytothebackpagewhenusingtheShowBackPageoptioninSoftProof.

• BackPageRotation–SelecttherelativeorientationofbackpagewhenusingShowBackPageinSoftProof.• TopPage–ChooseEvenorOdd.Thisisusedtodeterminewhichpagebacksontowhich,sothecorrectback

pageisshownwhenrequested.


64

RegularExpressionThe Regular Expression data type is assigned as a filter to an auto-proofing RIP queue. Here, the user

constructsasetofruleswherebyonlyfileswithaparticularnamingstructurewillbesubmittedforauto-proofing.

ExpressionsSimilartotheJobGenie,theExpressions(searchtasks)areenteredanddisplayedintheleftlist.Eachexpressionismadeupofoneormorestringsusedtomatchorignorefiles.

TheExpressionsarehandledintheordertheyappearinthelist.Ifthefirstexpressionmatchesajobnameandthatexpressionruleisto ignore items, the job is not passed to the next expression forfurther consideration. Expressions can be reordered by selectingtheitemanddraggingupordownthelistasrequired.

ListOptions

• Add–Addsanewexpressiontothelist.• Duplicate–Makesacopyofthecurrentlyselectedexpression.• Delete–Removesthecurrentlyselectedexpression.

MatchSpecifywhattomatchandtherulestoapply.Enteroneormorestringstomatchandapplydifferentrulestoeach.

Matchoptions:

• MatchItems–Matchesthestringsentered.Ifnootherexpressionsexist,thejobissubmittedforauto-proofing.• IgnoreItems–Ignoresanythingthatmatchesthestringsentered.Ifajobnamematches,itisignoredandnot

submittedforproofingorpassedtootherexpressionsforfurthermatching.• AnyoftheFollowing–Thematchistrueifanystringmatchconditionsaremet.Iftherearetwoormorematch

strings in theoneexpressionandeitherof themmatcha jobname, theMatch Itemsor Ignore Items rule isapplied.

• AlloftheFollowing–Thematchisonlytrueifallstringmatchconditionsaremet.

StringEnter thestring tomatch in the text fieldat thebottomof thescreen.This isa jobnameorpartofa jobname.Thematchdependsononeofthefollowingconditions,selectedwiththestring:

• Contains–Thejobnamecontainstheenteredstring.• BeginsWith–Thejobnamebeginswiththeenteredstring.• EndsWith–Thejobnameendswiththeenteredstring.• Is–Thejobnamematchestheenteredstringexactly.• DoesNotContain–Thejobnamedoesnotcontaintheenteredstring.• DoesNotBeginWith–Thejobnamedoesnotbeginwiththeenteredstring.• DoesNotEndWith–Thejobnamedoesnotendwiththeenteredstring.• IsNot–Thejobnameisnottheenteredstringexactly.

MatchStringOptions

• Add–Addsthematchstringtothelist.• Apply–Applychangestotheselectedmatchstringinthelist.• Delete–Removesthecurrentlyselectedmatchstringfromthelist.


65

ReplaceColourSetTheReplaceColourSetisusedtomatchandreplacecertaincoloursastheypassthroughthesystem.Matchandreplaceprocessorspotcoloursandchoosetomatchbynameorposition.Colourscanbecreateddirectly

orimportedfrompopulardesktopapplications,oraSpecialColourSet.

ThereareafewusesfortheReplaceColourSet.Itisusedtocreateadigitalblueline,whichreplacesallcolourswithvaryinghuesofblueallowingtrapstobeeasilyseen.Itcanalsobeusedforreplacingspecialcolourswherethenamevaries,suchasPantone101CandPantone101CVC.


• New Colour – Creates a new untitled colour in the list. Click oneithertheMatchPlateorOriginalnametochangeit.

• DeleteColours–Deletestheselectedcolour/s.• DuplicateColours–Makesacopyoftheselectedcolour/s.• RenameMatch–RenameoneormoreMatchPlatesusingapopupFindandReplacetool.• RenameOriginal–RenameoneormoreOriginalreplacementcolournamesusingapopupFindandReplace

tool.• Add Colours From Library – Select one ormore colours from a Special Colour Setwithin Blackmagic to be

addedtotheReplaceColourSet.

Alternatively,thiswindowmaybeopenedbydouble-clickingonanemptyareaofthelistpanel;ordouble-clickonaselectedcolourinthelisttoopentheAddColourswindowandreplaceitwiththechosencolour.

• ImportColoursFromFiles–Importcoloursfromcompatiblethirdpartyapplications,CGATS/ISO12642filesor previously exported colour sets. N-Colour swatches will not import unless an N-colour ICC profile withmatchingprocesscolourchannelsisfirstassignedtotheSpecialColourSet.IfCMYKswatchesareimportedtoanN-Colourset,extracolourchannelswith0%valueswillbeaddedtomatchthecolourspace.

• ExportColoursToFile –Export thecolourswatches toaCGATS/ISO12642 file. If thesetcontainsamixofCMYK/N-colourandLabcolours,youwillbepromptedtoexporteitherCMYK/N-colourorLabcolours.Thefilestandardlimitsexportedcolourstoonecolourspace.

• ExportColourSetToFile–ExporttheentireReplaceColourSettoafile.IfthesetcontainsamixofCMYKandLabcolours,youwillbeaskedwhethertoexportCMYKorLab.

• Preview Set – Opens a popupwindow listing all the Replace Colours in the setwith colour properties andreplacementmethod.

• N-ColourProfile–Assignamulti-colourICCprofiletotheReplaceColourSet.

Note:IfanN-ColourmulticolourICCprofileisassignedtotheset,userswillhavetheoptiontoadjustcoloursinanLaborN-Colourcolourspace,asdefinedbytheICCprofile(e.g.,LaborCMYKOG).ColoursforeachReplaceColourSetcanonlybedefinedinLaband/orasingleothercolourspace.IfnoN-Colourprofileisassigned,coloursareadjustedusingeitherLaborCMYKvalues.AlltheToolbaroptionscanbeaccessedviathecontextual(right-click)menuavailableinthecolourlistpanel.

ReplacementMethodTabsTherearefive(5)tabbedpanelswherecoloursarecreatedorimportedwhenmakingaReplaceSet.Eachtabperformsaspecificreplacementfunction.

Tab1–ProcessSpecifyanyoftheProcessCMYKcolourstobereplaced.Eachoftheprocesscolourslistedinthepanelhas:

• A swatchbox showing the replacement for the process colour (left). Double-click this box to import areplacementcolour;

• Aneditablenamingfieldfortheprocesscolour;and• AResetbuttonforthecolouroftheprocessplate(lowerright)andaCancelbuttontoswitchoffreplacement

forthatprocesscolour(upperright).

ProcesscolourreplacementissettoOffforall4coloursbydefault.


66

Tab2–ExactWhen using the Exact replacementmethod, only incoming colourspreciselymatching theMatch Plate namewill bereplacedwiththenewcolour.Matchingisnotcasesensitive.

Tab3–PartialWhenusingthePartialreplacementmethod,anyincomingcoloursarereplacedwiththenewcolourifanypartofthenamematchestheMatchPlatename.Matchingisnotcasesensitive.

Tab4–PositionThePositionmethodreplacesanyincomingSpecialcolourinaparticularplatepositionwiththenewcolour.

TheExact,PartialandPositionpanelshaveaSearchboxatthetoprightusedforlocatingcoloursinthereplacementlist.Thelistitselfhasaseriesofsortcolumnsdetailingpropertiesofeachreplacementcolour.

Colourscanbeselectedanddraggedtoanotherpositionwithinthelist.ThisisusefulinPositionreplacementwheretheplatepositionisimportant.Theorderofthecolumnscanbechangedbydraggingthemtothedesiredlocationandtheheadersareconfigurableviaacontextmenu.Theavailablecolumnsare:

• MatchPlate–Shows the replacementcolour swatch.TheExactorPartialname in this field is theone tobematchedtotheincomingcolourbeingreplaced.InthecaseofPositionreplacement,thenameshowstheplateposition.Clickonthenametochangeit.

• Values–Showsthecolourspacevaluesofthereplacementcolour.• OriginalName–TheoriginalnameofthereplacementcolourintheMatchPlateswatch.Clickonthenameto

changeit.• Space–Thecolourspaceofthereplacementcolourplate.• Mode–ThePaintModeofthecolour:Overprint,Knockout,Primer,OpaqueorTransparent.• Tint–Thetintorintensityofthecolour.• DotGainCurve–ThenameoftheDotGainCurveappliedtotheplate(ifany).• Weight(g/m2)–ThePressInkWeightofthecolouring/m2(ifassigned).

Tab5–RemainingAllocateonecolourtoreplaceSpecialPlatesthatarenotmatchedbyanythingelse.ThisonlyreplacesspecialcoloursandnotCMYKprocesscolours.ThispanelhasasimilarinterfacetotheProcesspanel.

ColourAdjustmentPanelViewandadjust thecolourspacevaluesandplatepropertiesofa selectedcolour.Thenameof thecolourselected isshown at the top. A window displays the Original colour and Modified colour as adjustments are being made. AcorrectlycalibratedmonitorwithanassignedMatchICCprofilewilldisplayanaccuraterepresentationofthecolour/s.

Availableadjustmentoptionsare:

• Colourspace–ChoosebetweenLaborCMYK(ormulticolourifanN-ColourICCprofilehasbeenassignedtotheReplace Colour Set). The sliders change accordingly formaking adjustments to the Lab or CMYK/N-Colourvalues.Thesecanbeentereddirectlyorfine-tunedusingtheup/downarrows.

• PaintMode–ChoosethePaintModeforthecolour.ThediagramshowsthePaintMode,OpacityandTintoftheselectedcolour.Choicesare:

• Overprint• Knockout• Primer• Opaque(addsanopacity%slider)• Transparent• Tint –Adjust the intensity of the colour by adjusting the slider, entering a tint value or using the up/down

arrows.• DotGainCurve–ChooseaDotGainCurvetoapplytothecolour.

Note: A DotGain Curve applied to a replacement colour takes precedence over global Process or Specials DotGainCurvesassignedtoaPagesetup.ThePagesetupcurvesareignoredforthecolour.

• Weight – Optionally assign an Ink Weight (in g/m2) to the selected colour. This weight is used in theInkKeyViewer(SoftProof)andinCalculateInkWeights(QueueManager).

• Spectrophotometer – Choose a supported Spectrophotometer to read colour values directly into the SpecialColourSet.


67

RIPDifferentRIPs store their files indifferent formatsand indifferent locations.TheRIPdata type isused toconfigurehowandwhereBlackmagicpollsfortheseRIPpedjobs.

DriverThis panel is where the driver used to poll and interpret the incoming fileformatisselected.ThedrivermustmatchthetypeofRIPpedfiletobepolled.Options available in other sections of the RIP configuration may changedependingontheRIPinputfilterselected.

• RIPDriver–SelectaRIPdriver(inputfilter)fromthepopupchooserwindow.Thelistofavailabledriverswilldependuponthelicensesenabledonthedongle.

Custom Settings – Depending on the driver selected, there may be specific parameters requiring setup for a validconfiguration.UsetheEditbuttontosetuptheseparameters.

PollingPollingisthemethodusedtolookforfiles.TheconfigurationforpollingtheRIPpedfilesissetupinthissection.Whenpolling,Blackmagiclooksinthespecifiedlocation(definedunderPaths)forfilesmatchingtheRIPdriverselected.AlistiscompiledandsentbacktoBlackmagicfordisplayintheRIPMonitor.Ittakesthree(3)successfulpollsbeforeafileisshownintheRIPMonitorandthefilesmustbestable(notchangedsincethelastpoll).

Theavailableoptionsare:

• EnablePolling–Turnpollingonoroff.• Poll Interval – Configure how frequently to poll for files. The Poll Interval should be set according to any

specificrequirements.SettingthePollIntervaltooshortcanfloodthenetworkwithpollingrequests(packets)causingittoslowdown.Settingittoolongcantakealongtimetoshowstablefilesreadyforsubmission.

• FastPolling–Thiswillautomaticallypolltwo(2)moretimesassoonasone(1)automaticpollhascompleted.Itwillnotwait for thenext scheduledPoll Intervalbefore itpollsagain.Filesmayappear incomplete in theRIPMonitoriftherehasnotbeensufficienttimebetweenpollsforajob’scompletesetofplatestofinishtheRIPprocess.

• LogStatistics–LogthepollingstatisticsintheServerlog.Thelogmessagereports“Startedautomaticpollon<date>”whenpollingstartsand“Completedautomaticpollon<date>”whenfinished.

• Ignore Mod Time – Ignore the modification time on the file. Useful for Harlequin RIPs that update themodificationtimeonthefilewhenmovingthejobbetweentheHeldandActivequeues.

• JobGenie–AssignaselectedJobGenietotheRIP.ThisoptionsbecomesavailablewhenusingaTIFFBasedRIP(User Configurable), PDF or Postscript input filter. If used, only files defined as valid by the Job GeniewillappearforsubmissionintheRIPMonitor(seetheJobGeniesectionforfurtherdetails).

ConnectionTheconnectionspecifiesthemethodusedforpolling.Theoptionsare:

• Agent–Themostefficientconnectionmethod.ThisoptionconnectstoaSerendipityPollingAgentinstalledonthesystemwheretheRIPfilesarelocated.

• Localhost–PollsadirectorypathonthecomputerwheretheBlackmagicServerisinstalled.• FTP–UsesFileTransferProtocol(FTP)topollandtransferthefilesfromtheRIPtoBlackmagic.• Secure FTP (SFTP) – Uses Secure File Transfer Protocol to poll and transfer the files from the RIP to

Blackmagic.

FileTransferPriorityThisspecifiestheprioritytobeusedfortransferringfilesfromtheRIPtoBlackmagic.AdjustfromLowesttoHighestoranywhereinbetween.

SometimesahighprioritycanaffecttheRIPperformance,especiallyonolderRIPs.Thiscancauseproblems,suchasRIPspausing.Ifthishappens,reducetheprioritylevel.

PathsSpecifythepathstotheRIPpedfilesresidingontheRIP.Thismaybeasinglepathormultiplepathsandcanbemadeupofstripedpaths.Thepathstructure isdependentupontheRIPdriverselected.Theoptionsavailablearedetailedbelow.


68

• New–AddsanewpathorstripepathtothePathsfield.Selectingthisdisplaysanotherwindowtotypethepathorbrowseto locate the foldercontainingthe jobs.Browsewillonlywork if theconnectionmethodhasbeenspecifiedandisvalid.

• Delete–Deletestheselectedpaths.• DeleteAll–Deletesallpathsfromthelist.

MostRIPdriversuserecursivepolling,i.e.,theywillpolldownthedirectorystructureintosubdirectoriesfromthetop-leveldirectoryspecified inthepath.Themoresubdirectoriestobesearched, the longer it takes.Specifythepathascloseaspossibletothefilesforquickerresults.

StripePathsSomeRIPsplacejobsondifferentdrives,butinthesamelocation.TheycanaddmoredrivestoaRIP,givingitanewmountpoint,fore.g.,E:/RIPJobs,F:/RIPJobsandG:/RIPJobs.TheseallhaveacommonpathofRIPJobs,butare“striped”across3drives,thereforespecifythedrives(E:,F:andG:)intheStripePathsandthepath(/RIPJobs)inPaths.

Note:This is importantforRIPssharingplatesfromsingle jobsacrossmultipledrives, fore.g.,Cyan&MagentaonEdrive and Yellow& Black of the same job on F drive. If this is not setup as a stripe, the plateswill not be stitchedtogether.AutoProofingJobscanbesubmittedmanuallyfromtheRIPMonitorasdesired.Alternatively,configuretheRIPtohavejobssubmittedautomaticallyviatheAutoProoffacility.Thiswayanynewjobthatappears, ifstableandmeetsthespecifiedcriteria,willbesubmittedforprocessing.Theoptionsavailablearelistedbelow.

• EnableAutoProofing–TurnsAutoProofingonoroff.• Printing–Specifieshowthejobsaretobeprinted.Optionsare:• Copies–Specifythenumberofcopiestobeprinted.Defaultis0.• UsePagesetup–PrinttotheselectedPagesetup.• UsePagesetupPool–PrinttotheselectedPagesetupPool.• Choose – Select an existing Pagesetup or Pagesetup Pool. The chooser allows you to create a new one if

necessary.

CriteriaSelectcertainconditionsthatmustexistbeforeajobisautomaticallysubmitted.Theoptionsare:

• Delay(seconds)–Thelengthoftimetowaittoseeifa jobchangespriortosubmitting.Ajobmaychangeasother plates are RIPped and added to the job. A suitable amount of time needs to be specified in order toensureacompletejobissubmitted.

• Minimum Plate Count – Specify a certain number of plates that must exist before a job is submitted forAutoProofing.

• MustHave–SelectwhichprocessplatesmustexistinthejobbeforeAutoProofing.• Filter – Select a filter touse forAutoProofing. See theRegularExpression section for further informationon

Filters.• DeleteJobsFromRIPAfterAutoProofing–DeletejobsafterasuccessfulAutoProof.Thisisonlyavailablewhen

jobs are locallyhosted (Localhostpolling).Thismaybeusedwhena temporary file is created, for example,whenaddinghalftonedotstounscreeneddata.

• HoldAfterImaging–PlacesthejobonholdintheRenderingqueueafterimaginghassuccessfullycompleted.• Hold After Rendering – Places the job in a held state in the Output queue after rendering has successfully

completed.

JobFilteringThisisonlyavailablewhentheRIPdriverissettopollimpositionRIPs.SpecifyifAutoProofingshouldbecarriedoutonAllJobsorjustImposedJobs.

TestingOncetheconfigurationiscomplete,itmustbesavedbeforeatestcanbedone.Ifitisnotsaved,apromptwillappearto“saveandtest”. AtestpollchecksRIPconnection,Pathvalidityandjobpresence.Messagesappearinthewindowtoalertyoutoanyproblemsorgiveconfirmationofavalidconfiguration.


69

SignatureGroupImport or create groups of Signatures, defining the page,sheetandsizeparametersofpressimpositions.Theimposed

filescan thenbesubmitted forde-imposition fromtheRIPMonitorandseparatedduringprocessing intosmallergroupsor individualpages tofittheprinter,ortoviewapublicationinitsintendedform.

Theinterfacehasatoolbarwithvariousoptionsandaseriesoffive(5)panels used to configure the Signatures. A display panel shows thelayoutoftheselectedsignature(s)totheright.


• Group–Groupstwoormorepagestogether.Pagesmustbethesamesizeandalignment.TheGroupbuttonisonlyavailablewhenvalidpagesareselected.

• Ungroup–Ungroupagroupofpages.Onlyavailablewhenagroupisselected.• SuppressPages–Suppresstheselectedpageorpages(marksitasnotforprint).• AutoPaginate –Automaticallyallocatespagenumberstothesignature.Thiswill includeanypagecurrently

suppressed.• OffsetPageNumbers–Offsetstheselectedpagenumbersbythedesiredamount.Entertheoffsetvaluetobe

addedtoorsubtractedfromthepagenumbers.• EditPageNumbers–Editsthepagenumberofthoseselected.Tabmovestothenextselectedpage.Thepage

numberscanalsobeeditedbyclickingonthepage.• PairPages–Automaticallypairsthepagesalongthelongsides.Thepagesmustmatch,theheadersmustbein

thesamepositionandtheymustbe joined(nogaps). If there isagap, themanualpairoptionmustbeused.AfterpairingusetheClosePageNumberGapsoptionifneeded.Seebelowforfurtherinformation.

• PairPagesHorizontally–Pairspagesinthehorizontaldirection.• PairPagesVertically–Pairspagesintheverticaldirection.• RotateSelectedSignatures–Rotatestheselectedsignaturesbytheamountchosen.Theoptionsare:• 90DegreesClockwise• 90DegreesCounterClockwise• 180Degrees• RenameSignatures–Selectingthisdisplaysarenameboxtosearchforandreplacenames.Optionsare:• Find–Enterthecharacterstofindinthelist.• ReplaceWith – Enter the text to insert in place of the characters found.Use any valid characters, including

spaces.Ifnothingisentered,thecharactersfoundaredeletedifoneoftherenameoptionsisselected.• IgnoreCase–Choosewhetherthematchiscasesensitive.• WrapAround–Continuefromthetopofthelistwhenthebottomisreached.• RenameAll–Renameallitemsthatarefound.• RenameSelected–Renametheselectedsignaturesifthecharactersarefound.• Rename Current – Rename the currently selected signature if the characters are found. If more than one

signatureisselected,thefirstoneinthelistischeckedforamatchandrenamediftrue.• FindPrevious–Searchesbackwards.• FindNext–Searchesforwards.• PrefixWith/Append–Twooptionstoaddcharactersbeforeorafterthenames.• ImportSignatures–Importasignaturemadebyanotherapplication.Theavailabletypesare:• DynaStrip–Filesareusuallynamedwithasheetnumberanda.dsfextension.• Preps–FilesarePrepTemplates.• Krause–Filesusuallyendinanumber,suchasjobname.001.• JDF–Filesusuallyhavea.jdfextension.• Facilis–Filesareusuallynamedwitha.daiextension.• Selective Import–Enable this tochooseoralterany/allSignatures fromthesource fileprior to import.The

followingoptionsareavailable:• GroupPages–Groupthepagestogetherastheyareimported.Thepagesmustbethesamesizeandalignfor

grouping.Thediagramshowsapink line around individualpageswhen they arenot groupedor aroundallpageswhentheyaregrouped.Pagesmustgroupforpairingtowork.

• Inclusive–Thisoptionattemptstogrouppageswithparameters/alignmentsdifferingbyverysmallamounts.• Rotation–Choosetorotatethesignaturesduringimport.


70

• OffsetPageNumbers–Offsetthepagenumbersofthosesignaturesimportedbyanumber.• ImportedJDFfilesgenerallyneedtohavetheOffsetPageNumberssetto1,otherwisethefirstpagewillbegin

at0.Thiscanbechangedafterimportifnecessary.• TopAlign/LeftAlign–Optionalwaysofviewingtheinterface,dependingonthedisplayandpreferredlayout.• ClosePageNumberGaps–Usethistoclosethepagenumbersafterpairing.Whenpairingalargepublication,

thelowestpagenumberofthepairisusedastheresultantpairedpagenumber.Thisusuallyproducesgapsinthepagenumbers.ClosePageNumberGapsclosesthegapssopagesaresequential.

• ImportLanguageEncoding–Selecttheappropriatelanguageencodingforthesignaturessothenamescanbedisplayedcorrectlyinthenativelanguage.Thisissetfromthecontextualmenu(rightclick).

SignaturesThispanel listsallof theSignatures inthegroup.ThePlate,Sheet,GridandPageoptions fortheselectedSignatureareshownintheconfigurationpanelsonthescreen.

SignatureOptions:

• New–Createsanewuntitledsignature.• Delete–Removestheselectedsignaturesfromthelist.• Duplicate–Makesacopyoftheselectedsignatures.

Signaturescanbemulti-selectedordraggedanddroppedtoanotherpositioninthelist(forde-impositionpurposes).Whenmultiple Signatures are selected, allwill be shown in thedisplaypanel.ThePlate (if inuse), Sheet andPagessettingscanbeeditedtomakemasschangestoallselectedSignatures.

DisplayPanelSignaturesselectedfromthelistaredisplayedinthispanel,withallPlate,Sheetandlayoutpropertiesasdefinedintheconfigurationpanelsvisuallyrepresented.Ifmultiplesignatures(orpages)areselected,differingparametervalueswillbeshownbybold,underlinedfieldtitlesintheconfigurationpanels.

Thedisplaypanelisinteractiveandisusedto:

• Selectoneormoreindividual“pages”withinasignatureforeditinginthePagespanel;

• Selectpagesforgroupingorungrouping,pairing,orpageoffset;• Show where pages of multi-selected signatures fit within a

publication in a bottom Page Navigator panel. Pages belonging tothe signatures are shown in green; pages from non-selectedsignaturesareshowninred;doubled-uppagesareshowninpurple.SelectingallsignaturesmakesitsimpletochecktheintegrityoftheSignatureGroup.

• SelectapagefromthePageNavigatortohighlightwhichsignatureitbelongsto.

Whenviewingmultiplesignatures,thethumbnailsizescanbeincreasedordecreasedwiththecmd+/-keys(Mac)orctrl+/-(Win).

PlateTurnthePlateoptionsonoroffbyselectingtheUsePlatetickbox.

ThePlatesettingsare:

• Width• Height• CentreOffset–Thevaluetooffsetthecentreby.Thisisdependentuponthegripperposition.• GripperSize• GripperPosition

TheplatewidthandheightwillalterthepressSheetsizeiftheplatesizeislarger.Iftheplatesizeissmaller,thepressSheetsizeisnotaffected.Aplatesizelargerthanthesheetsizewillappearwitharedlineoutlinewithinthesignaturepreviewpanel.


71

SheetEnterthedimensionsofthepresssheetinthispanel.Theoptionsare:

• Width• Height• AutoFit–Changesthepresssheetsizesothepagesfit.

GridThispaneliswherethegridofpagesthatmakeuptheimpositionsignatureisdefinedoredited.Theoptionsare:

• XandYPosition–Thissetsthetopleftpositionoftheselectedgrouporpageinrespecttothetopleftofthepresssheet.

• PageSize–Selectthesizeofthesinglepageselectedfromoneofthepre-setpagesizesorchooseCustom.• ManageCustomPageSizes –Thisoptionallowsusers to create andmanage custompage sizes foruse.Any

pagesizescreatedherewillalsoappearintheMedia>CutSheetpagesizeoptionsintheWorkbenchandinStudio.

• PageWidth–Enter thewidthof thesinglepageselected.Thepre-setpagesizesautomaticallycompletethisfield.

• PageHeight–Entertheheightofthesinglepageselected.Thepre-setpagesizesautomaticallycompletethisfield.

• Orientation – Select the orientation of the selected page betweenPortraitorLandscape.

• Columns–Enterthenumberofcolumnsforthesignature.• Rows–Enterthenumberofrowsforthesignature.• GutterXandY–Enterthesizeofthegutterforthesignature.Ifagapis

selectedfirst,thevalueisappliedtotheselectedgutteronly.ToapplyavaluetoAll,EvenorOdd, select it fromthepulldownmenufirstandthenenterthevalue.PressEntertoapplythevalue.

• Delete–Deletestheselectedpagesorgroups.• Duplicate–Duplicatestheselectedpageorgroup.Thisispositionedat

topleft(X=0,Y=0).• New/Place–Createsanewpageorgroup.SelectingthischangesthebuttontoPlace.Enterthepageattributes

asdesiredandclickPlacetopositionthepageorgroup.PressEsctocancel.

Pages• Number–Enterthepagenumberoftheselectedpages.• TopBleed–Entertheamountoftopbleedtoapplytotheselectedpages.• BottomBleed–Entertheamountofbottombleedtoapplytotheselectedpages.• LeftBleed–Entertheamountofleftbleedtoapplytotheselectedpages.• RightBleed–Entertheamountofrightbleedtoapplytotheselectedpages.• PageHead–Select theposition for theheadof thecurrentlyselectedpages.Thediagramshowsthechange.

Thepageheadisindicatedbyalineandfoldedcorner.Choosebetween:• PageHeadUp• PageHeadDown• PageHeadLeft• PageHeadRight


72

SpecialColourSetBlackmagicusesspecialcoloursetstoidentifyandmatchcolourplateswhenjobsarepolledandprocessed.Specialcolourscanbecreatedmanually,orimportedfromoneofseveralpopularapplications.Alibraryof

setscanbebuiltupforuseindifferentproofingsituations.

Colours can be created in Lab and a CMYK or N-Colour colourspace, read directly into the system using an onlineSpectrophotometer,orimportedfromaCGATSfile.EachcolourcanhaveitsinkPaintModeorPressInkWeightsetandhaveanindividualDotGainCurveassignedtoit.

The interface includesaToolbarwithgeneralcreationand importoptions;apanelshowingthe listofcolours in theSpecialSet;andanothertoadjustthepropertiesofaselectedcolour.


• NewColour–Createsanewuntitledcolourinthelist.Clickonthenametochangeit.

• DeleteColours–Deletestheselectedcolours.• DuplicateColours–Makesacopyoftheselectedcolours.• RenameColours–RenameoneormorecoloursusingapopupFind

andReplacetool.• AddColoursFromLibrary –Selectoneormorecolours fromany

otherSpecialColourSetcreatedwithinBlackmagic.• ImportColoursFromFiles–Importcoloursfromcompatiblethird

party applications, CGATS/ISO12642 files or previously exportedcoloursets.N-Colourswatcheswillnot importunlessanN-colourICCprofilewithmatchingprocesscolourchannelsisfirstassignedtotheSpecialColourSet. IfCMYKswatchesare importedtoanN-Colourset,extracolourchannelswith0%valueswillbeadded tomatchthecolourspace.

• ExportColoursToFile –Export thecolourswatches toaCGATS/ISO12642 file. If thesetcontainsamixofCMYK/N-colourandLabcolours,youwillbepromptedtoexporteitherCMYK/N-colourorLabcolours.Thefilestandardlimitsexportedcolourstoonecolourspace.

• Reorderswatches–Changetheorderofthecolourswatchesastheyappearinthelist.• Note:Swatchordercanbe importantasaPantoneplatebeingmatched fromanumberwillbeassigned the

firstcolourwhenmatchingthenumberinthesetlist.• N-ColourProfile–AssignamulticolourICCprofiletotheSpecialColourSet.

Note:IfanN-ColourmulticolourICCprofileisassignedtotheset,userswillhavetheoptiontoadjustcoloursinanLaborN-Colourcolourspaceasdefinedby the ICCprofile (e.g.,LaborCMYKOG).Colours foreachSpecialColourSetcanonlybedefinedinLaband/orasingleothercolourspace.IfnoN-Colourprofileisassigned,coloursareadjustedusingeitherLaborCMYKvalues.

AllToolbaroptionscanbeaccessedviathecontextual(right-click)menuavailableinthecolourlistpanel,aswellas:

• Print–PrintsthecolourlistoftheSpecialColourSet,withcolourswatchesanddetailsforeachcolour(seebelow).

• Print and Match Colour – Make adjustments to a selected special colour using printedswatchchartswithvariationsofthecolour.

• Present Colour – Opens a resizable pop-up window displaying the selected colour alongwith itssetandcolournames.Thisoption isuseful forvisuallymatchingsoftproofspecialcoloursonscreen.

• Print Swatch – Print user configurable colour swatch charts of Special Colour Sets. See below section forfurtherinformation.

•


73

ColourListPanelThispanelhasaSearchboxat the top right for locating colours in the set list.The listhasa seriesof sort columns,detailingpropertiesofeachspecialcolour.

Theorderofthecolumnscanbechangedbydraggingthemtothedesiredlocationandtheheadersareconfigurableviaacontext(rightclick)menu.Theavailablecolumnsare:

• Colour–Givesavisualrepresentationofthecolour.• Name–Thecolourplatename(usedtomatchthecolours).Clickonthecolournametochangeit.• Space–Thecolourspaceoftheplate.• Values–Showsthecolourspacevaluesofthecolour.• Mode–ThePaintModeofthecolour(Overprint,Knockout,Primer,OpaqueorTransparent).• Tint–Thetintorintensityofthecolour.• DotGainCurve–ThenameoftheDotGainCurveappliedtotheplate(ifany).• Weight(g/m2)–ThepressInkWeightofthecolouring/m2(ifassigned).

Double-clickingonanemptyareaofthelistpanelwillopenanAddColoursToLibrarywindow,allowingforcolourstobeaddedtotheset.Double-clickingonaselectedcolourinthelistwillopenanAddColoursFromLibrarywindowtoreplaceitwithachosencolour.

ColourAdjustmentViewandadjustthecolourspacevaluesandplatepropertiesofaselectedcolour.

Thenameofthecolourselectedisshownatthetop.AwindowdisplaystheOriginalcolourandtheModifiedcolourasadjustments are made. A correctly calibrated monitor with an assigned Match ICC profile will display an accuraterepresentationofthecolours.

Availableadjustmentoptionsare:

• ColourSpace–ChoosebetweenLaborCMYK(ormulticolourifanN-ColourICCprofilehasbeenassignedtotheSpecialColourSet).ThesliderschangeaccordinglyformakinganyadjustmentstotheLaborCMYK/N-Colourvalues.Thesecanbeentereddirectlyorfine-tunedusingtheup/downarrows.

• PaintMode–ChoosethePaintmodeforthecolour.Thechoicesare:• Overprint• Knockout• Primer• Opaque(AddsanOpacity%slider)• Transparent• Tint –Adjust the intensityof the colourbyadjusting the slider, enteringa tint value, orusing theup/down

arrows.• DotGainCurve–ChooseaDotGainCurvetoapplytothecolour.• Note: A DotGain Curve applied to a special colour has precedence over global Process or Special DotGain

CurvesassignedtoaPagesetup.ThePagesetupcurvesareignoredforthecolour.• Weight – Optionally assign an Ink Weight (in g/m2) to the selected colour. This weight is used in the

InkKeyViewer(SoftProof)andinCalculateInkWeights(QueueManager).• Spectrophotometer–ChooseasupportedSpectrophotometerorfileformattoreadorimportmeasuredvalues

directlyintotheSpecialColourSet.

PrintandMatchColour

• Print andMatchColour is a toolused forvisuallymatching specialcolours used in proofing to original print material, accessed via abuttonintheSpecialColourSettoolbar.

• Thewindowhastwo(2)mainpanels–anupperMatchChartpanelandalowerColourListpanel.


74

MatchChartPanel

• Theupperpaneldisplaysthree(3)swatchchartscomprisedofvariationsofthecolourselectedintheSpecialColourSet.Theselected(target)colouristhecentrecolourofthemiddlechart(chart2).

• Anyofthe27patchescanbeselectedtosaveasanewspecialcolour,tosaveoverandreplacetheoriginallyselectedcolour,orsetasthetarget(centre)colourforprintinganewswatchchartset.

• Variation – Controls the level of variance the swatch chart colours have from the original colour. Variationvaluestepsin0.5incrementsfrom0.5to10.TheunitsrepresentL*,a*andb*variationsfromtheLabvalueoftheoriginalcolour.Usetheslider,up/downarrows,ortypeinthetextfieldtochangethecurrentvariation.

• SetTarget–SetsthecurrentlyselectedcolourpatchastheTarget(centreofchart2).SwatchchartcolourswillchangetovariantcoloursofthenewTargetcolour.

• PrintMatchChart–Printsthethree(3)swatchchartsdisplayedintheMatchChartpanelforvisualmatchingwithoriginalprint/pressmaterial.

• Note: The 3 swatch charts are printed as individual jobs and can be nested to save paper (see Output –Nesting).Charts shouldbeorientedwith thebarsand text to the top forpatch selection.Chartsmaynotbenestedinordersotakenoteofthe(1,2,or3)barswhenselectingapatchintheinterface.

ColourListPanelThelowerpanelhastwo(2)tabs–VariationsandColour.

VariationsTabThistablistincludesaColourPatchandLabvaluesfortheoriginal(Target)colourandthe26variantcolourpatches.

AcolourselectedintheVariations listwillbehighlightedbyaboxintheMatchChartpanel.AcolourselectedintheMatchChartpanelwillbehighlightedintheVariationslist.

ColourTab

Thistabfillsthepanelwiththecurrentlyselectedcolourvariant.Thisoptionisusefulforvisuallymatchingsoftproofspecialcoloursonscreen.

• Save–SavesthecurrentlyselectedTargetcolour(centreofChart2)overtheoriginalspecialcolour,replacingit.

• Cancel–CancelsthePrintandMatchprocesswithoutsaving,closingthewindow.• SaveAs–SavesthecurrentlyselectedTargetcolour(centreofChart2)tothesetasanewspecialcolour.Enter

anameforthecolourandclickOK.Defaultnameisthatoftheoriginalcolourfollowedbyanasterisk(*).

PrintSwatchPrintuserconfigurablecolourswatchchartsofSpecialColourSets.Allswatchesareprocessedasindividualspotplatesas theywouldbewhen includedwithanormal joballowingusers toseehowaspotcolourwillprint toaparticularMedia.

ColourSwatchesprintatasizeandspacingdeterminedbytheuser,thenameofthecolour(andoptionalLabordevicevalues)areprintedbeloweachpatch.Thefollowingfieldsareavailabletoconfiguretheswatchchart:

• PatchWidth–Entertheprintedwidthforthecolourpatch.• PatchHeight–Entertheprintedheightforthecolourpatch.• IncludeColourValues–EnabletoprintcolourLabordevicevaluesbeloweachcolourpatch.Alargervertical

spacingvaluemayberequiredtoaccommodatetheadditionaltext.• HorizontalSpacing–Enterthehorizontalspacingtoapplybetweeneachpatch.• VerticalSpacing–Entertheverticalspacingtoapplybetweeneachpatch.• Margin–Enteravalueforthemargintobeleftaroundtheprintedswatchcharts.• PatchesPerRow–Enterthenumberofpatchestobeprintedoneachrowofthechart.• PatchesPerPage–Enterthetotalnumberofpatchestobeprintedperchart“page”.Amultipleofthepatches

perrowisrecommended.Eachpageissubmittedasaseparatejobandisabletobenested.Multi-pagechartsaregroupedintopublicationsintheQueueManager.

• Cancel–Canceltheprintswatchoperationsavinganysettingsentered.• OK–SendtheswatchcharttotheSubmitPagesetup/Mediapopupwindowforprintingbasedonthesettings

entered.

Note:Asall colourpatchesareprocessedas individual spotplates, for large chartsusers can speedup imagingandrenderingtimesbysubmittingchartsasmultiplepages(jobs)ratherthanasingle,largejob.


75

ScreenPrintingThe Screen Printing functionality within theMedia data type is designed for printing film separations on an Inkjetprinter.

Filessubmittedforprocessingareseparatedinto individualplates.Eachplate isprintedasablackseparationwithahalftonedotappliedatthecoloursrespectivescreenangle.

Printingtofilmgenerallyrequirestheoutputdensitytobehigherthanthatfornormalproofing.Higherdensitiesareachievedbyincreasingtheprintresolution,orbyassigningoneormoreinkstobelaidovertheblackdots.

ConfigurationTheconfigurationisverysimilartoastandardsetuptoprinttoadevice.TheOutputconfigurationisthesameandtheappropriate Media and Jobticket are created to control the page parameters. A very basic Paper Profile andLinearisationarealsocreatedtocompletethesetup.

OutputConfigurationTheOutputfortheprinterissetupnormally.

AnOutputDriver is assigned;DestinationDriver selected; and Collating options are enabled (if required). Once theOutput is created, the Media configured for screenprinting (see below) should be assigned so only screen printseparationswillprinttothefilm.

MediaConfiguration

• OutputDriver–SelectthedriverassetupintheOutputcreatedforthescreenprintingconfiguration.• Resolution–Chooseanappropriateresolution.• Ahigherdensitycanbeachievedwithahigherresolution,however,itisslowertoprocessandprint.Alower

densitymayproducesufficientdensity,dependingontheprinterandmediaused.• Colourspace–SelectCMYK• Ifusing theBlack InkCombinationonly,chooseGrayas theColourspace,as thismayresult inslightly faster

processing. However, in this mode inks cannot be mixed to produce a denser output. Selecting CMYK andconfiguringaPaperProfilewillallowthechoicetouseBlackonlyofamixofcoloursatalaterstage,withouthavingtorecreateaPaperProfile.

• CustomSettings–Selecttheappropriatemedia,chooseUni-directionalorBi-directionalandturntheUseLightInksoptionoff.

• Bi-directional is fasterbutmayproduceslightbandingormaynotbeasdenseasprintingUni-directionally.UsingLightInkswillaffectthepatchesinthePaperProfile.InScreenPrintingmode,onlyonepatchcanbeonpercolour.

• Screen Printing – Enable Screen Print Mode and select Black for the Ink Combination (and any othersrequired).

• Once this option is selected, jobs submitted to this Media will always be separated and printed using theselected colours. One or more inks must be selected from the available choices. If Gray is selected as theColourspace,onlyBlackwillbeshownasachoice.

• OutputScreening–SelectHalftoneandticktheSuperCelloption.Choosethepreferreddotshapeandenterthescreenanglesandrulings.

• SuperCellgivesabetter-shapeddotandtherounddottendstobemorecommonlyused.Thedefaultanglesof15, 45, 75 and 90 are shown by clicking the Defaults button, however, these can sometimes produceundesirableeffects,mostlycausedby theYellowplate.Tocounteract this,offsetallanglesby7.5degrees tomakethemthefollowing:

• Cyan–22.5degrees• Magenta–82.5degrees• Yellow–97.5degrees• Black–52.5degrees• Special–52.5degrees


76

PaperProfileConfigurationInScreenPrintingmodeonlyonepatchcanbeturnedonpercolour.Therefore,thevalueforthepatchdoesnotmatter–whichonechosendoes.

Foravariabledotprinter,when theUseLight Inksoption is turnedoff, therewillbefour (4) patches for each colour. The first patch represents themedia and the otherthree the dot sizes (small, medium and large). A dot size for each colour must bechosen.IftheColourspaceisGray,Blackwillbetheonlyavailableink.

Theimagehereshowsanexampleusingthepatch4ofBlackandpatch2ofeachCyan,MagentaandYellow.Thereisnoneedtomeasurethevalueforthepatches,thedefaultvaluesaresufficient.Comparativedensitiesarenotrelevantwhenonlyusingonedot(patch).

Intestingitwasfoundthatacombinationof largeBlack(patch4)andsmallMagenta(patch2)producedgood results. If toomuch isused, forexample– largeBlack, largeCyanand largeMagenta– theresult iswetoutputandthedots tendto“fill in” theshadowarea.Largedotsofacolour likeCyanwillproduce filmlookingblueinsteadofblack.Blackshouldalwaysbethedominantcolour.

InkLimitingThereisnoneedtoenteranyInkLimitingastheplatesareseparated,sothereisnomixingof2,3and4inks.

LinearisationAsScreenPrintingmodeprintsonlyBlackseparations,thecreationofasimpleLinearisation(Gradation)CurvetobeappliedtotheMediaisallthatisrequired.

TheLinearisationCurvecanbecreatedinoneoftwoways:

Method1.UsingtheLineariserapplicationandasupportedSpectrophotometer:

• OpentheLineariserapplication.• SelecttheMediausedforscreenprintingandprintachartfortheSpectrophotometertoread.OnlytheBlack

channelpatcheswillbeprintedandmeasured.• Measurethevaluesusingaconnectedinstrumentandsavethechart.• ThelinearisationcurvewillbeautomaticallyassignedtotheselectedMedia.CheckthisbyviewingtheMediain

theWorkbenchtomakesurethecurveisassignedtotheconfiguration.SeeApplications>Lineariserformoreinformation.

Method2.ManuallyCreatingaLinearisationCurve:

• SelecttheGradationCurvedatatypeintheWorkbench.• CreateanewGradationCurve,selectingthescreenprintingMediatobeused.• Edit the Gradation Curve by selecting the Black curve. Click on the curve and drag it to the desired shape,

addingmorecurvepointsifrequired.• SavetheGradationCurve.• SelectthescreenprintingMediaintheWorkbenchandassigntheGradationCurveusingtheLinearisationLUT

buttonintheColourCorrectionpanel.

SummaryTheaboveisaguidetoconfigureasetuptoprintfilmseparationsforuseintheScreenPrintingindustry.Runsometestjobs to choose themost suitable patches, ink combination and resolution for the device andmedia being used. If adifferentresolutionorcolourspace isselectedorthe light inksareused,anewPaperProfilewillneedtobecreated.Trying different dot sizes will mean adjustment of the Paper Profile – changing which patch is turned on in eachchannel.

During the testing periodmany combinations of ink (colours), dot sizes and resolutionwere tried. Different outputdevices andmediawill produce varying results, so a combination of patches and inkmixingmaywork better. Thehigher resolution (1440dpi)produced themostdenseoutputataround4.18D,but takes longer toRIPandprint.Byrunningatalowerresolution(720dpi),thejobsprocessedquickerbutthedensitydropstojustunder3ataround2.8D.Thisisoftenacceptableformanyapplications,butwillvarydependingonthemediaanddeviceused.Testingwillprovethemostsuitablesetup.ThemostcommonlyusedsettingswereCMYKcolourspace,withaninkcombinationofBlackandMagenta.Thisused the largeBlack (dot4)and the smallMagenta (dot2) in thePaperProfileandgavea slightreddishtingetotheBlack,whichisdesirableintheScreenPrintingindustry.


77

ModulesModulesareinformationalwindowsusedformanagingjobsastheypassthroughthesystemandtomonitorServerandClient activity.Modules are arranged and utilised in a pre-configured format in the Jobs application; are able to beaddedandconfiguredtoatabbedwindowaspartofaMonitorlayoutviatheLayoutmenu;orstartedupindividuallyasstandalonewindowsfromtheModulemenu.

Therearetwelve(12)modulestochoosefrom:

• BookMonitor–SimilartotheRIPMonitor,thismoduledisplaysalistofBookscompiledviatheBookfilter.ThismoduleisonlyavailableinVeripressandtheBlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-on.

• ClientLog–DisplaysalogofClientmessagesthatmaybegeneratedduringnormalClientoperations.• ClusterStatus –Monitors theprogress of Imaging andRendering tasks on the Server and any activeCluster

Nodes.• DropZone–Aplacetodraganddropfilesforprocessing.• MediaStatus – A window showing the current calibration status of a Media data type and a progress bar

showingtheamountofmedia(e.g.Paper)used.• QueueManager–Viewandmanagejobsaftertheyhavebeensubmittedforprocessing.• QueueStatus–Aprogressmetershowingthecurrentstatusofactivejobsontheselectedqueue.• RIPMonitor–DisplaysthefilespolledusingRIPsconfiguredundertheRIPdatatypewithintheWorkbench.• ServerLog–Displaysanysystem,errorandpollingmessagesfromtheServer.• Status–Showsthediskstatus(usage)oftheServerprocessingareas.• Thumbnail–Displaysathumbnailofjobsastheyimageorrender.• VirtualPress–AvailablewithintheRIPMonitormodule.Allowsfortheassignment,alterationandmanagement

ofplatestopolledRIPjobs.


78

BookMonitorTheBookMonitormodule (available forVeripress/Blackmagic SoftproofingAdd-on) displays the publications polledfrom planning files using the BookFilter data type. The publications can be expanded to show a list of pages andfilenamesassociatedwitheachpage.

Themoduleallows forquickviewingof largemulti-sectionormulti-editionpublications, suchasnewspapers.WhenViewOriginal,RenderedorFlipBookareselectedforapublicationintheBookMonitor,itsearchesthechosenqueuesinthe QueueManager for filenamesmatching those in the page list and assembles them on-the-fly for proofing in theSoftProoforFlipBookapplications.ThePageNavigatorinbothapplications(SoftProof&FlipBook)willshowanypagesmissingfromthepublication(thosethathavenotyetarrivedfromtheRIP).


• Expand/CollapseBooks–ExpandorCollapsetheselectedBooks(publications) to list individual pages. Double-clicking apublication in the display panel will also expand/collapse thepagelist.

• Poll – Poll the selected BookFilter for any planning files. Oncepolled, a list of the available planning file publications will bedisplayed.

• ToggleBookfilterPolling–Enable/Disable• ShowBookFilterMenu–Enable/Disableadropdownmenu.• ShowBookfilterList–Enable/Disable• ViewOriginal–OpenstheImagedPreviewoftheselectedpublicationinSoftProof.• ViewPrinted–OpenstheRenderedPreviewoftheselectedpublicationinSoftProof.• ViewFlipBook–OpenstheselectedpublicationinFlipBook.• Queue Order – Select this to choose the Output queue in the QueueManager the Bookfilter will search for

matchingImagedorRenderedjobpages.• CalculateInkWeight–OpentheInkWeightscalculatorwindowfortheselectedpublication.

Note: Books (publications) can be opened in one of two ways. Selecting the Book title, then View Original/ViewRendered will open the Book at the first available page. Expanding a Book, selecting a specific page, then ViewOriginal/ViewRenderedwillopentheBookatthechosenpage.

ViewOptionsThefollowingsortcolumnscanbeselectedusingthecontextual(rightclick)menuonthesortcolumnheaderbarintheDisplaypanel:

• Name-thenameofthePublication/Pagesourcedfromtheplanningfile.• Section–liststhesectiontowhichapagebelongsasdefinedbytheplanningfileorbyaBookfilterJobGenie.• Page–Thepagenumberofthepagefileasdefinedintheplanningfile.• Date–theDate/Timestampoftheplanningfile.• DateofIssue–thepublicationdateofthepublication/pageasdefinedintheplanningfile.• Files–thedirectorypathandnameofthesourceplanningfilefortheBook.• Edition-liststheeditiontowhichapagebelongsasdefinedbytheplanningfileorbyaBookfilterJobGenie.

Theorderofthecolumnscanbechangedbyclickinganddraggingthemtothedesiredposition,orbyusingtheConfigureHeadersoptionunderthecontextual(rightclick)menu.Thecolumnscanbemanuallyresizedbydraggingtheheaderdividerbartothedesiredwidth,orresizedtofitcontentbydouble-clickingthedividerbar.

ThecontextualmenualsohasoptionstoEditBookFilter,changetheColourSchemeoftheBookMonitorwindow,pickFontOptionsandchoosetheLanguageEncodingoftheincomingpolldata.


79

ClientLogTheClientLogdisplaysanymessages thatpopupduringnormalClientoperation. There are different levels of message, from informative toserious errors. All messages are held for a user-determined length oftime.

• Fetch back log – Displays the log for the time specified. Forexample,itretrievesanddisplaysthelast4hoursofmessages.Choosethetimefromthepulldownlist.

• Trimolder lines–Trims the logbasedon the time selected inFetchbacklog.Ifthisissetto60minutes,thelogfileistrimmedbacksoonlythelast60minutesremain.

• Export–Allowsyoutoexportthelogtoafile.

Note:Whenyouexport the log file you can choose to export everything in viewor select entries to export.Use thefiltering options and Fetch back log choice to limit the view before exporting. Selecting export displays a chooser,allowingyoutoenteranameandselectthelocationtosavethefile.Youcanchoosetosavethefileashtmlorasatabdelimitedtextfile.FilteringOptionsYoucanchoosewhichmessagestodisplayinthelogandwhichtohidebytickingcheckboxesforoneormoreofthefollowingfilters.Allmessagesaresavedtothelog,eveniffiltered.

• Question–Usedformessagesthataskquestions,fore.g.,“Jobcontainsunassignedcolours.DoyouwanttoaddthemtoVirtualPress.”

• Information–Usedformessagesthattellyousomething,fore.g.,“Jobhasaduplicateplate.”• Warning–Usedwherethemessagehasahigher importanceand(usually) theClient failedtodosomething,

butoperationcancontinue,fore.g.,“Failedtosavenewpassword.Oldpasswordwillcontinuetobeused.”• Critical–Usedforseriouserrorsthatwillmostlikelyaffectoperation,fore.g.,“Failedtoloadrendering .dll.”

Youwillnormallyberequiredtotakeactiontorectifytheseerrorsbeforecontinuing.• Search–Youcansearchthelogforjobsormessages.Enterthetextofcharactersyouwanttosearchforand

theClientLogonlydisplaysthelinesthatmatchthesearch.

DisplayOptionsThefollowingsortcolumnscanbeselectedusingthecontextual(rightclick)menuonthesortcolumnheaderbarinthelog:

• Type–Thelevelofthemessagereported.Fore.g.,Question;Information;WarningorCritical.• Date–Thetimethemessagewasreported.• Source–Themoduleorapplicationthatreportedthemessage.• Summary–Asummaryofthemessagethatwasreported.• Command–InternalcommandusedtocommunicatemessagestoandfromtheServerbytheClient.• Error–AnerrorcodereportedbytheServer.Thisisusefulforde-buggingproblems.• Action–Theactiontakenbytheuserrelatingtothemessage.Fore.g.,thebuttonpressedwhenthemessage

poppedup.

The order of the columns can be changed by clicking and dragging them to the desired position, or by using theConfigureHeadersoptionunderthecontextual(rightclick)menu.Thecolumnscanbemanuallyresizedbydraggingtheheaderdividerbartothedesiredwidth,orresizedtofitcontentbydouble-clickingthedividerbar.


80

ClusterStatusThe ClusterStatus is amonitor allowing you to see the current Imaging and Rendering status of jobs on any activeMasterServersorClusterNodes:

• Clustering–OpentheClusteringapplicationtomanagetheCluster.

• Refresh–Updatethestatus.• IncreaseInset(+)–Increasesthegapbetweenthelistitems.• Decrease Inset (-) – Decreases the gap between the list

items.• FontOptions–Allowsyoutochangethesizeofthetext.

DropZoneADropZoneisaplacewhereyoucandraganddropfilesforprocessing.TheuserselectsPagesetupswithMediaandJobticket information,PagesetupPoolsor theStudioapplicationAssetqueue toadd to theDropZoneasaDropSpot.These DropSpots accept the same file formats as the DropFolder (Postscript, PDF, JPEG, TIFF Image, SerendipityBlackmagicImage,EPS,PNG,PSD).

Theavailablecontextualmenuoptionsare:

• Add DropSpot – Select one or more Pagesetups/Media to add to theDropZone.Selectingthisdisplaysachooserwindow,showingallavailablePagesetups/Media.

• Add Asset DropSpot – Adds a DropSpot for the Asset queue. Assets arethenmanually laid out, nested and printed using the Studio application(SeeApplications–Studioformoreinformation).

• Reorder DropSpots – Displays a reorder window. Select one or moreDropSpots inthe listanddragthemtoanewlocation,orusetheupanddownarrowkeystomovetheposition.ClickOKwhenfinished.

• IncreaseDropSpotInset(+)–IncreasesthesizeoftheDropSpot.• DecreaseDropSpotInset(-)–DecreasesthesizeoftheDropSpot.• FontOptions–Allowsyoutochangethesizeofthetext.

AdditionalcontextualmenuoptionsareavailableforindividualDropSpots:

• RemoveDropSpot–RemovetheselectedDropSpot.• EditPagesetup–EditasectionoftheselectedPagesetup,allsectionsorcreateanewone.• EditMedia–EditasectionoftheselectedMedia,allsectionsorcreateanewone.• EditJobticket–EditasectionoftheselectedJobticket,allsections,orcreateanewone.• ChangeDropSpot–AllowsyoutochangeanexistingDropSpot.• SetCopies–SetthenumberofcopiesforeveryjobdroppedontheDropSpot.• Note:Thisfeaturecanalsobeaccessedbydouble-clickingontheDropSpot.• SetColour–SelectacolourfromthelistforthecurrentlyselectedDropSpot.


81

MediaStatusTheMediaStatusmodulehastwo(2)functions:

• ToshowthecurrentcalibrationstatusofaselectedMediadatatype.ForthecalibrationstatustobeshownorupdatedforaMedia,itmusthavebeenCalcheckedusingtheCalcheckMediamenuoption(seebelow)ortheCheckMediaoptionintheCalcheckapplication.

• • To showhowmuch of themedia (e.g. Paper) has beenused. Ameter is displayed graphically, detailing the

percentageused.FortheUsagemetertofunction,valuesfortheMediaLengthorthenumberofsheetsloadedmustbeenteredintheOutputsectionoftheMediadatatype.

EachMediadisplayedintheMediaStatuswindowhasthefollowinginformation:

• MediaName• Calcheck Status – Toggled via the Calcheck Info option (see

below).DisplayedasoneormoreTicks/Crossestotherightofthe Media name, showing a Calcheck Pass or Fail against theuser-defined!E,!H, or!C. Hover the mouse over each toshowatooltipdisplayingthe!Maxand!Avgvalues.

• Usage Meter – Bar showing the amount of media used. Textunderthebarstatestheexactamountusedasapercentageofthetotalunits.

• ResetCounter–ResetstheusagecountfortheMedia.• LoggedPeriod–Timeperiod(dateandtime,fromandto)theMediahasbeentrackedsincethelastreset.This

informationisshown/hiddenusingtheShowExtendedInfooption.• Printed–Numberofjobsandtotalprintedareaofjobstrackedsincethelastreset.• CalcheckInfo–DisplaysthecompleteCalchecksummaryinformationfortheselectedMediaresultingfromthe

lastCalcheck.IncludestheCalcheckChartused,internalCalcheckscore,Date/TimeofCalcheckand!values.

Acontextual(rightclick)menuhasthefollowingoptions:

• ChangeMedia–ChangetheselectedMediafordisplayinthestatuswindow.• EditMedia–EditallorpartoftheselectedMedia.Copyit,orcreateanewone.• CalcheckMedia–OpenstheCalcheckapplication.Onceacharthasbeenprintedandmeasured,theresultsare

savedtotheMediaandtheCalcheckInfofortheMediaisupdatedintheMediaStatuswindow.• Media Order – Allows you to configurewhich queues are viewed by theMediaStatuswindow.MoveMedia

betweentheAvailableandShowingcolumnsinthepopupchooser.• ShowExtendedInfo–Show/HidetheLoggedPeriodandPrintedinformationfortheselectedMedia.• ShowCalcheckInfo–Show/HidethefullCalcheckInfosummaryfortheselectedMedia.• MetricUnits–TogglebetweenMetricorImperialunitsformeasurementsshownintheMediaStatuswindow.

Thisisenabledbydefault.• Increase/DecreaseStatusWidth–IncreaseorDecreasethewidthorallMediapanelsinthewindow.• FontOptions–Allowsyoutochangethesizeofthetextinthewindow.


82

QueueManagerThe QueueManager displays information about submitted jobs and the jobs’ current status. Queues can be viewedsimultaneously, showing job progress through Imaging (where the incoming file is interpreted and its resolutionsampled for conversion to the print resolution); Rendering(wherecolourmanagement, cropping, rotationandeffectsareappliedforprinting);andPrinting.

The QueueManager also allows jobs to be manipulated in anumber of ways, such as holding, promoting, deleting andreprinting.

ViewOptionsThere is a lot of information available for viewing about eachjobasitpassesthroughthesystem.

The followingsort columnscanbe selectedusing thecontextual (right click)menuon thecolumnheaderbar in theQueueManagerdisplaypanel:

• Name–Jobname.• ProcessTime–Timetakentorunthelast

processonthejob.• Status–Thejobscurrentstatus.• Source–Thesourceofthesubmittedjob.• Date–Thedateandtimethejobwas

processed.• Jobticket–TheJobticketusedtoprocessthe

job.• Media–TheMediausedtoprocessthejob.• Pagesetup–ThePagesetupusedtoprocessthe

job.• Queue–Theoutputqueuethejobwassentto

forprocessing.• Size–Thesizeofthejob(diskspaceused).• Width–Thewidthofthejob• Height–Theheightofthejob.• DPI–Theimagedresolutionofthejob.• OutputColourspace–Thecolourspaceofthe

outputfile.

• Copies–Whenmultiplecopiesofajobaresentforprinting,thiscolumncountsdownthenumberofjobslefttoprint.

• Screening–Thescreeningappliedtothejob.• Thumbnail–Showsathumbnailofthejob.• JobID–TheinternalBlackmagicIDnumber

forthejob.• Node–TheServerorClusterNodethejobwas

processedon.• SignatureGroup–Thesignaturegroupusedto

de-imposethejob.• Signature–Thesignaturewithinthegroup

usedtode-imposethejob.• Page–Thepagenumberofthejob.• Publication–Thepublicationname.• Notes–Thenumberofnotessavedwiththe

job.• Section–Thesectionofthepublication.• Comment–Indicatesbydisplayingaspeech

bubblewhetherajobhasanattachedcomment.

• Edition–Theeditionofthepublication.

Thecolumnscanbemanuallyresizedbydraggingtheheaderdividerbartothedesiredwidth,orresizedtofitcontentbydouble-clickingthedividerbar.


• QueueOrder–AllowsyoutoconfigurewhichqueuesareviewedbytheQueueManager–Available&Showing.• RenderQueueThumbnails–EnableordisablethumbnailsfortheRenderQueueintheThumbnailsviewofthe

QueueManager.• ShowIdleQueues–Show/HideentriesintheQueueManagerforidleprocessingqueues.• GroupbyQueue–Enable/DisablethegroupingofjobsbyQueuebeforeothercolumnsortingisapplied.• Queue Icons – Display the pre-Output queue towhich the job currently belongs. These include Autodetect,

Spooling,Imaging,Rendering,WaitandAsset.


83

Thereareanumberofactionsthatcanbeperformedona job.Optionsbecomeavailablewhenoneormore jobsareselected.Onlyactionsvalidforthejobstatusareshown.Forexample,theactiontoNestNowisonlyavailableifthejobhasastatusofWaitingtoNest.

ThefollowingareavailableintheToolbarorbyselectingjob(s)andrightclickingtoaccessthecontextmenu:

• JobInfo–Showsinformationaboutthecurrentlyselectedjob(orjobs).TheJobInfocontainsalldetailsofhowthejobwasprocessedanddisplaysathumbnailpreviewofthejobanditsconfiguration.Adropdowntoolbarat the top of the Job Info window has the following options: Print Portrait, Print Landscape, Print to PDFPortrait,PrinttoPDFLandscape.Prev/NextbuttonsatthebottomoftheJobInfowindowareusedtodisplaytheinfoforthepreviousornextjobintheQueueManager.

Note: Job Info& thumbnail canalsobedisplayedbydouble clickingon the job. Ifmultiple jobsare selected,doubleclickingwilldisplayinfoaboutallinthewindow.Holdingthecontrolkey(Win)orcommandkey(Mac)willallowthefontsizetobeadjustedviathemousewheelforeasierviewing.

• • JobOwnership–OpensapopupwindowdisplayingGeneralandOwnershipinformationfortheselectedjob.

The General panel displays created andmodified timestamps for the job. The Ownership panel displays itsUserandGrouppermissions.

• Note:TheUserandGroupwillbelistedas“admin”fornormalinstallations.IfSecureModeisactive(seeServerSettingsandAccountsAdmin),auserwithsufficientprivilegescanmakechangestothejobpermissionswithrespecttootherusers.WheninSecureMode,theadminuserloginisabletochangetheuserorgrouptowhicha jobbelongs. Ifmultiple jobsareselected,theadminusercanmakeamasschangetothepermissionsofalljobs.

• Modify–Allowsvariousattributesofthejobtobemodified.Theseinclude:• Name–Changethenameofthejob.• PublicationName–Changeoraddapublicationname.• PageNumber–Changethepagenumberofthejob.• Copies–Changethenumberofcopiesofajob.• ChangeMedia–ChangeorassignaMediaassociatedwiththejob.• De-Imposition–ChangeorassignaSignatureandSignatureGrouptoajob.• RenderwithnewJobticket–Resubmitajobwithstatus“Done”toberenderedagainusingadifferentJobticket

configuration.• Comment–Opensapopupwindowallowingtheusertoentercommentsaboutthejob.WhentheComments

sort column has been selected in the View options, a speech bubble in the column indicates the job has acomment.OpeningtheJobInfowilldisplaythecommentdirectlybelowthethumbnails.

• Reprint–Displaysawindowtoreprintajoborjobs.• Cancel–Cancelsthecurrentlyprocessingjobs.• Delete–Deletesthecurrentlyselectedjobs.• Hold–Holdsthecurrentlyselectedjob.Onlyavailablewhenthestatusis“Waiting”.• Release–ReleasesacurrentlyselectedHeldjob.• Retry–Retriesafailedjob.• ViewErrors–ViewstheerrorsoftheselectedjobifthestatusislistedasFailed.• RushJobs–Movesthecurrentlyselectedjobstothetopofthecurrentqueueforprocessingnext.Thestatus

mustbelistedasWaiting.Jobscurrentlybeingprocessedwillbecompletedfirst.

Note:Rush Jobs will move the job up the current queue only. If the job is in the imaging queue and Rush Jobs isselected, the jobmoves to the topof the imagingqueue.Oncecomplete, itwillmove to thebottomof the renderingqueue.YouwillneedtoRushJobsagaintomoveittothetopoftherenderingqueue.

• • ViewOriginal–ViewstheOriginal/ImagedfileforselectedjobsintheSoftProofapplication.• ViewPrinted–ViewsthePrinted/RenderedfileforselectedjobsintheSoftProofapplication.• RenderAgain–Submitstheselectedjobstotherenderingqueueforprocessing.Onlyavailablewhenthestatus

is“Done”.• Move toPagesetup–Moves theselected jobs toanotherPagesetup.Thiswill send the jobs to therendering

queueagainwiththeattributesoftheselectedPagesetup.ViewthePagesetup,editit,orcreateanewonepriortosubmittingthejob.

• Copy toPagesetup–Copies the selected jobs toanotherPagesetup.Thiswill send the jobs to the renderingqueueagainwiththeattributesoftheselectedPagesetup.ViewthePagesetup,editit,orcreateanewonepriortosubmittingthejob.


84

• MovetoQueue–Moveajobwitha“Done”or“WaitingtoPrint”statustoanotheroutputqueuewiththesameprintdriver.

• NestJobs–Submitstheselectedjobstobenested.Thissendsthejobtotherenderingqueuetore-renderforanest.TheCollatingsectionoftheOutputisusedforthenestingparameters.

• NestNow–This isavailablewhentheselected jobhasastatusofWaitingtoNest.Onlyone jobneedstobeselectedandalljobswithaWaitingtoNeststatuswillbenested.

• DuplexNow–DuplexesanyjobthathasastatusofWaitingtoDuplex.OnlyonejobneedstobeselectedandalljobswithaWaitingtoDuplexstatuswillbeduplexed.

• ViewFlipBook–OpenstheselectedjoborpublicationinFlipBook.Iftheselectedjobispartofapublication,allpageswillbeshown.

• SelectPublication–Selectsall thepages/jobsintheQueueManagerbelongingtothesamePublicationastheselectedjob.

• RefreshAllQueues–Updatesthequeues.• Export–Allowsyoutoexportdatafromtheselectedjob.Theavailableformatsare:• CIP3 – Exports job information to a file in CIP3 format at the selected resolution. You can also select the

orientationbeforeexporting.Furtheroptionsare:• Version2.1• Version3.0• Rotations• Surface–Choosefrontorback.• CompressPreview–Chooseifthepreviewshouldbecompressed.Somepressesareunabletohandlefilesin

compressedformat.• PDF–ExportstheselectedjobinPDFattheresolutionentered.Furtheroptionsare:• Compressions – JPEG, ZIP or LZW. For JPEG and ZIP you also have control on the level and quality of

compression.• Photoshop–Exports theselected jobasanPhotoshop(.psd) fileat theresolutionenteredwithanoptionof

Packbitsornocompression.• Postscript(separated)–ExportsthecurrentjobasaseparatedPSfile.• TiffMultichannel–ExportsthecurrentfileasamultichannelTiff.• CalcheckJob–LaunchestheCalcheckapplicationtocheckajob’scalibrationstatus.Thejobnameisstoredand

theresultscanbeexportedorprinted.MeasurementresultsfromtheCalcheckarestoredintheJobInfo.TheJob information shown in the Queue will changecolour to match with the result of the Calcheckoncecompleted(greenpass,redfail).

• Calculate InkWeight – Displays the InkWeights windowwith the selected job’s ink weights and coverageshown.

• Pause/ResumePrinting/Processing–PauseorResume theoutputqueueof the selected jobat their currentstageofprocessingorprinting (Imaging,Rendering,NestingorPrinting). Incomplete jobs inpausedqueueswilldisplayinred.

• ChangeOutputMedia–ChangetheMediaassignedtotheoutputqueuefortheselectedjob.Oncere-assigned,alljobsheldawaitingthenewMediawillbeginprocessing.

ConfigurationOptionsThefollowingoptionsareavailablefromtherightclick(contextual)menuwithintheQueueManagerwindow:

• QueueColour–SelectacolourforthecurrentlyselectedQueueforeasyidentification.• QueueOrder–Allowsyoutoorganisethequeuesintoyourpreferredorder,oradjustanysettings.• JoblistView–ViewthequeueinJoblistmode.ThisisthesameasselectingShow>Jobs.• PublicationView–Viewanypublicationsinthequeue.ThisisthesameasselectingShow>Publications.• PrintGalleryView–Viewthejobsasthumbnails.ThisisthesameasselectingShow>Thumbnails.• EditOutput–AllowsyoutoedittheOutputandnotthejob.Forchangestobeeffective,resubmitthejobfor

printingorrendering,dependingontheattributechanged.• EditMedia–AllowsyoutoedittheMediathejobwasprocessedwith.Forchangestobeeffective,resubmitthe

jobforimagingorrendering,dependingontheattributechanged.• Edit Pagesetup –Allows you to edit the Pagesetup the jobwas processedwith. For changes to be effective,

resubmitthejobforimagingorrendering,dependingontheattributechanged.• Edit Jobticket – Allows you to edit the Jobticket the job was processed with. For changes to be effective,

resubmitthejobforimagingorrendering,dependingontheattributechanged.• EditRIP–AllowsyoutoedittheRIPofthesourcefile(wherethejobwassubmittedfromifaconfiguredRIP).

Forchangestobeeffective,resubmitthejoborrefreshpolling.


85

• EditSignatureGroup–AllowsyoutoedittheSignatureGroupusedforde-imposingofthecurrentlyselectedjob.Forchangestobeeffective,resubmitthejobforde-imposition.

• AutoQueueOrder–Whenthisoptionisenabled,theQueueManagerdisplaysjobsforallexistingprocessandoutputqueues.Anynewqueuescreatedwillbeshownautomatically.

ImportantNote:Wheneditinganyof the items fromhere,youareediting thequeue forall future jobs,not just thecurrentlyselectedjob.Thebottomofthescreencontainsthefollowingoptions:

• Show–ShowcertainjobsintheQueueManager.Selectanyoralloftheoptionstofilterjobs.Choosefrom:• Jobs–Displayalljobsastextlineentries.• Thumbnails–Displayalljobsasthumbnails.ThisisthesameasthePrintGallerymode.• Publications –Displays anypublictions towhich jobsbelong.Whenviewing in thismode thebottomof the

QueueManagerlistpaneldisplaysaPageIndex(SeeSoftProof>PageIndexPanelformoreinformation).

Foranyoftheabovedisplaymodes,furtherfilteringisavailable:

• Active–Jobscurrentlyprocessing.• Waiting–JobswithastatusofWaiting.• Done–Completedjobs.

Search–Findjobsthatareinthequeue.Alljobsmatchingthesearchtextwillbedisplayed.Allelementsofthejobsaresearchedagainst,notjustthename,sothiscanbeausefulfilteringtool.Thesearchcanbeinvertedwithcmd+shift+I(Mac)orctrl+shift+I(Win).Thesearchboxwillturnblacktoindicatewhentheinversesearchisselected.

QueueStatusTheQueueStatusmodule isaprogressmeter thatshowsthecurrentstatusofactive jobson theselectedqueue.ThePrinterStatusMonitoroptionisalsoavailablewithintheQueueStatusmoduleforspecificprinters.

ThelookandfeelcanbeadjustedfortheQueueStatusmoduleandthequeueitismonitoring.Theoptionsareavailablebyrightclickingonthewindow.

Note:Not all options listed are available on all QueueStatus windows. Some are only available while the job is inprogress.

• • CancelJob–Cancelsthecurrentlyactivejobandisonlyavailablewhenajobisactive.• JobInfo–Displaysinfoaboutthecurrentlyactivejob.• PausePrinting/Processing–Pausesthequeuesonofurtherjobswillprocess.Anyjobcurrentlyactiveinthe

queuewillfinish.Thetextinthewindowchangestored,showingthepausedstate.• ResumePrinting/Processing–Takesaqueueoutofapausedstate.Anywaiting jobs

willnowbeprocessed.• Note:ThePause/Resumefunctioncanbetoggledusingthetickboxtothe leftof the

progressbar.ThisfunctionalsoaffectstheOutputforthequeue,changingthestatustoActive/Inactive. InactiveOutput’s aredisplayed in red in theWorkbench>Output>Itemslist.

• Change Output Media – Change the Media assigned to the Output using a chooserwindowlistingcompatibleMedia.OptionsforeachMediaaredisplayedforview,canbeedited, or anewMedia canbe created.Only jobs sentvia the selectedMediawillprint.OtherjobswillbeheldintheQueueManagerwithastatusof“WaitingforCorrectMedia”until theirMediaisselected. IfNoMedia isassigned-the“None”option- alljobssenttoOutputareprinted.

• ChangeQueue–Allowsyoutochoosewhichqueuethestatuswindowwillshow.• EditOutput –Allowsyoutoedittheoutputorcreateanewone.Youcanonlyeditif

thequeueisshowinganoutput.IfthequeueissettoSpooling,AutoDetect,ImagingorRenderingyoucanonlymakeanewoutput.

• Thumbnail–Turnson/offaminithumbnailontheprinterqueuesonly,whichgivesanindicationastohowmuchofthecurrentjobhasprinted.


86

• Show Printer Status Monitor – Displays the printer status, ink levels, warning and error messages for theselectedqueue.PrinterstatusischeckedandtheQueueStatusisupdated:

• Every60seconds–PrinterIdle.• Every15seconds–PrinterBusy(Printing).• Every5minutesuntilconnectionrestored–Printerdisconnectedfromnetworkorturnedoff.• Note:Thisfeatureisonlyavailabletocompatibleprinterdriversandwhenthe“MonitorPrinterStatus”option

intheOutputisenabled.• FontOptions–Allowsyoutochangethesizeofthetext.• Queue Order – Select which queues you wish to view. Selecting this presents you with a chooser window

showing two lists–TheAvailablequeueson the left and theShowingqueueson the right.Tomovequeuesbetweenlists,selectoneormoreanddragfromonelisttoanother.Alternatively,doubleclicktomovebetweenlists.TheorderofthequeuesintheShowinglistdeterminestheorderofdisplay.QueueOrdercanbeusedtoshowmultipleQueuesinasingleQueueStatuswindow.

• Increase/DecreaseIndent–IncreasesordecreasesthesizeoftheQueueStatusinview.

DoubleclickingtheQueueStatuswindowdisplaysafloatingQueueManagerwindowshowingthatqueue.ThishasthefullfunctionalityofthestandardQueueManager.

RIPMonitorTheRIPMonitordisplaystheRIPsthathavebeenconfiguredundertheRIPsectionof theWorkbench. Jobsthathavebeen successfully polled are displayed and can be expanded to show any associated plates. These jobs can then besubmittedtoaPagesetup/Mediaforprocessing.

View• Toolbar – Contains job handling functions and

viewingoptions.• Jobs–Thisisthelargewindowtotherightand

displays all successfully polled jobs from theselectedRIP.

• RIP List – A list of all the configured RIPs,allowing the user to select each in turn todisplay any jobs.This is on the left sideof thewindow and can be shown or hidden asdesired.ActiveRIPqueuesaredisplayedinblack;inactivearered.

• RIPMenu–ThisisapulldownlistatthetopofthewindowofRIPsconfiguredandshowsthecurrentselection.HidingtheRIPMenuwillalsohidethePollingOn/Offdropdownselector.

Note:IfyouonlyhaveoneRIPconfigureditisbettertohidetheleftRIPlistandtopRIPmenuasthereisnothingelsetodisplay.Thiswillprovidemoreroomtoviewyourjobs.ToolbarThefollowingoptionsareavailableviatheToolbaratthetopofthepanel.Anyoptioncanbeshownorhiddenbyticking/untickingitinthecontextual(right-click)menuwithintheToolbar.TheConfigureToolbaroptioninthemenualsoallowstheorderofthebuttons/optionstobeset.

• Expand/CollapseJobs–Show/Hidetheplatesassociatedwiththeselectedjobs.Doubleclickingajobwillalsoexpandorcollapsetheplateviewfortheselectedjob.

• Submit–Submitstheselectedjobsforprocessing.ThispopsupachoosertoselectwhichPagesetup/PagesetupPoolandMediastosendthejobto.

• SubmitAsAsset-SelectfilestosendtotheStudioapplicationAssetqueue.• SubmitforDe-Imposition–Submitsthejobsforde-imposition.ThispopsupachoosetoselectwhichSignature

Groupwillbeusedtode-imposethejobandwhichPagesetup/Mediacombinationwillbeused.


87

• SubmitAsImposition(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-onOnly)–Submitsthejobinit’soriginalform,butattachesaSignatureGroupviaapopupchoosertoallowthejobtobedeimposedon-the-flyusingtheDe-Imposed Pages button in the Veripress SoftProof Touch Console (See the “Touch Console” section formoreinformation).

• VPress–AddstheselectedjobstotheVirtualPress.Forfurtherinformationseethe“VirtualPress”section.

Note:ThetextintheSubmit,SubmitforDe-Imposition,SubmitasImpositionandVPressbuttonswillshowinitalicsifthejobselectedhasunrecognisedorunassignedplates.TheplateswillneedtobeassignedusingVirtualPress.

• GroupByJob–KeepstheplatesintheirrespectivejobgroupwhentheyarecopiedintotheVirtualPress(seebelownote).

ImportantNote:Ifyouhavemultiple jobsselectedforcopyingintoVirtualPress,whenthisoptionistickedtheyarekeptastheirrespectivejobs.Ifthisisun-ticked,allthejobsandplatesselectedarecopiedinasonejob.ThisisusefulifyouarepollingaRIPandtheplatesareshownasseparatejobs,withoneplateeach.

• • Poll–InitiatesamanualpolloftheselectedRIP.• ToggleRIPPolling–TurnsthepollingonorofffortheselectedRIP.WhentheRIPisintheoffstate,thenamein

theRIPlistturnsred.

Note:TheRIPjobslistiscachedandmayrequireclearing.Todothis,turntheRIPoffandonagainandclickonthePollbuttonthree(3)timesconsecutively.

• ShowRIPMenu–ShowsorhidestheRIPpulldownlistatthetopofthewindow.• ShowRIPList–ShowsorhidestheRIPlistontheleft.

ContextualMenuOptionsThefollowingareavailableviathecontextualmenu(rightclick)fromwithinthejobDisplaypanel:

• EditRIP–ThisenablestheusertoedittheRIPselected.Choosetoeditasinglesectionorallsectionsoftheconfiguration.Alternatively,youcancreateanewRIP.

• ColourScheme–Chooseacolourforthemodule.• FontOptions–Choosethepreferredfontsize.• Language Encoding – Choose the language encoding for the operating system. This allows jobs to display

correctlyintheRIPMonitorinthenativelanguage.

DisplayPanelViewOptionsThedisplaypanelcolumnscanbeconfiguredtoshowspecificinformationbyright-clickingontheheadertitlebar.Thefollowingareavailablefordisplay:

• Name–JobName(andplatenamesifexpanded).• Size–Thesizeofthejob(diskspaceused).• Date–ThedataandtimethenewestplatebelongingtothejobwasRIPped.• Path – The directory path to theRIPped file for an assigned job plate. This information is visiblewhen the

polledjobisexpanded.• Publication–ThepublicationtowhichthejobfilebelongsasdefinedbytheJobGenie.• Section–ThesectiontowhichthejobfilebelongsasdefinedbytheJobGenie.• Page–ThepagenumberofthejobasdefinedbytheJobGenie.• Edition–TheeditiontowhichthejobfilebelongsasdefinedbytheJobGenie.


88

ServerLogTheServerLogshowsmessagesfromtheServer.

• Fetch back log – Displays the log for the time specified, e.g., it retrieves and displays the last 4 hours ofmessages.Choosethetimeperiodfromthedropdownlist.

• Trimolderlines–TrimsthelogbasedonthetimeselectedinFetchbacklog.Ifthisissetto60minutes,thelogfileistrimmedbacksoonlythelast60minutesremain.

• Export–Allowsyou toexport the log toa file. Selectingthis displays awindowwith further options as detailedbelow:

• Destination File – Choose the filename and locationwhere the file is to be saved. Use the Browse button tonavigatetoyourpreferredlocation.

• Message Lines – Choose to save allmessages in the logwindoworonlythosethatarehighlighted.Thiswayyoucansavejustafewlinesifdesired.

• Format–Choose the format tosave the file in,eitherhtmlorplain text.Theplain text file issavedwith tabcharactersbetweenthecolumns.

• Cancel–ReverttotheServerwindowwithoutsavinganychanges.• Save–Savethefilebasedonthesettingsselected.• ConfigureFilter–Youcanfiltermessagesinthelog.Choosebetweenthefollowingoptions:• CompletedJobs–Showsmessagesaboutcompletedjobs.• PolledJobs–Showsmessagesaboutpolledjobs.• Errors–ShowserrorsfromtheServer.• Search – You can search the log formessages. Enter the text of characters youwant to search for and the

ServerLogwillonlydisplaythelinesmatchingthesearch.

DisplayOptions• Module–TheServerfunctionthatgeneratedthemessage.• Routine–TheoperationwithintheServerfunction.• Date–ThetimetheServercalledthemodule.• Message–Themessageresultingfromtheroutine.

StatusStatusshowsthecurrentdiskstatus(usage)oftheServerprocessingareas,suchasspooling,temporarydirectoriesandDropFolders.Editingthess.conffileintheinstallationdirectoryunderthe“etc”foldercanchangedisklocations.

Theavailableoptionsare:

• Update–Checksthedisksandupdatestheview.• Preferences – Sets the Status window preferences. A further option

availableis:• UpdateInterval–Setsthetimebetweenupdates.• ColourScheme–ChangesthecolouroftheStatuswindow.• Fontoptions–Allowsyoutochangethesizeofthetext.


89

ThumbnailThismodule displays a thumbnail of jobs as they are imaging and rendering. Thumbnail progress is updated at thesametimeastheImagingorRenderingQueueStatusisupdated.

Thefollowingoptionsareavailablefromthecontextualmenu(rightclick):

• ShowImaging–ShowtheImagingthumbnail,denotedby“gears”ineachinset.• ShowRendering–ShowtheRenderingthumbnail,denotedbya“paintbrush”ineachinset.• NormalThumbnail–Displaysthedefaultsizethumbnail.• LargeThumbnail–Displaysalargethumbnail.• SmallThumbnail–Displaysasmallthumbnail.

EachactiveThumbnailmodulemayonlyshoweitherImagingorRendering,notboth.ThemodulewindowdisplaysasmanyThumbnailinsetsastherearesimultaneousImaging/RenderingtasksconfiguredintheServerSettings.

VirtualPressVirtualPressgivesuserstheabilitytomanagetheplatesofthejob.Youcandropplates,changeplatecoloursandmergeplates from other jobs. If a job contains an un-allocated plate (i.e., no colour), use VirtualPress to allocate a colour,unlessaReplaceColourSetisselectedcontainingtheplate.

• TheHistory keeps jobs that have been imported intoVirtualPress.Anychangesoradditionsarekeptsothejobscanberesubmittedatanytimewithouthavingtorecreate the changes. The history is held while theClient isrunning.Once theClienthasquit,anyhistoryispurged. A 'Submit' button to thebottom left of theVirtual Press allowsmultiple VPress History items tobeselectedandprintedsimultaneously.

• QuickSubmitshowsapulldownlistoftheconfiguredPagesetups.ClickingthisbuttonsubmitstheselectedjobtothePagesetupshown.TheoptiontoHoldAfterImagingorRenderingisalsoavailable.

• EditPlateColourdisplaysacoloureditor,allowingyoutochangethecolourattributesforthisplateonly.TheeditisnotstoredanywhereanddoesnotaffecttheSpecialColourSet.Thisoptionisalsoavailablewhenrightclickingonaplate.

• Chooseallowsyoutoselectacolourfromthecolourlibraries.Thisisonlyavailableforspecialplates.Youcanalsodoubleclicktheplateinthelisttochooseacolourfromthelibraries.

• Reorder Plates allows you to change the order of the process plates. Plate position is used for Overprint,Knockout,OpacityandTransparencysimulation.TheorderofthelistdictatestheordertheplatesaremergedandcanaffectthejobwhereplateshaveattributessuchasOpacity.Thebuttonwillappearinitalicswhentheorderhasbeenchangedfromtheoriginal.


90

ApplicationsTheapplicationsavailablewithinSerendipityBlackmagicaddfunctionalitytotheClientandprovideadditionaltoolsformanagingtheServerandyourjobs.

There are fifteen (15) Applications available, including the Workbench and Monitor. All are accessible via theApplicationsmenuintheClient.Some,suchasCalcheck,canbelaunchedviaotherApplicationsorModules.

TheavailableApplicationsarelistedherewithfurtherdetailsoneachfollowing:

• Archives–MakepartialorcompletebackupsofyourWorkbenchconfigurations.• Calcheck–Verifythecalibrationstatusofaprinter.• Clustering–AllocateandmanageImagingandRenderingtasksacrossmultiplecomputersandnetworks.• Densitometer–MeasureanddisplaydensityreadingstakenwithaDensitometerorSpectrophotometer.• Displays–CreateICCprofilesforsystemmonitorsforaccurateonscreencoloursoftproofing.• FlipBook–Displayapublicationasa2Dor3Dvirtualbook.• Jobs–Displayjobsbefore,afterandduringprocessingandallowsuserstomanagejobsthroughthesystemto

plottheirprogresswithapre-configureduser-interface.• Lineariser–CreateaLinearisationcurveforusewithaJobticketorMedia.• Monitor – Display and manage jobs as they pass through Blackmagic (see the “Monitor” section for more

information).• PressAgent–Interfacewithpressconsolecontrolstoload/reloadsoftproofs.• SoftProof–Proofjobsonscreen.• Spectro–Display,compareand/orsavecoloursmeasuredusingaSpectrophotometer.• Studio–Designedforthemanualnestingortilingofjobs.• TouchConsole–Useatouchscreentoload,manageandproofjobswithintheSoftProofapplication.• Workbench – The principal configuration tool for Blackmagic (see the “Workbench” section for more

information).


91

ArchivesTheArchivesapplicationallowsyoutomakebackupsorarchivesofyourWorkbenchconfigurations.Individualitemsor complete systems can be archived for safekeeping. Stored items can be loaded for adding to the Blackmagicdatabase.ThiscanbeusedforcopyingadatabasetoanotherServer,orforrecoveryfromfailureorcorruptconfigurations.Youcanconfigurethe Archives app to automatically backup your settings on a regularbasis.

ImportantNote:Archivescannotbeback-portedtopreviousversions,i.e., version 6 archives cannot be used with version 5. Version 5archives can be used with Version 6 however, and will beautomaticallyallocatedtotheirrespectivedatabaseswhenloaded.FileMenuOptions

• Open Archive – Open a previously saved archive. A chooserwindowallowsyoutobrowseandselectanarchive(.sdb)file.

• Anarchivecanalsobeopened:• Bydraggingthe.sdbfileintoanopenArchivesapplication.• Double-clickingan.sdbfile.• Right-clickingonan.sdbfileandselectingOpenwith>SerendipityClient;orthePreview(SerendipityClient)

option.• SaveArchive–Savesthearchivetoacompressed(.sdb)file.• CloseArchive–ClosesthecurrentlyopenedArchive.• Perform Full Backup – Adds all Workbench data types to a new Archives window. Once done, you are

promptedtochooseanameandlocationtosavethefile.Oncesaved,theArchiveswindowisdismissed.• AutomaticBackupPreferences–Allowsyoutoconfigurethefrequency,timeandlocationthatasystembackup

isperformed.Theoptionsare:• WhatDay–Chooseadayoftheweek,everyday,everynumberofdaysornever.• WhatTime–Choosethetimethebackupisperformed.• Location–Choosethelocationthearchiveshouldbesavedto.•

AcheckisperformedwhentheClientisfirststartedandeveryhourafterwardstoseeifabackupshouldbeperformed.TheClientmustberunningforabackuptotakeplace.Thetablegivesyouaguideastowhenabackupwouldoccurindifferentscenarios.

AutoBackupTime ClientStarted ClientQuit TimeBackupPerformed

Monday2am Monday9am No WhenClientisstarted–9am

Tuesday12:10pm Tuesday9:30am No Tuesday12:30pm

Everyday12amMidnight

Tuesday8:20am No WhenClientisstarted–12:20ameachday

Wednesday11pm Thursday8:30am No ThefollowingWedat11:30pm

Sunday10pm Monday8am Friday5pm Never

•

EditMenu(andContextMenu)Options• AddtoArchive(All)–Selecteverythingorallofaparticulardatatype,fore.g.,AllPagesetups.• Add toArchive (Selection) –Allows you to select individual items from the database to add to theArchive.

Selectingthetype,fore.g.,GradationCurves,displaysachooserwithalltheGradationCurvesallowingyoutochooseoneormoretoaddtotheArchive.

• AddtoDatabase–Choose toadd items fromtheArchive to thedatabase.Youcanadd thewholeArchiveorselecteditems.

• RemovefromArchive–RemovetheselecteditemsfromtheArchive.• Collapse–Collapsestheselecteditemsiftheyareexpanded.• Expand–Expandsselecteditemsiftheitemcontainsreferences(denotedbya‘+’).Forexample,aPagesetup

will containat leastaMediaandanoutput.Expanding thePagesetupwilldisplay theother itemsconnectedwithit.

• Open/Save/CloseArchive–Open,saveorClosetheArchiveasmentionedpreviously.


92

CalcheckTheCalcheckapplication isusedtoverify thecalibrationstatusofaprinter,ensuringproofsareprintedaccurately.

CalcheckChartsaregeneratedbyeithermanuallydefiningor importingLaborCMYKvalues.Each chart representsprint/press standardsagainstwhichtheprinterandmediaaretobechecked(seetheWorkbench>CalcheckChartsectionformoreinformation).

The selectedCalcheckChart is printed from theCalcheck application to thePagesetupandMediabeingusedtoproofjobs.Alternatively,thechartcanbeassigned to a Jobticket to print with each proofing job. The chart is thenmeasured,usingasupportedSpectrophotometer.

Aftermeasuringthechart,theresultsaredisplayedintheCalcheckwindow.Apass(greentick)orfail(redcross)isdeterminedbywhetherthemeasuredpatches fall inside the tolerances defined in the Calcheck Chart. The resultscanbeprintedasalabeloracompletereporttoasystemprinter.IfaMediaorjobwasloadedintoCalcheckbeforemeasuring,theresultswillbesavedtotheMediaCalcheckInfo,orstoredinthejob’sJobInfo(seebelow).

The Calcheck application is made up of a Summary Panel, MeasurementsPanel, optional Info and Calcheck History panels, and aDevice/Spectrophotometerdropdownmenu.

SummaryPanelThis panel is viewed by selecting the (left) cross/tick button at the top right of the Calcheck window. It displaysSummaryinformationaboutthecompletedCalcheck.ThisinformationisalsoavailableforviewwithintheMediaStatusmodule,theCalcheckInfosectionofaMedia,ortheJobInfowindowofjobsthathavebeencalchecked.Thefollowinginformationisdisplayed:

• ThepaneltitlebarshowstheCalcheckChartusedforthecheck.• ∆All/∆e/∆H/∆C – These buttons switch between summaries of the respective ∆ standards. The buttons

availabledependonwhich∆standardsaredefinedinthechartfortheCalcheck.The∆esummaryvalueslistedare CIE76 by default. This can be changed to CIE94, CIE2000, CMC(1:1) or CMC(2:1) by setting themeasurementstandardintheCalcheckChart.

• Job/Media–TheJoborMediabeingcalchecked.ThefielddisplaysN/AifaCalcheckisdonewithoutassigningaJoborMediatoit.

• Date–ThedateandtimetheCalcheckwascompleted.• ∆Cyan/∆Magenta/∆Yellow/∆Black/∆Gray/∆Paper–The∆values for the significantCMYKprocess, grayand

paper(substrate)patchesaredisplayedhere.• Pass/Fail–Displaysagreentick(pass)ifallthemeasuredpatchesfallwithinthe∆tolerancesasdefinedinthe

CalcheckChart.Aredcross(fail)isdisplayedifanypatchesmeasureoutsidethedefinedtolerances.• ∆Average–TheaveragedeltaofthepatchesmeasuredintheCalcheck.• ∆Maximum–ThemaximumdeltameasuredforanypatchintheCalcheck.• ∆σ–Thestandarddeviationofthepatches(fromthe∆Average).• Score–TherelativequalityoftheprintedCalcheckascomparedtothereferencevalues.Ratedfrom1-100.

MeasurementsPanelTheMeasurementspanelcontainsthedetailedreferenceandmeasurementdataforeachcolourpatchintheCalcheckChartusedforthecheck.Colourpatchesthatpassareshowninblack,thosethatfailareshowninred.

Thefollowingsortcolumnsareavailable,dependingonthe∆standardsdefinedintheCalcheckChart:

• Name–Thenameofthecolourpatch.• Colour(ref)–AcolourswatchofthereferencecolourintheCalcheckChart.• Colour(meas)–Acolourswatchofthemeasuredcolour.• Lab(ref)–ThereferenceLabvaluesofthecolourpatchintheCalcheckChart.• Lab(meas)–ThemeasuredLabvaluesofthecolourpatch.• ∆emax – Themaximum ∆e (CIE76, CIE94, CIE2000, CMC(1:1), CMC(2:1)) tolerance value for the patch as

definedintheCalcheckChart.• ∆e–Themeasured∆e(CIE76)ofthecolourpatch.• CIE94–Themeasured∆e(CIE94)ofthecolourpatch.


93

• CIE2000–Themeasured∆e(CIE2000)ofthecolourpatch.• CMC(1:1)–Themeasured∆e(CMC(1:1))ofthecolourpatch.• CMC(2:1)–Themeasured∆e(CMC(2:1))ofthecolourpatch.• ∆Hmax–Themaximum∆HtolerancevalueforthepatchasdefinedintheCalcheckChart.• ∆H–Themeasured∆Hofthecolourpatch.• ∆Cmax–Themaximum∆CtolerancevalueforthepatchasdefinedintheCalcheckChart.• ∆C–Themeasured∆Cofthecolourpatch.

Device/SpectrophotometerPanelThispanelallowsyoutochoosewhichmeasuringinstrumentistobeused.

• Spectrophotometer – Select the Spectrophotometer to be used for measurement from a list of supportedinstruments.

• Configure–Choosethemeasurementcondition(M0,M1orM2)toapplywhenmeasuringtheCalcheckChart.ThedefaultisM0.Thisoptionisonlyavailabletoinstrumentssupportingthisfunction.

• Measure–InitialisesthechoseninstrumentandopensapopupwindowtoselectwhichCalcheckChartistobemeasured.Measurementbeginsafter the chart is selected.Thedata froma chartmeasuredbya thirdpartysoftwarepackagecanbeloadedforaCalcheckbeselectingCGATS/ISO12642filefromtheinstrumentlist.Thefilemusthavebeensavedinanappropriateformat.

• PrintChart–OpensachooserwindowtoselecttheCalcheckChartforprinting,andthePagesetup,MediaandJobticketcombinationtosubmitthechartto.Thechartwillbeprintedinaconfigurationsuitableforreadingbythechoseninstrument.

HistoryPanelWhenCalcheckHistoryisenabledinServerSettings,theHistorypanelcanbeaccessedviathehourglassbuttoninthetoprightoftheCalcheckapplicationwindow.ThispaneldisplaysallJobandMediaCalcheckresultsstoredinthehistoricaldatabase.Calcheckmeasurementsthatpassedverificationaredisplayedingreen,thosethatfailedareshowninred.Calcheckhistoriescanbeexportedas.csvfilesforuseinreporting.

Options

• Back–Returns the application to the Summary,Measurement, or Infopanel(thelastpanelviewed).

• Refresh–RefreshestheHistorypanel,updatingthelisteditemstoreflectrecentlyaddeditemsorachangeddaterange.

• Job/Media–Dropdowntoggle.SwitchestheHistorypanelbetweenJobandMediaHistoryviews.• TimePeriod–Dropdownmenu.Choosethetimeperiod–Today,1week,1month,orDateRange–ofCalcheck

results to display in the History panel. If Date Range is selected “from” and “to” date fields will becomeavailable.

• Search–Entertexttosearchforspecifichistoryitemsfromthosecurrentlydisplayed.

Thefollowingsortcolumnscanbeselectedusingthecontextual(right-click)menuonthecolumnheaderbarintheHistoryitemlist:

JobViewOnly

• JobID–AninternallyassignedIDnumberofthejob.• JobDoneDate–Dateandtimethejobwasprinted.• Pagesetup,Media,JobticketandOutput–Databaseitemsusedtoprintthejob.

MediaViewOnly

• Media–TheMediaforwhichthecalcheckwasperformed.• OutputDriver–Theoutputdriverusedtoprintthecalcheckchart.

JobandMediaView

• ID–Calcheckrecordnumber.• CalcheckDate–Dateandtimethecalcheckwasperformed.• Chart–ThecalcheckchartagainstwhichtheJob/Mediawasmeasured.• Score–Calcheckscore(from0-100).


94

• Pass–thepassorfailstatusoftheJob/Media.• ∆eType–the∆eformulausedintheCalcheckchart(DeltaE,CIE94,CIE2000,CMC(1:1),CMC(2:1))• ∆eCyan/∆eMagenta/∆eYellow/∆eBlack/∆eGray/∆ePaper/∆eAverage/∆eMax/∆eσ(stddeviation)• ∆HCyan/∆HMagenta/∆HYellow/∆HBlack/∆HGray/∆HPaper/∆HAverage/∆HMax/∆Hσ (std

deviation)• ∆C Cyan / ∆CMagenta / ∆C Yellow / ∆C Black / ∆C Gray / ∆C Paper / ∆C Average / ∆CMax / ∆C σ (std

deviation)

ThebottomoftheHistorypanelhasthefollowingoptions:

• –(Deleteitem)–Deletesthecurrentlyselecteditem(s).Awarningmessagewillappeartoconfirmasdeletionfromthedatabaseispermanent.

• Load – Loads the details of the history item, switching the view to the last selected panel (Summary,MeasurementsorInfo).Double-clickingonajobwillalsoloaddetails.

• ExportAll/ExportSelection–Exportallorselectedhistoryitemsfromthosecurrentlydisplayedtoa.csvfile.AChooseColumnswindowwillpop-uptoselectwhichof theavailablecolumnstoexport, followedbya filewindowtonameandsavethefile.

BackingupCalcheckHistoryImportantNote:Thecalcheckhistorydatabaseisbacked-upaspartoftheBackupServeroperation(Serverwindow>Helpmenu>BackupServer).Itisnotincludedin(.sdb)backupsperformedusingtheArchivesapplication.

InfoPanelWhenCalcheckHistoryisenabledinServerSettings,anInfopanelcanbeaccessedviaabuttonatthetoprightoftheCalcheckwindow.

WhenJobdetailsareloadedfromCalcheckHistory,thispaneldisplaysthecompleteJobInfo(seeQueueManager)forthejob.IfthejobstillexistsintheQueueManager,imagedandrenderedthumbnailsarealsoshown.

IfMediadetailsareloaded,relevantdetailsoftheMediadatabaseitemaredisplayed.

MenuOptionsThe following options are available from the Calcheck menu or the contextual menu (right click) from within theCalcheckapplication:

• LoadMedia–SelectaMediatoloadintoCalcheck.AnyMediathathavebeencalcheckedpreviouslywilldisplaycompleteresultsoftheir lastCalcheck.Anewchartcanbeprintedand/ornewmeasurementstakenandtheresultsupdatedtotheMedia.

• CheckMedia–SelectaMedia tobemeasured.ThisoptionassumesaCalcheckChart for theMediahasbeenprinted. It immediatelyopensawindow to select thechart formeasuringand initiatesmeasurementon theselectedSpectrophotometer.Oncompletion,resultsaresavedtotheMediaandpreviouslycalcheckedMediawillbeupdated.

• Load Job–Select froma listofpreviouslycalchecked Jobssitting inthe QueueManager. Once loaded, complete results of the job’s lastCalcheck are displayed. A new chart can be printed and/or newmeasurementstakenandtheresultsupdatedtotheJobInfo.

• Check Job – Select any job currently in the QueueManager to bemeasured.ThisoptionassumesaCalcheckChartforthejobhasbeenprinted. It immediately opens a window to select the chart formeasuring and initiates measurement on the selectedSpectrophotometer.Oncompletion,resultsaresavedtotheJobInfoandpreviouslycalcheckedjobswillbeupdated.

• Print Label – Print a summary label of the currently displayedCalcheckresultstoasystemprinter.

• PrintReport–PrintaCalcheckreportonthejob/media,orchoosetosaveasaPDF.


95

• PageSetup–AllowstheusertoconfigurethelabelprintingpropertiesforthePrintLabeloptionabove.• Show Graph – Displays a representational graph of the ∆e for each patch of the currently loaded Calcheck

result. Checkboxes toggle pass/fail views. Results can be displayed in one of three formats, selected viadropdownmenu:

• ShowError Bars – Shows two (2) coloured spheres, joined by a bar for each patch positioned in a 3D Labcolourspace.Thedullsphererepresentsthereferencevalueforthepatch;theshinysphereispositionedbasedonitsLabvaluesinthecolourspace.Therelativedistancebetweenspheresshowsthe∆ebetweenthem.

• Error Plane – Shows a line of coloured spheres representing each patch, lined up in order. The larger thesphere,thehigherthe∆e.

• Error Spheres – Shows a coloured sphere for each patch position in a 3D Lab colourspace. The larger thesphere,thehigherthe∆e.

• ShowHistory –WhenCalcheckHistory is enabled this toggles to theHistorypanel of theCalcheckwindowapplication.

ContextualMenuOptions• Export–Exportthecolourpatchdatafromthedisplaypaneltoatextfile.• Import–ImportcolourpatchdataintotheCalcheckapplicationfromanexportedtextfile.


96

ClusteringClusteringistheabilitytosharetheworkloadofprocessingjobsacrossmultipledevices.SlavesorclusternodescanbeinstalledonothermachinesonthenetworkandjobscanbesenttothemfromtheMasterforprocessing.

TheClusteringapplicationallowsyoutoaddandmanagetheseclusternodes.Theycanbeenabledforuseinimaging,renderingorboth.

Asanodedevicestartsup, itsspeed iscalculated.Whena job issubmitted forprocessing, theMastermachinehaspriorityasnonetwork traffic is required. If the Master is busy processinganotherjob,thejobcanbesenttothefastestavailablenode.Thenodeprocesses the jobandoncecompleted,sends itbackto theMaster. It is then ready to accept another job. Nodes can beinstalledonanymachineonthenetwork.

RunningaClusterNoderequiresaseparateBlackmagicdongle.IfyouhaveextraBlackmagicdongles,anyServercanactasanodeifitisstartedasaClusterNode(see“TheBlackmagicServer”sectionformoreinformation).

Note: In thismode, the Server can only be used as a Node (slave) for another Server. It is recommended that thedatabasebebacked-upandjobqueuesclearedbeforeaBlackmagicServerisstartedasaClusterNode.ThisavoidsanyconflictswithexistingjobIDsorsettings.MasterPanelThispaneldisplaysinformationabouttheMasterServermachine.

• Product–TheSerendipityBlackmagicsoftwareinuse.• Version–TheServersoftwareversion.• Hostname–ThenetworknameoftheMasterServer.• IPAddress–ThenetworkIPaddressoftheServer.• Speed–TherelativespeedoftheServer,calculatedbyBlackmagic.• Processors–ThenumberofCPUsintheServermachine.• Platform–Theoperatingsystem/kernelversionofthesoftware.• Process Imaging/Rendering/ScheduleLast–Checkwhether theMasterServer is toperformany Imagingor

Rendering Jobs. The Schedule Last option allows nodes to have priority over the Master when jobs areprocessing.ThisisadvantageouswhenpollinglargeRIPs,asitallowstheMastertoconcentrateongatheringthelistofjobsanddisplayingthem.

ClusterNodesThislistshowsnodesthatareavailableandrunningonthenetwork.Informationabouteachnodeisdisplayedinthewindow.Onlinenodesaredisplayedingreen;offlinenodesinred.

The followingsort columnscanbe selectedusing thecontextual (right click)menuon thecolumnheaderbar in theClusterNodepanel.Columnscanbereorderedbydragginganddroppingthemintothedesiredorder,orbyusingtheConfigureHeadersoptioninthecontextualmenu.

Thesortoptionsare:

• IPaddress–ThenetworkIPaddressoftheNode.Checkboxesbecomeavailabletoenablethenodeandselectifit is to beused for Imaging and/orRendering tasks.Once enabled, theMasterhandles the clustering in themostefficientmannerpossible.

• Hostname–ThenetworknameoftheNode.• Speed–TherelativespeedoftheNodecalculatedbyBlackmagic.• Platform–Theoperatingsystem/kernelversionoftheNodemachine.• CPUs–ThenumberofCPUsintheServermachine.• Product–TheSerendipityBlackmagicsoftwarebeingusedfortheNode.• Version–TheServersoftwareversionoftheNode.• ProcessingPool–OptionallychooseaPagesetupPool(seetheWorkbench–PagesetupPoolsection)forwhich

theNodewillperformimageandrendertasks.• Image–ShowsthenumberofsimultaneousImagingtasksthatcanbeperformedbytheNode.Clickonthefield

tochangethenumber.


97

• Render–ShowsthenumberofsimultaneousRenderingtasksthatcanbeperformedbytheNode.Clickonthefieldtochangethenumber(seetheServerSettingsfordetailsonImagingandRenderingtasksettings).

Refresh–TheRefreshbuttonpollsthenetworkforactiveNodesandregistersanyNodesinthelistthatareoffline.

ClusterNodeactivitycanbemonitoredintheClusterStatusmodule(seetheModules–ClusterStatussectionformoreinformation).

MenuOptionsThefollowingoptionsareavailablefromacontextual(rightclick)menuwithintheClusterNodepanel:

• AddNode–AddaClusterNodethatcannotbeseen.SometimesNodesonsubnetscannotbedetected.SelectingthisallowsyoutoenterthehostnameorIPaddressoftheNodeandaddittothelistmanually.TheNodetobeaddedmustberunning.

• Add Processing Pool – Select, change or remove the current Pagesetup Pool for which the Node performsImageandRendertasks.

• RemoveAllOfflineSlaves(Nodes)–RemoveaNodefromthelistthathasgoneoffline.• RemoveNode–AvailableforofflineNodesonly.ThisoptionremovestheselectedNodefromthelist.


98

DensitometerThe Densitometer application allows you to measure and display density readings with a supportedSpectrophotometer.Whenmeasuringapatch,thedensitiesofallfourprocessCMYKcoloursmakingupthepatchareread.

TheLastMeasuredpanelinthetophalfoftheapplicationwindowshowsthedensityanddotpercentagevaluesforthedominantprocesscolourofthemeasuredpatch,withthevaluesoftheotherthreecolourstotheright.Thevaluescanberecordedandsavedtoafileifdesired.

Note:TheDensitometerapplicationisautilityallowingyoutouseaDensitometerorSpectrophotometerthatdoesnothaveadisplaytoreadvalues.Thiscanbeasaone-offreadingtocomparedensities,oryoumaywanttoreadvaluesandexport them for plotting on a graph. There is no requirement to use this for the normal operation of SerendipityBlackmagic.Densitometer/Measurement/PaperOptions

• YuleNielsenNumber–EntertheYNnumberforthepaperyouarereading(ifknown).Thedefaultis2.0.• Densitometer–Chooseoneofthesupportedinstrumentsfromtheavailablelist.• InstrumentDefaultDensityStandard–Selectyourdesireddensitystandardfromtheavailablelist.• Activate/Deactivate–Connectordisconnectthechosendevice.• Add–Addthemeasuredvaluestothelist.ThisappearsaftertheDensitometerhassuccessfullyconnected.

Tobeginmeasuring:

• SelectaDensitometerfromthedropdownlistandclicktheActivatebutton.• Thestatusfieldisshownwhenthedeviceconnectswithouterror.• Followanyinstructionswhenprompted–Calibrate,MeasureCyanSolid,etc.

MeasureTargetsInordertoreadpercentagetintvaluesofanyplate,youmustfirstreadthepaperwhiteandthesoliddensityvalueforthat colour. TheMeasure Targetsmenu or contextual (right click)menu allows you tomeasure the solid referencedensitiesfortheprocesscoloursandthepaperwhite.Withthesevaluesstored,colourpercentagescanbecalculatedanddisplayed.YoucanmeasureorupdateanindividualSoliddensityorMeasureAllTargets.

ColourListThisisalistofreadingstakeniftheAddisenabled.Eachreadingisappendedtothelistandthevaluesmeasuredaredisplayed.Thecolumnscanberesizedorreorderedasrequiredbydraggingtheheadertothepreferredposition.

Thecolumnsare:

• Name – The name of the colour read. Defaults to “Untitled” but can be changed by selecting the name andenteringanewone.

• Colour – Shows the dominant colour read, i.e., the onewith the highest density value. Thismay not be thecolouryouperceiveittobe,butthecontentsmakingupthecolourarerecordedandthecolouriscalculatedandshown.

• Density–Thedensityvalue for thecolour.This is thehighestdensity read fromC,M,YandK. It shows thedensityofthecolourstatedintheColourcolumn.

• Cd/Md/Yd/Kd–TheC,M,YandKdensitiesofthecolourread.• Dot%–ThedotpercentageofthecolourshownintheColourcolumn.• C%/M%/Y%/K%–TheC,M,YandKpercentagevaluesforthecolourmeasured.Ifanyofthe%columnsare

blank,thereferencepaperwhiteorsoliddensityforthatcolourhasnotbeenmeasured.

ExportYoucanexportthevaluesfromtheColourListtoafile.Theavailableoptionsare:

• All–Savesallentriesinthelist.• Selected–Savetheselectedentriesinthelistonly.

Selectingeitheroftheseoptionsdisplaysawindowallowingyoutochoosethevaluestobesaved.Thechoicesare:

• Name–Savethenameofthecolour.• ColourDensity–Thehighestdensityreadingregardlessofcolour.


99

• Cyan/Magenta/Yellow/BlackDensity–Thedensityreadingof thechosencolour.Fore.g., ifCyan isselected,theCyandensityforeachreadingistaken.ThisisthevaluedisplayedintheCdcolumnofthelist.

• ColourPercentage–ThepercentagereadingofthehighestdensityreadasdisplayedintheDot%column.

• Cyan/Magenta/Yellow/Black Percentage – The percentage reading of thechosencolour.Fore.g., ifCyan isselected, thepercentageofCyan foreachreadingistaken.ThisisthevaluedisplayedintheC%columnofthelist.

Thepercentagevaluesmustbepresentforthevaluestobeexported.Iftheyarenot,theexportedfilewillshowa1%valueinplaceofthereading.

• OrderValues–ChoosewhethertoexportthefileinCMYKorKCMYorder.• Separate Values With – Choose to separate the values with either a tab

characteroraspace.• Cancel–CancelstheExportaction.• Export–Displaysafilechooserallowingyoutoenteranameandselectalocationtosavethefileto.


100

DisplaysThe Displays application uses a supported Spectrophotometer to calibrate and create an ICC profile for a selectedmonitoror lightbooth.Suitablegraphicsmonitorscanbecalibrated tomatcha chosenprintgamut, allowingcolouraccuratesoftproofingofprintmaterialandcanbeverifiedatanytimetoensurecorrectcolouroutput.

Creation of a profile is very simple, requiring a supported instrument and a few minutes of time. TheSpectrophotometer isplacedon the screen tobe calibrated.A seriesof adjustmentsaremade to the screengamma,whitepointandbrightness(ifavailable).Measurementsaretaken, fromwhichanICCprofile iscreatedandsaved inBlackmagicandtheoperatingsystemasthenativedisplayICCprofile.

Note:TheDisplaysapplicationcreatesaprofile forusewith theMatch ICCprofileassignedto themonitor inServerSettings.Ensure thecorrectmatchprofile issetbeforecreating themonitorprofile(see theServerSettings–Coloursectionfordetails).

The Displays interface comprises of a function list (left) and a multi-purpose display area (right) that will changedependingonthefunctionselected.

Thefunctionlistismadeupofthefollowingselectableitems:

• Calibration–Listseachconnecteddisplayavailableforcalibration.• Calcheck–Listseachconnecteddisplayavailabletocalcheck.• History–Liststhecalcheckhistory(referenceonly)ofeachconnecteddisplay.• Ambient–Measuretheambientandwhitepointofthelightsource.• Light Booth – Appears only when a light booth is connected and will list each connected

device.

CalibrationTheCalibrationfunctiondisplayscurrentlyconnectedmonitorsandtheircalibrationstatus.

ByclickingontheCalibrationheader,eachconnectedmonitorshowsthefollowingdetails:

• ThenameoftheDisplay,viewablescreendimensionsinmmxmm,anditsidentificationnumber(inamulti-displayenvironment).

• Pixels(width/height).• Resolution(DPI).• ICCprofile.• CalcheckStatus.• LastCalibrated(time).• CalibrationExpires(timeperiod).• HardwareCalibration(supportedornotfortheparticulardisplay).

ByclickingontheDisplayname,calibrationoptionsandsettingsavailableforthemonitorareshown.Theseinclude:

• Brightness – Only available if hardware calibration is supported and selected for themonitor (see below).Choosetosetthebrightnesslevelineither:

• Candela–Brightnessincd/m2• Setthelevelfrom0-100%• CalibrationTolerance–Enteravalueinthisfieldorusetheslidertoset

the tolerance (in cd/m2) for monitor or light booth brightnesscalibration.

• Measure – Click to use a connected Spectrophotometer tomeasure and display the brightness (cd/m2) andwhitepoint (K)of themonitor.Followanyonscreen instructions for theselected instrument.Thereading isconstantlyupdated,allowingtheusertomanuallyadjustthebrightnessusingthemonitor’sowncontrols.Thisoption is only available if theUse SoftwareCalibrationoption is selectedor is theonlymode available (seebelow).

• WhitePoint–Selectthewhitepointtemperatureforthemonitor.Choosefrom:• Custom–TypeinthefieldprovidedorusetheslidertoenteracustomtemperatureinKelvin(K).


101

• D50–SetsthewhitepointtoD50(5003K/HorizonLight).• D65–SetsthewhitepointtoD65(6504K/NoonLight).• Native–SetstheDisplaysapplicationtousethemonitorsnativewhitepoint.• Gamma–Selectthegammacorrectiontobeusedforthemonitor.• Custom–Typeinthefieldprovidedorusetheslidertoenteracustomgammavaluebetween1.0and2.6.The

Custombuttonwillauto-selectifanon-standardgammasettingischosen.Note:Ifeither1.8or2.2arechosen,the1.8or2.2buttonswillauto-select.

• 1.8–Selectthistosetthegammacorrectionvalueto1.8.Thisbuttonwillauto-select if1.8 ischosenviatheCustomfield/slideroption.

• 2.2–Selectthistosetthegammacorrectionvalueto2.2.Thisbuttonwillauto-select if2.2 ischosenviatheCustomfield/slideroption.

Options

• Use Hardware Calibration – When supported, this option uses the monitor’s own internal hardware forcalibration,allowingthescreenbrightnesstobeadjustedautomatically.

• Use Self Calibration – Available on some high-end graphics monitors. Uses the monitor’s own internalhardwareandcalibrationroutinesforcalibration.

• UseSoftwareCalibration–CalibrationisperformedusingtheDisplaysapplicationsoftware.• Instrument(offline/online)/InstrumentName–Displaysthecurrentlyactivatedinstrument.• Instrument – Select from the list of supported

Spectrophotometerstousefordisplaycalibration.• Display Type – Select the type of display being calibrated

fromLCD,CRTorRAW.• Monitor IdentificationNumber–Click topopupan identificationnumber in the centreof the screen for the

displaytobecalibrated.• Calibrate – Click this button to start calibrating the selected display to the chosen settings and create the

displayICCprofile.Followanyonscreeninstructionsforyourinstrument.Whencalibrationiscomplete,afilechooserwillpopuptonameandsavetheICCprofile.TheprofilewillbesavedastheoperatingsystemnativeICC profile for the display andwill appear as the Native Profile in Serendipity Client Preferences > ColourManagement(seeSystemSettingsformoreinformation).

• SaveProfile–Opensafilechooser(asabove)tosaveorrenametheICCprofile.• InformationPanel–AppearswhiletheICCprofileisbeinggenerated,showingtheprogressandfinalresultsof

thecalibrationprocess.

CalcheckTheCalcheckfunctiondisplaysCalcheckstatussummariesforallattachedmonitors,ascomparedtothevaluesdefinedin the Calcheck Chart assigned to the SoftProof Default Press andCamerasetting.

ClickingontheCalcheckheaderallowsuserstoquicklyviewwhetheradisplay is currently calibrated for softproofing a particular pressprofile.SeeApplications>SoftProof;Workbench>Pressfordetails.

Note:IfaCalchecksummaryisblank,thismeans:

• NoCalcheckdataexistsforthemonitor;• That the current Calcheck for the monitor was measured

againstadifferentCalcheckChartthantheoneassignedtotheSoftProofDefaultPress;or

• NoCalcheckCharthasbeenassignedtothedefaultPress.

Thetopsectionofthedisplayareashows:

• SoftProof–ThecurrentlyselectedDefaultPressorDefaultCameraconfiguration.• CalcheckChart–TheCalcheckChartassignedtotheaboveconfiguration.


102

TheremainderofthedisplayareashowsthecurrentCalcheckstatusofeachconnectedmonitor.Informationincludes:

• ProcessColour/Gray/Paperdeltavalues• Average/maximum/standarddeviationdeltavalues• Displayname(topleft)• TimestampofthelastCalcheck(topright)• ChartandInstrumentused(bottomleft)• OverallCalcheckscore(bottomleft)

Note:Incaseswheremultipleareasofascreenhavebeencalchecked,thesummarywilldisplaytheworstresultsfromacrossallcalcheckedareas.

Clicking on aDisplay nameunder the Calcheck header (e.g., iMac)will allow the user to perform a Calcheck on thechosenmonitor.

Themainpartofthedisplayarea(whitebox)willshowthedetailorsummaryoftheCalcheckasitisperformed.

Thetopsectionabovethemainareahasthefollowingoptions:

• ΔAll–ShowsalloftheΔresultsmeasured,asdefinedintheCalcheckChart.• Δe – Shows all of the Δe results only. The Δe standard used

(DeltaE/CIE94/CIE2000/CMC(1:1)/CMC(2:1)) is selected in the Calcheck Chart (seeWorkbench > CalcheckChartfordetails).CIE2000isarecommendedstandardtousefordisplayverification.

• ΔH–ShowsalloftheΔHresultsonly.• ΔC–ShowsalloftheΔCresultsonly.• Summarybutton–ShowsCalchecksummaryresults.• Detailbutton–ShowsresultsforeachmeasuredpatchoftheCalcheckChart.

Thelowersectionofthemaindisplayareacontainsthefollowing:

• ScreenAreabuttons–Thesebuttonsenable theuser to lookatresults from one of the nine (9) defined areas of the monitorscreen. The buttons are grayed out (cannot be selected) if ascreenareahasnotbeencalchecked.Areasthathavebeencheckedwillenablethebuttonandshowwhethertheareapassed(green)orfailed(red)aCalcheck.

• Instrument(offline/online)/InstrumentName–Displaysthecurrentlyactivatedinstrument.• Instrument–SelectwhichsupportedSpectrophotometeristobeusedfortheCalcheck.• MeasurementType–SelectwhichareaofthescreentoCalcheckorCalcheckthewhole(3x3grid)screen.The

middlecentreofthescreenifthedefaultoptionforstandardCalchecks.

HistoryByclickingontheHistoryheader,userscanseeataglancetheCalchecksummariesforallattachedmonitors.Thisisuseful for keeping track of any changes in yourmonitor’s performance(i.e.,drifting).

Informationincludes:

• ProcessColour/Gray/Paperdeltavalues• Average/maximum/standarddeviationdeltavalues• Displayname(topleft)• TimestampofthelastCalcheck(topright)• ChartandInstrumentused(bottomleft)• OverallCalcheckscore(bottomleft)


103

These summaries show Calcheck results for the monitor(s) in relation to the Calcheck Chart used at the time ofchecking (shown at the bottom left of the summary). The summaries are independent of the currently assignedSoftProofDefaultPress/CalcheckChartalthough,inmostcasestheywillmatchthecurrentCalchecksummaries(seeabovesection).

ClickingonaDisplaynameundertheHistoryheader(e.g.,iMac)willallowtheusertoreviewpastresultsofCalchecksfor themonitor.Thewindowshowsasort listofpreviousCalcheckresults,withthetimeanddatetheCalcheckwasperformedandtheCalcheckChartused.Selectingahistoryitemwilldisplayasummaryorthedetailedresults.

CalcheckhistorywithintheDisplaysapplicationisonlykeptforaperiodof30daysfromcreationforeachhistoryitem.

AmbientBy clicking on the Ambient header, the option to select a supportedSpectrophotometer becomes available to measure the ambient (cd/m2)andwhitepoint(K)ofthelightsource,e.g.,alightboothorroom.

• Instrument (offline/online) / Instrument Name – Displays thecurrentlyactivatedinstrument.

• Measure – Select from the list of supported ambient-modeSpectrophotometerstouseformeasurement.

Note: For someSpectrophotometers, after initial instrument calibration,anambientlightfilterwillneedtobeattachedbeforemeasurement.

Thelower,whiteareadisplaysconstantlyupdatedmeasurements.

LightBoothByclickingontheLightBoothheader(whenavailable),anycurrentlyconnectedlightboothswillbeshown.

Eachconnectedlightboothshowsinformationon:

• Name/Model• Driver• DriverVersion

Clicking on a light booth name under the headerwillmake calibration optionsavailableforthebooth.Theseinclude:

• Brightness–Choosetosetthebrightnesslevelineither:• Candela–Brightnessincd/m2• Setthelevelfrom0-100%• Instrument(offline/online)/InstrumentName–Displaysthe

currentlyactivatedinstrument.• Instrument–SelectwhichsupportedSpectrophotometeristo

beusedforthelightboothcalibration.• Adjust – Click this button to calibrate the brightness of the

selectedbooth.Followanyonscreeninstructions.

Note:ForsomeSpectrophotometers,afterinitialinstrumentcalibration,anambientlightfilterwillneedtobeattachedbeforeplacingitintheboothandcommencingtheboothadjustment.


104

FlipBookTheFlipBookapplicationallowsyoutoviewapublicationasavirtualbook.InBlackmagic,apublicationisdefinedasagroupofpageswiththesamepublicationname.Thisisacollectionofbookormagazinesignaturesthathavebeende-imposed,butapublicationmayconsistofanynumberofpages.

FlipBook allows you to load the publication and flip throughpagesasyouwouldwitharealmagazineorbook.Thisenablesyoutocheckthatyourde-impositionhasworkedcorrectly,thatpages are in the correct order, orientation and if there are anyduplicates. Larger views of the pages can be called up and thewhole publication can be exported to PDF or as a QuickTimemovie.

FlipBookcanbeopenedinthreeways:

• From the Application menu of the Serendipity Client.Publications can be dragged and dropped from theQueueManagerintotheFlipBookwindowandwillopenautomatically.

• From theQueueManager application by selecting a jobandchoosingViewFlipbook.TheViewFlipBookoptionisonlyavailableifthejobhasapublicationname.

• From the BookMonitor application by selecting aPublicationtitleandchoosingViewFlipBook(Availablefor Veripress/Blackmagic SoftproofingAdd-onOnly). If the pages for the selected publication title have notbeenimagedorrenderedintheQueueManageryet,theFlipBookwillopenbutwillnotshowanypages.

TheFlipBookwindowcomprisesoffour(4)mainpanels–Publication,Pagination,PageViewandPageIndex.

PublicationPanelThispanelcontainsthenameofthePublicationbeingviewed.

PaginationPanel

• Start–Enter thepagenumber for thestartingpageoruse thearrowstoselect the firstpagenumberof theFlipBook.Ifthefirstpageloadedispage1,youcannotalterthestartpagenumber.Ifthefirstpageloadedisgreaterthan1,youcanenteralowervalueasthestartpagenumber.Thiscanbeusedifyouareviewingapartpublicationwherethefirstpageshavenotbeenprocessed.

• TopPage–ChoosewhetherthetoppageoftheFlipBookisEvenorOdd.

PageViewPanelThispanel iswhere theFlipBookpages canbeviewed.WhenaFlipBook isopened, thepagesof thepublicationareloadedanddisplayedin2D(two-dimensional)view.Therearevariouswaystonavigatethroughthepublication:

• Clickingonthepageoftheimage–Ifyouclickontherightpage,youmoveforwardthroughthepublication.Clickingontheleftpagemovesbackwards.

• ClickingonthepagesinthePageNavigatorPanel–displayedbelowthePageViewpanel.Theviewjumpstothepage(pair)youselect.

• SpaceBar–Thespacebarmovesforwardtothenextpairofpages.Holdtheshiftkeyandpressthespacebartomovebackwards.

• PageUp/PageDown – Use these buttons on the keyboard to navigate forwards and backwards through thepublication.

• ArrowKeys–Usedownorrightarrowkeystomoveforwardthroughthepublicationandleftoruptomovebackwards.

• ScrollBar–Movingthescrollbarbelowtheimagemovesforwardsorbackwardsthroughthepublication.


105

PageView(ContextualMenu)Therearevariousoptionsavailablefromthecontext(rightclick)menu:

• OpenPublication–OpensaQueueManagershowingalljobsprocessedinthesystem.SelectajoborpublicationjobtoloadandclickOK.

• ReloadPublication–Reloadsthecurrentpublicationwithfilesfromthequeue.Thisisusedifadditionalfileshavebeenprocessedaspartof thepublication,orchangeshavebeenmadeand thepublicationneeds tobeupdated.

• ChoosePress–SelectaPressconfiguration toapply to the jobcurrently (andsubsequently) loaded into theFlipBook.(seeWorkbench-Pressfordetails).

• JobInfo–displaystheJobInfoinformationaboutthecurrentlyselectedpage.(seeWorkbench-QueueManagerfordetails).

• Swap Page with – This allows you to swap the page currently selected with another page from the same(currentlyloaded)publication.

• ViewOriginal–opensandviewstheimagedfileoftheselectedpageintheSoftProofapplication.• ViewPrinted–opensandviewstherenderedfileoftheselectedpageintheSoftProofapplication.• View3D– togglesbetweena3Dor2Dviewof thepublication.Threedimensionalviewing shows thepage

turningasyounavigatethrough.TheturningspeedcanbeadjustedFlipBookSettings.• 3Dmodeadds2sliderson therightsideof thePageView.The firstalters theangleatwhich the3Dvirtual

bookisviewed,thesecondzoomstheviewinandout.

Note: Theperformanceof thepage turningmayvarydependingon the size of the thumbnail being viewedand theperformanceofthegraphicscard.

• ViewasCalendar–Onlyavailablein3Dmode.Changestheflipaxistohorizontalsopagesflipupanddowninthesamemannerasacalendar.

• Export–ExportstheFlipBookasaPDF.Selecttheresolution,compressiontypeandquality.Choosebetweenexportingthewholebookorarangeofpages.

• ExportasSpreads–ExportstheFlipBookasaPDFbutasspreads.Thesameoptionsasaboveapply.• ExportasMovie(3Dviewmodeonly)–ExportstheFlipBookasaQuickTimemovie.Afterselectingthisthere

arethreefurtheroptions:• CodecType–Choosethepreferredcompressiontypefromthemenu.• Quality–Choosethepreferredquality.• KeyframeSpacing–Choosehowoftenakeyframeissaved.

The settings you choosewill affect the size of themovie, the quality and the compatibilitywith other applications.TherearemanyCodec typesavailableandnotallworkonall systems.Commonlyused typesareAppleMPEG4andH.264 avc1. Increasing the quality setting also increases the file size. This is also true for the keyframes. Themorekeyframes,thebetterthequalitybutthelargerthefilesize.Trialanderrorwillprovideyouwiththedesiredresult.

• RenderQueueThumbnails–ViewtheRenderedthumbnailsinratherthanthedefaultImagedthumbnails.

PageIndexPanelThePageIndexdisplaysanumberedboxforeachpagemakinguptheloadedPublication.Itallowsfordirectnavigationtoanypagebyclickingonit.

Thepageboxesarecolourcoded:

LightGreenindicatesthepagesareloadedintotheFlipBookandcanbeviewed.Theseshowasdarkgreenwhenselected.

Purple indicates there are duplicate pages, i.e., they have the same publication name and pagenumbers.Darkpurpleindicatesthepagesareselected.

Clickingonthesepagesallowsyoutoselectandviewthealternativepage:


106

Light Red indicates the page is not in the FlipBook. This occurs when there are other pagesgreaterthanthenumbersdisplayed.Thiscouldbeduetotheimpositionsignaturenotyetbeingrendered.Astheyrender,youcansimplyreloadthepublicationtoupdatethepages.

ThestatuscoloursareupdatedwheneverReloadPublicationisselected.

AbardirectlyabovethePageIndexdisplaystheJobNameforeachcurrentlyviewedpageontheleftandrightsidesrespectively. Pages with more than one version will show a dropdown to select which version to view. The PageNumbersbeingviewedareshowninthecentreofthebar.

MenuOptionsThefollowingareavailablefromtheFlipBookFileMenu:

• OpenPublication• ReloadPublication• Export• ExportasSpreads• ExportasMovie

Twootheroptionsarealsoavailable:

• Edit Touch ConsoleUI (Veripress/Blackmagic SoftproofingAdd-onOnly) –Opens an Edit Interfacewindowallowing for the configuration of the buttons enabled (and visible) for control of the FlipBook in theMainscreenof theTouchConsole(see theApplications–TouchConsolesection formore information).Enableordisablebuttonsbyclickingonthem.ThosedisabledwillappearwitharedcrossandwillbeexcludedfromtheTouchConsolewhenusingittoviewaFlipBook.

TheToolbarhasaPreviewtoggletoseehowtheTouchConsolecontrolswillappearandaResetbuttontorestoreandenableallbuttons.

• FlipBookSettings–ConfiguretheFlipBookviewingoptionsandpressconfiguration.

ViewOptions• AllowMultipleWindows–Enableordisable.AllowsmultiplePublicationstobeopenedandviewedinseparate

FlipBookwindows.Ifdisabled,anewlyopenedPublicationwillreplacetheonecurrentlybeingviewed.• PageOrder–Choosebetweenreadinglefttorightorrighttoleft.• FlipTime(3D)–Selectthespeedfortheflippingofpageswhenin3Dmode.• RenderQueueThumbnails–Enableordisablerenderqueuethumbnails.• ShowBorders(2D)–Enableordisabletheborderswhenviewingin2Dmode.

PressConfiguration• ThispanelallowsyoutovieworchangethePressconfigurationFlipBookusestodisplayPublications.

ViewMenuTheseoptionsarealsoavailablefromtheFlipBookViewMenu:

• View3D• ViewasCalendar• InkWeight–OpenstheInkWeightswindowdisplayingtheFlipBookpublication’sinkweightsandcoverage.


107

JobsTheJobsapplicationisusedtodisplayjobsbefore,afterandduringprocessingandallowsuserstomanagejobsthroughthesystemtoplottheirprogress.

The Jobs application consists of an easy to navigate user-interface, with tabs and layouts available for variousmonitoring functions. Tab layoutsmaybe addedormanagedaccordingtoindividualpreferencesandaresavedattheClientlevel, allowing different users to display informationappropriatetotheirlocationandworkflow.

Jobs is the default monitoring application and will be runautomatically on launch of Blackmagic after the initialsoftwareinstallation.

MenuOptionsTabsMenu

• AddTabs–AddanewtabtotheJobsmainwindow.Selectfromalistoffactorydefaultlayouts.NewtabscanbeimportedforuseviatheManageTabLibraryoption.

Thefactorydefaulttablayoutsavailableare:

• JobQueues(defaultloadedview)• RIPMonitor–AddsatabwiththeRIPMonitormodule.• BookMonitor–AddsatabwiththeBookMonitormodule(BlackmagicSoftProofingAdd-onOnly).• QueueStatus–AddsatabwithmultipleQueueStatusmodules.• StatusandDrop–ContainstheMediaStatus,Status,QueueStatus,DropZonesandClusterStatusmodules.• Logs–ContainstheServerLogandClientLogmodules.• Jobs–ContainstheQueueManagermodulewiththeJobsviewselected.• JobsandDrop–ContainstheQueueManagermodule,aDropZoneandaQueueStatusmodule.• Assets–ContainstheQueueManagermodulewiththeAssetsqueueselected.• Drop Area – Contains the DropZonemodulewith Assets dropspot added by default. Right-click to add any

additionaldropzonestotheDropAreatab.• ServerLog–ContainstheServerLogmoduleonly.• • RenameTab–Renametheselectedtab.• ManageTabLibrary–Add,removeorpreviewtablayoutsfortheJobsapplication.Thereareeight(8)layouts

availableasstandard(factory).• CloseTab–Closethecurrentlyselectedtab.

ViewMenu• Previoustab–Openstheprevioustabwindow.• Nexttab–Opensthenextavailabletabwindow.• Titlebars–ShoworhidethetitlebarsforeachmodulewithintheJobsapplicationtabs.Thiswillshoworhide

alltitlebarsinalltabsandisnotlimitedtothecurrentlyselectedtab.

JobQueuesTabThedefaulttablayout(JobQueues)fortheJobsapplicationcontainsthefollowingmodules:

• QueueManager(SeeQueueManagersectionforfurtherinformationonfeaturesanduse).• Thumbnail–ImagingPreview• Thumbnail–RenderingPreview• QueueStatus–ImagingQueue

Forinformationoneachmodule,seetheModulessectionofthismanual.


108

LineariserTheLineariserapplicationcreatesaLinearisationCurveforanoutputdevice(printer).AssignedtoaMediaafterpaperprofiling,itbringstheoutputdevicetoaknown(linear)state.Thismeansa50%Cyanwillprintat50%.

TheuserfirstprintsasteppedwedgechartforaselectedSpectrophotometer/DensitometertotheoutputdeviceinthecolourspacespecifiedbytheMedia.Thechartismeasuredandtheresultingcurveissaved,assignedtotheMediaandaHistoryrecorded.

At this stage, ICC profiles can be created and applied foraccuratecolourrepresentation.Iftheprinteroutputvariesduetoinkbatchesorheadwear,aquickre-linearisationprocessisall that’s required togetback to thesame linear state initiallycreated. The original ICCprofiles can be re-applied to achievethesamecolouroutput.

TheInterfaceThe Lineariser window is made up of a Toolbar and a number of panels – Available Media, Linearisation History,Measurement,AdvancedOptions,SpectrophotometerorDensitometerinformationandCurvesdisplay.

ToolbarThe following options are available via the Toolbar at the top of the panel. Any option can be shown or hidden byticking/untickingitinthecontextual(right-click)menuwithintheToolbar.TheConfigureToolbaroptioninthemenualsoallowstheorderofthebuttons/optionstobeset.

• CustomisePatches–AllowsfortheselectionofpatchestobeusedintheLinearisationChart.ChoosewhichPatchPercentagesusingthenumberedbuttons.Totalnumberofpatchesselectedisdisplayed.

• RestoreDefaults–Restorethepatchselectiontothedefault23patchesperchannel.• Use Lab – Toggles between Density and Lab measurement modes. Lab mode for

linearisationisrequiredforprinterswithbuilt-inSpectrophotometers.• Measure Patches – Initialises the connected Spectrophotometer. Follow any

instructionsinthestatusbartomeasurethechart.• Submit Linearisation – Save the data in the Measurement panel to the Media being

linearised.Apopupwillrequestanameforthecurve.• ResetLinearisation–RegeneratesthelinearisationcharttomatchtheloadedMedia’scolourspaceandpaper

profile.Normallyonlyusedintheeventofachannelsmismatchpopupwarningwhenprintingalinearisationchart.

Note:IfviewingcurvesloadedfromaVersion3.xorearlierdatabase,theoptionswillbeunavailableuntiltheUpdateLegacyCurvesoptionisselectedfromtheMeasurementpanelcontextualmenu(seebelow).There is no need to update Version 3 curves if your printer is performing satisfactorily. However, there have beensignificantimprovementsmadetotheLinearisersoitisworthconsideringre-linearisingwithVersion6.AvailableMediaThispaneldisplaysalistofavailableMedia.SelectaMediatoviewitscurrentlinearisationcurvesanddata,ortolineariseanewMedia.

AnychangesmadeareappliedtothecurrentlyselectedMedia.

LinearisationHistoryShowsalistofallthelinearisationsperformedfortheselectedMedia,allowingtheusertotracktheperformanceoftheoutputdevice.

Thefollowingsortcolumnscanbeselectedusingthecontextualmenuonthecolumnheaderbar.Columnordercanbechangedbydragginganddroppingthecolumnsintothedesiredorder,orbyusingtheConfigureHeadersoptioninthecontextmenu:

• Date–Dateandtimethelinearisationwasmeasured.• Type–ShowswhethereachlinearisationcurvewasmeasuredinDensityorLabmode.


109

Thepanelhasone(1)button:

• TrimTo–Trimsthenumberofstoredhistoriestothevalueshownfromoldestfirst.

Thefollowingoptionsareavailablefromthecontext(rightclick)menuwithintheHistorylist:

• ShowCharts–LaunchesaseparatewindowthatplotsthelinearisationhistoryoftheMedia/GradationCurveon various charts (See below for further information on the available charts). Checkboxes at the top of thewindowallowyoutochoosewhichinkchanneltoview.Shift+clicktoviewanotherchannelatthesametime.Doubleclickachanneltoseeall.

• Revert to this Date – Reverts the linearisation curve assigned to the Media to the selected, historical(previouslymeasured)curve.

• Unload –Unloads thehistorical curvedatabeing viewed in theMeasurementpanel and loads the currentlyassignedcurve.

Measurement• CurveName–Displays thenameof theLinearisationCurve currently selected. This canbe the saved curve

assignedtotheMediaoraselectedHistoryitem.• LastLinearised–Locatedtop-rightabovethemeasurementpanel,LastLineariseddisplaysthedateandtime

theprinter/mediacombinationwaslastlinearised.

Thedisplayshowsthecolour-codedlinearisationpatchesforeachinkchannel.ThepatchnumberandtheDot%itrepresentsarelistedacrossthetopofthepanel.MeasuredValues(DensityorLab)areshownwithineachpatch.Ifnovaluesarepresent,theMediahasnotyetbeenlinearised.

AdvancedOptions(Density)• YuleNielsenNumber–EntertheYNnumberifyouknowwhatitisforthemediainuse.Thedefaultis2.The

Yule Nielsen number or N-Factor is used to compensate for dot spread on different media types. This isbasicallya“fudgefactor”addedtothestandardMurray-Davisformulausedtocalculatedotareafromadensityreading.AnN-Factorof1meansnocompensationismadeandjusttheMurray-Davisequationisused.AnN-Factorof2 seems toworkwellwithmostmedia types.Asadjustments aremade, the curvepreviewon thegraphwillchange,showingtheeffectsofthevalueentered.FurtherinformationontheYuleNielsenNumbercanbefoundbelow.

• MaximumDensitiesOverride–Enteravaluetolimitthetopenddensityforeachoftheprocesscolours.Thedefaultis0(nooverride).Asadjustmentsaremade,thecurvepreviewonthegraphwillchange,showingtheeffectsofthevalueentered.FurtherinformationonMaximumDensitiesOverridecanbefoundbelow.

AdvancedOptions(Lab)Choosefromthree(3)inklimitingoptionsforeachchannel:

• Default–Standardoption,thegradationcurveisgraphedperthemeasuredink%patches.• Max.Chroma–Theendpointofthegradationcurveissettothepointatwhichthechroma(a*andb*values)

ofthemeasuredpatchesstopsincreasing.ThisoptionissuitableforC,M,Yoranyothernon-black(K)channel.• Min.L–Theendpointofthegradationcurveissettothepointatthelightness(L*)ofthemeasuredpatches

stopsdecreasing.ThisoptionissuitableforBlack(K),LightBlackorgraychannels.

Densitometer/Spectrophotometer• Device–Selecttheappropriateinstrumentfromthepulldownlistofdevices.• Note: The Embedded Printer Spectro option is only available when in Lab measurement mode (Use Lab

enabled).• Configure–Choosethemeasurementcondition(M0,M1orM2)toapplywhenmeasuringtheCalcheckChart.

ThedefaultisM0.Thisoptionisonlyavailabletoinstrumentssupportingthisfunction.• InstrumentStandards–Choosefromthelistwhichinstrumentstandardistobeusedformeasurement.This

willonlyappearwhenUseLabisnotenabled.• Measure–Connectstotheselectedinstrumentandpreparestoreadpatches.Thepatchwindowchangestoa

measuringwindowandtheinstrumentlistchangestoatextfieldwhereinstructionsaredisplayed.• Print Chart – Print the appropriate chart for the selected instrument to the Media selected. You will be

promptedwithanoptionswindowwiththefollowing:• CancelPrinting–Cancelstheactionandreturnstothepreviouswindow.• Don’tApply.PrinttoLinearise–ThiswilldisableallcolourmanagementexceptforPaperProfile.Usethisto

makeaLinearisationCurve.• Yes.PrinttocheckLinearisation–ThisappliesallcolourmanagementsoyoucancheckaLinearisation.


110

CurveThispanelshowstheLinearisationCurvesforeachinkchannel.

Selectindividualchannelcheckboxestoviewachannel.Shift+clicktoaddmorechannelcurvestotheview.Doubleclickachanneltoshowallcurves.

ShowChartsSelectingShowChartswilldisplayanotherwindowwithachartforeachchannelinthelinearisationcurve.Atthetopofthewindowisaseriesoftickboxes,oneforeachcolour.Selectingonedisplaysthesinglecolourandhidesallothers.Selectinganotherboxchangesthegraphtothatcolour.Selectthesamecolouragainandallgraphswillbedisplayed.UseSHIFT+Clicktoshowmorethanonegraph.

ChartTypesTherearefive(5)charttypesavailableforselection:

Density/History–PlotsthedateofthecurveontheX-axisandthedensityvaluesforeachpatchontheY-axis.Ifthedensitybeginstodropoff,itwillbedisplayedinthechart.

Density/Patches–PlotsthepatchesalongtheX-axisandthedensityontheY-axis.Foreachpatch in thehistory,apoint isplacedon thegraph. If thedensity foragivenpatchdoesnotvarygreatly, thepointswillappearon topofeachother.Where there issomechange,a linewillappearbetweenpoints.

Dot % / History – Plots the date of the measurements on the X-axis against the dotpercentageon theY-axis.Thepointson thechartrepresent thepatches.Foranypatch, theeffectivedot%andhowitvariesacrossthehistoryisshown.

Dot%/Patches–Plots thepatchnumberalongtheX-axisagainstdotpercentageontheY-axis.Adiagonallinefrom0to100isshownasaguidetoalinearcurve.Thisgraphwillshowifthepatchesaregenerallyhigheror lower thana linearmeasurement, aswell asdifferencesoverthecourseoftime.

Dot%Delta/Patches–PlotsthepatchnumberalongtheX-axisagainstthedotpercentagedelta on theY-axis. It shows thepercentagedifference from the target. For example, if thetargetis40%andthemeasuredvalueforthatpatchishigherorlower,theerrorisshowninthegraph.


111

YuleNielsenNumber TheYuleNielsenNumberisessentiallya“fudgefactor”appliedtothestandardMurray-Davisformulausedwhencalculatingdotpercentageareafromdensity.

Thevalueisusedtocompensateforvariousmediatypes,assomereactdifferentlytoothersinthewayadotwillspreadonaparticularmediaandthusaffectthedotpercentagevalue.ItissometimeshelpfultochangetheYNnumber(andsomemanufacturerswillquoteaYNnumberforagivenmedia)butthisisrare.

TheYNformulausedforcalculatingthedotpercentageis:

dotisthevalueofthedensitybeingmeasured

solidisthedensityofthesolidpatch

Therefore,aYNvalueof1hasnoeffectonthedotpercentagearea.Avalueotherthan1willcompensateforthedotspreadonthemedia.IftheYNisgreaterthan1,theDot%decreasesandiftheYNislessthan1,increases.

This can be seen from the graph on theLineariser:

The curves display the compensation; therefore if the YN number is less than 1 the dot percentage calculated isincreasedsothecurveappliedwillgodown.ThereverseistrueforaYNnumbergreaterthan1.

Formostofthetestingdoneduringinitialdevelopment,thevalueof2(thedefaultsetting)seemedtoworkwell.Itwasalsonotedonoccasions,betterresultswereobtainablebysettingdifferentvaluesforeachprocesscolour.

Note:AstheICCprofilesarecreatedafterLinearisation,anyvalueenteredwillbeusedforprintingtheICCchartandwillaffecttheoutput.ThismeanswhentheICCprofilesareapplied,thesameYNnumbermustalwaysbeusedintheLinearisertoobtaincorrectresults.MaximumDensitiesOverrideTheMaximumDensitiesOverrideallowstheusertocapthetopenddensitytoanyvaluelessthanthemaximumvalueread.

Ifavaluelessthanthehighestvaluemeasuredisentered,thecurvewillchange.Thetopendwillmovedownandtherestof thecurvewill adjust tocompensate for thenewendposition.Thevalues in themiddleof thecurvewill alsochange.

ProsandConsThere are various arguments for and against setting amaximumdensity override. In general, theMatch ICC profilewouldsetthemaximumdensityvaluessothereshouldbenoneedtosetthemhere.However,someusershavefoundittobeanadvantage to set thevalues to the targetdensities required for the finalproofoutputand indoingso,haveachievedverygoodresults.

ReducingthedensityoftheoutputusedtoprinttheICCchartwillaffectthegamut.However,asthegamutofapressisgenerallysmallerthanthatofaproofingdevice,thismaynothaveanynoticeableeffects.

ItisdesirabletodropthetopenddensitiesoftheoutputpriortoICCcreation,assometimesthereisaneedtoboostthevaluesafterICCisapplied.Thisshouldonlybeusedasalastresortandisnotdesirableasageneralrule.Ifthetopenddensitiesdrop,theICCprofilesaregenerallytoblameandthereforeshouldbecorrected.

Note:ItistheMatchICCprofilethathasthebiggestbearingontheoutputandsetstheoutputtopenddensities.

YN=1 YN=2 YN=0.5


112

MonitorTheMonitor application is an alternate user-configurable version of the Jobs application, central to the SerendipityClientinterface(seeApplications>Jobs).LikeJobs,itdisplaysjobsbefore,duringandafterprocessingandallowsuserstomanagejobsthroughthesystemtoplottheirprogress.TheMonitorprovidesfeedbackfromtheServerandClientvialogs.Modulescanbeaddedand configured to suit specific requirements. See theModulessectionforfurtherinformation.

TheMonitor consists of oneormoreuser-defined tabs.Modules areadded, positioned and sized according to individual preferences.Settingsaresavedat theClient level,enablingSerendipityClientsondifferent systems or in different departments to display informationappropriatetotheirlocation.

TheMonitorcanbeinoneoftwomodes–EditorUse.

EditThismodeallowstheusertomoveandresizemodulesonatab.ThemousepointerchangestoacrosswheninEditmode. Resize amodule by grabbing the corners or sides and dragging to the preferred size. Click anywhere in themodulesanddragittothedesiredposition.Modulesclosetogetherwillsnap-toeachother.

WhileinEditmode,allModuleshaveacontextualmenuavailable(right-click)withthefollowingoptions:

• Remove(Module)–RemovesthemodulefromtheMonitortab.• SetSizeFor (Module)–Allow theuser toenterawidthandheight (inpixels) for the selectedmoduleviaa

resizepopup.• Duplicate(Module)–Duplicatestheselectedmodule.Theduplicatehasall thesize, layoutandconfiguration

optionsoftheoriginal.• UseLayout–SwitchestheMonitortoUseMode.

UseThis is the normal user mode. It locks the module sizes and position and allows you to configure the modulespreferencesandmanagejobs.SelectthisafterEditingtousetheconfiguredlayout.

MenuOptionsLayout

• Edit–SwitchestheMonitortoEditMode(seeaboveexplanation).• Use–SwitchestheMonitortoUseMode(seeaboveexplanation).• DynamicUpdate–EnablesordisablesupdatestothemoduleswhileinEditmode.• ShowTitlebars–Showsorhidesmoduletitlebars.• AddModules–Seethe“Modules”sectionforfurtherinformationoneachmodule.• Load–LoadsapreviouslysavedMonitorconfiguration.• SaveAs–SavesthecurrentMonitorconfiguration.• SearchUI(UserInterface)–ActivatesasearchbarforfindingbuttonsandfunctionsinthecurrentMonitortab.• Note:ModuleToolbarfunctionscanonlybesearchedifthetoolbarisopen.

Tabs• NewTab–Createsanewtab.• RenameTab–Renamesthecurrentlyselectedtab.• DuplicateTab–Duplicatesthecurrentlyselectedtabandallmoduleswithinit.• ChooseTabColour–Allowstheusertoselectacolourforthecurrentlyselectedtab.• ChooseTabImage–Allowstheusertoselectanimageforthecurrentlyselectedtabbackground.Validtypes

arePNGandJPEG.Itisrecommendedalargeimagenotbeused,asitwilltakeupmemory.• ClearTabColour/Image–Revertstothedefaultbackgroundcolour.• RemoveTab–Deletesthecurrentlyselectedtab.• RemoveAllTabs–Deletesalltabs.• Next/PreviousTab–SwitchestothenextorpreviousMonitortab(rightorleft).

ReorderingTabsTabscanbemovedtoanewpositionbyclickingonanddraggingthetabtothedesiredplaceintheorder.Aredpointerappears,showingthedroppointbetweentwotabs.


113

PressAgentThePressAgentapplicationallowsBlackmagic(availableviatheBlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-On)tobeconnectedtoaPressconsolethroughanetworkport.AfterselectingtheappropriatePressAgentDriver,apressoperatorcanloadorturnsoftproofingjobs/pagesusingpressconsolebuttons.

Otheroptions include interfacingwith apressdesk camera.Thepressoperator turns ahardcopypageon thepressdesk-PressAgentwillusethepagerecognitiondatafromthecamera/consoletoautomaticallyloadthecorrectleftandrightpages,orpagespreads.

LogThe Press Agent window has a central Log panel to showevents/messages/commands received from the press consolewhiletheAgentisactive.

The following sort columns can be selected by using thecontextual(rightclick)menuonthecolumnheaderbar.Columnordercanbechangedbydragginganddroppingthecolumns,orbyusingtheConfigureHeaderoptionfromthecontextualmenu:

• Press–ThePressconsolethatgeneratedtheevent/message/command.• Date–Thedateandtimeoftheevent/message/command.• Message–Theevent/message/commandgeneratedbythepressconsole.

LogOptions• FetchBackLog–Displaysthelogforthetimespecified.Forexample,itretrievesanddisplaysthelast4hours

ofmessages.Choosethetimefromthedropdownlist.• TrimOlderLines–TrimsthelogbasedonthetimeselectedinFetchBackLog.Ifthisissetto60minutes,the

logfileistrimmedbacksoonlythelast60minutesremain.• Export–AllowsyoutoexportthelogtoaHTMLortabdelimitedtextfile.

InterfaceOptions• Press Agent Driver – Select the required Press Agent Driver from the dropdown list of supported press

consoles.• Configure – Opens a Configuration pop-up for the selected Press Agent Driver. Available options vary

dependentuponthepressconsoledriver.• ConfigureisnotavailablewhilethePressAgentisrunning.HitStopifsettingsneedtobechanged.• Start/StopButton–StartsorstopsthePressAgent.


114

SoftProofTheSoftproofapplicationisusedtoproofajobonthescreen.Therearemanytoolsavailabletocheckeveryaspectofthe jobatanystageofproductionorprocessing.SoftProofcanbeused inconjunctionwithor insteadofahardcopyproof. Using a calibrated monitor and configured press settings, proofs can be viewed and verified onscreen withprecisecolouraccuracy.

Alljobplatesareshownandcanbeturnedonoroff,orchangedasdesired.Colourattributesandplatecharacteristicscanbechangedtoseetheeffectsofdifferentprintingprocesses,includingpapertypesandtheeffectsofshow-throughfromthereverseside.Thedatacanbeexportedtovariousfileformats,includingCIP3andPDF.AnInkKeyViewercandisplayajobasitwouldbeonthepress,withthevaluesforeachkeyshown.Theinkweightcanalsobecalculatedandover-inkareas identified.Theproofcanalsobeverifiedusing theDisplaysapplication togiveapassor fail status inaccordancewithchosencolourstandards.

LayoutTheSoftProofapplicationconsistsofalarge,centralviewingwindowforjobs;avisualToolsmenuontheleftandaViewpaneltotheright;aNavigationThumbnailatthetopright;andastatusbaralongthebottomofthewindow.

NavigationThumbnailThisthumbnailshowstheentireimageloadedforsoftproofing.Theareacurrentlyshowninthemainviewingarea is representedbya rectangleon the thumbnail.Mouseoverand left-click toviewanewareaoftheproof.

StatusBarThis bar shows the information about the currently loaded proof, the SoftProof Press Setting and the currentcalibration status of the monitor in relation to thePress Setting (see Applications > Displays for moreinformationonscreencalibration).

Theleftofthebardisplays:

• Jobname(Original/PrintedPreview)andcurrentzoomlevel%

Therightofthebardisplays:

• CurrentPressorCamerasettings,alongwiththeEmbeddedICCProfile forthe image(ifapplicable).Usethetick box to override the currently selected Press orCameraprofileandenabletheembeddedICCProfile.

ClickingonthePressorCameraprofilebuttonwillpopupamenuwiththeoptiontochooseanotherPress/Camerasettingifavailable.

WhenCalcheckManagedisenabled(ClientPreferences>ColourManagement)asmalltickorcrossrepresentingtheCalcheckstatuswillbedisplayedinthestatusbaratthebottomrightoftheSoftProofwindow.

Hoveringthemousepointeroverthecrossortickshowsatooltip(whenTooltipsareenabled)displayinginformationincluding:

• The ICC Profile used by the monitor (normally created using the Displaysapplication,Calibrateoption).

• The Calcheck Chart assigned to the Press/Camera Settings currently used inSoftProofandthecurrentCalcheckStatusofthemonitor.


115

ClickontheTick/Crosstopopupamenuwiththefollowingoptions:

• Calibrate–BegincalibrationofthemonitorusingthecurrentsettingsandSpectrophotometerassignedintheDisplays application. Once calibrated, the monitor ICC profile isautomatically saved as the operating system default replacing thepreviousICCprofile.

Note:When calibrating or calchecking, the Spectrophotometer assigned in the Displays application for either tasksshouldbeconnectedandreadyforuse.Iftheinstrumentisdifferenttotheassignedoneanerrorwilloccur,ceasingtheoperation.ItisrecommendedtochecktheappropriateSpectrophotometerhasbeenassignedbeforeusingtheCalibrateorCalcheckMonitorfunctions(seeApplications>Displays).

• • CalcheckMonitor (ChartName)–Thisoptionwillopen theDisplaysapplicationandbeginaCalcheckof the

softproofingmonitorusing theCalcheckChartassignedto thecurrentPresssettings. Thechart isnamed inbrackets.Thepass/failstatusmaychangeasaresultofthecheck.DetailedresultscanbeviewedintheHistoryareaoftheDisplaysapplication.

NoteonSpotColours:WhenperformingamonitorcalcheckfromtheSoftProofapplication,anyspecial/spotcoloursincludedinthecurrentlyloadedjobaremeasuredandaddedasextrapatchestotheendoftheCalcheckChart.

Tools

SoftProofWidgetsTherearefour(4)slidingwidgetsavailablefromtheleftpaneloficonsintheSoftProofviewingwindow.

Theseinclude:

• Channels(Shift+C)• Publications(Shift+P)• InkKeys(Shift+I)• GetInfo(CTRL+I/CMD+I)

ChannelsWidgetThe Channels Viewer shows the channels or plates of the job currently beingviewed in SoftProof. Plates can be turned on or off by clicking the relevantcolouredcheckboxtothe leftoftheplatenameandcanbereorderedbyclickinganddraggingtoanewposition.Theplatecolourandassociatedattributescanbechanged by double-clicking and choosing another Special Colour Set from thelibrary,oreditedforthatSoftProofinstanceonly.

• Name–Theplatename.Thecheckboxindicateswhetherornottheplateisdisplayed.

• Value–Thepercentageofcolouratthepointofthecursorinthewindow.

• Pan(H)–Navigatearoundtheimagebyclickinganddraggingthejobaroundthescreen.• Zoom(Z)–Zoominoroutofthejob.Clickingthemousezoomstwicethecurrentpercentagefactor.

SHIFT+Clickwillzoomouthalfthepercentagefactor.Clickanddragoveranareatozoomit.• Note(N)–Create,manageanddeletenotes.• Measure(I)–Takeameasurementontheimage.Usetheshiftkeytodrawstraightlines.• Crop(C)–Cropanimageandresubmitit.• Guide (G) – Display guide lines on the image to check for alignment. Change the orientation by

pressingSHIFT.ESCwillremovetheguides.• Spectro(X)–Takemeasurementsofthejobbeingviewed.Apopupwindowwillappeardisplaying

theLab/Lch/XYZ/DensityvaluesatthepointtheSpectrocursorisonscreen.

Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Ononly–Additionally,theSpectroToolgivestheusertheoptiontochooseaninstrumentwhichcanbeusedtomeasureahardproof.ThemeasurementtakeniscomparedtothesoftproofandthedeltaEdisplayedonscreen.


116

Total ink displays the total amount of ink at the point of the colour selector, i.e., the sum of all platepercentages.ForRGBitwillshowtherelativeRGBvaluesonly.

Thecontextualmenu(right-click)revealsadditionaloptionsfornon-RGBjobsonly:

• ChoosePlateColour–SelectaplatecolourfromaSpecialColourSetfortheselectedchannel.Double-clickingwilldisplaythesameSpecialColourSetwindow.

• ChoosePaperColour–SelectacolourfromtheSpecialColourSettousetosimulatethepapercolour.Onceset,theoptiontorevertbecomesavailable.

• Edit Plate Colour – Displays a colour editing window to edit the selected colour for the current SoftProofinstanceonly.Theeditsarenotstoredinalibrary.

• ApplyaReplaceColourSet–SelectaReplaceColourSettoapplytothejob.Anyplatesmatchingthesetwillbereplaced.

• RevertAllPlatestoPressSettings–Changesallplatesbacktothepressconfigurationcurrentlyselected.• ApplyBluelineSet–Replacesallcolourswithvaryingshadesofbluetoseeanytrapsorbleedissues.

PublicationsWidgetWhensoftproofinga job that formspartofapublication,additionalcontrolsandviewoptionsareavailable:

• SinglePage –Display just the singlepage selected.Disabling this optionenablesthefollowing:

• Show Back Page – Display the reverse side of a page through the pagecurrently loaded, as if the finalprintwasbeingheldup to the light.TheBack Page Opacity setting in the Press Settings controls the amount ofshow-through.

• ShowPageSpread–Viewthespreadoftheselectedpage,forexample,pages2and3asaspread.• EditImposition–Whenanimpositionflatisloaded,changescanbemadetotheSignatureGroupherewithout

closingSoftProof.AnyalterationscanbeviewedusingSignatureOverlay.• ShowSignature–Overlaysthesignatureusedtode-imposeontotheimage.Thisisonlyavailableifthejobhas

beende-imposed.• Show Deimposed Pages –When an imposition flat is being viewed, SoftProof will show all available pages

whenthisisenabled.EachpagefromwithintheimpositionmaybepreviewedviathePageIndextab.

InkKeysWidgetTheInkKeysiconwilldisplaytheInkKeyViewercontainingtheloadedimageintheSoftProofwindow.

At the bottom of the window will be a series of ink keys. Colour bars give agraphicaldisplayoftheproportionofeachinkcontainedwithinthejobacrossthekeys.

For each key selected, the relative percentage of ink for each of the plates isshown.Aninformationpanelrunsdowntherightsideofthewindow.Thetopofthepanel shows informationabout thecurrently loadedPressSettings. Jobviewandplacementcanbechangedandinkweightcanbecalculatedforanyjob.

• Colourcheckboxes–Positionedabovethe image, theseshowthe inksorplatesusedinthejob.Clickingononewillturntheothersoffandleavetheticked colour on. SHIFT+Click allows for multi-selection of colours.Double-clicktoshowall.

• InkKeys–Thekeysatthebottomofthewindowshowtheinksselectedtobeviewedonagraph.Thescaleofthegraphvaries,dependingontheamountofinkinthejob.Hoveringoverorclickingonaninkkeywilldisplaythekeynumberanditsinkvaluesatthebottomoftheinformationpanel.

• PressSettings–Showsthevaluesforthecurrentlyloadedpress.Clicktheboxtoshoworhidethedetails.PresssettingsusedareselectedintheDefaultPresspaneloftheSoftProofSettings.

• ShowExcess InkWeightArea –Display areas exceeding theMaximum InkWeight setting as defined in thePressconfiguration.

• MaxInkKeyValue–Setthesizeoftheinkkeystomatchyourpress.Inkvaluesarecalculatedbasedonthesizeentered.Ifthesizeis100,percentagesaredisplayed.


117

• SheetPlacement–Showthejobaspositionedonthepresssheetdefinedintheconfiguration.Thejobcanbecentered(selectingtheCentrecheckbox),oroffsetfromtheleft(X)andbottom(Y).De-selectingthisdisplaysthewholejobintheviewerandchangestheinkkeystoshowtotalinkamountsforthejob.

• InkWeightCalculator–Calculatetheamountofinkrequiredtoprint(x)numberofcopies.• PrintRunSize–Howmanytoprint.• InkWeight(g/m2)–Entertheweightoftheinkusedingramspersquaremetre.• Calculate–Basedonthevaluesenteredforinkweightandprintrunsize,thetotalweightofinkforeachcolour

willbecalculatedfortheloadedjobanddisplayedintheinkvaluearea.

Contextual(right-click)menuoptionsinclude:

• ShowInkKeyTable–Showsaseparatewindow,listingtheinkkeyvaluesofallkeysforeachplate.ThesecanbeprintedusingalocalprinterorexportedtoPDF.

• ExportTabDelimited–Exportsthevaluesforthekeysandinkvaluestoatabdelimitedtextfile.

GetInfoWidgetTheGetInfoiconwilldisplayjobinformationaboutthecurrentlyviewedimageinSoftProof–how it was processed, what Pagesetup and Media were used and other useful processinginformation.Clicktheiconagaintohidethepanel.

LoupeTheLoupeisavailableviathesidebarmenu.Onceopened,theLoupewillappearwiththedefaultsetting“LoupetoMouse”enabled.

LoupeOptions(accessedviatheSpannericon):

• Screened Pixel Readout (Veripress/Blackmagic Softproofing Add-Ononly) –Toggles theHUDbetween crosshair pointmeasurement of inkpercentagesandasquare formeasuringareaaveragedotpercentages.ThesquareresizesdependingonthezoomleveltoalwayscoveranareaequaltoafullhalftonecellattheLPIdefinedintheSoftProofSettings.

• ScreeningLPI–EnterthedesiredvalueforscreenrulingforSoftProofinLinesPerInch(LPI).Thedefaultis150.

• LoupetoMouse–Thisisenabledbydefault.ThemousepointerlocationisusedasthereferencepointfortheLoupedisplay.ThisallowsyoutopositiontheLoupeoffimageandusethemousetodisplaytherelevantpartoftheimagewithintheLoupeforproofing.

• Rulers–Turnrulersonoroff.TherulerswillappearintheLoupewindowwithmeasurementunitsdisplayed.TherulersarecenteredoratthemousepointerlocationifheldovertheLoupewindow.


118

TheLoupeismovedaroundtheSoftProofbyleft-clickandholdingtodragit.

TheLoupecanberesizedbyclickingonthebuttonwith3lines(seeimage)anddraggingoutwards.Themousescrollwheelwillalsoincrease/decreasetheLoupesizewhenthemouseispositionedoverthewindow.

AnumberofdisplayandcontroloptionsareavailableviathebuttonsatthebottomoftheLoupewindow:

• +(button)–ClicktoincreasethezoomfactoroftheLoupe.ThezoomfactorisdisplayedatthebottomcentreoftheLoupe.Note:100%=theresolutionatwhichtheproofwasoriginallyimaged,i.e.,1screenpixelis1jobpixel.

• -(button)–ClicktodecreasethezoomfactoroftheLoupe.• Spanner–OpenstheLoupeOptionswindow.• Eye–Displays theHUD(HeadsUpDisplay)showing theCMYKdotpercentagesat thecenteredcrosshairor

withintheaveragepercentagebox.IftheimageisRGB,therelevantR,GandBvalueswillbedisplayed.• Show/Hide Channel HUD Toggle (Veripress/Blackmagic Softproofing Add-On only) – Show or hide the

SoftProofChannelsWidget.OnlyvisiblewhenajobcontainstoomanyplatestofitintheChannelpaneloftheHUD.

SoftProofMenuOptionsFileMenu

• OpenFiles – Load an image file directly into SoftProof. Supported file types are CanonRAW format (CRW),JPEG,PNG,PPM,SerendipityBlackmagicImage,TIFFandAdobePhotoshopPSD.

• Open Jobs – Load completed jobs into SoftProof. The Imaged (Original) or Rendered (Printed) file may beviewed.

• Save–SavethepreviewasaBlackmagic ImageFile.Thiscanbesubmittedorplaced inahot folder,oronaDropSpot.

• Export – Export data from SoftProof. The available formats are CIP3, PDF, Postscript (Separated) and TIFFMultichannel.

• Submit–Submit thecurrentpreview, includinganyonscreenchanges, toaPagesetup/Media/Jobticket.Thisre-images and re-renders the job at the current image preview resolution. If the resolution is restricted inServerSettingsthenthelimitedresolutionwillbeused.

• Submit ICC Target – Submit the current preview, including any onscreen changes, to aPagesetup/Media/JobticketasanICCTarget.ThepreviewsubmittedusesthePaperProfile,LinearisationLUTandCorrectionLUTintheMediabutisnotICCcorrected.

• EditTouchConsoleUI(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Ononly)–Opensaneditinterfacewindowtoallowtheconfigurationoftheenabled(visible)buttonsforcontrolofSoftProofintheMainscreenoftheTouchConsole.Buttonsareenabledordisablebyclickingonthem.AnydisabledwillappearwitharedcrossandwillbeexcludedfromTouchConsolewhenusingittoviewsoftproofs.TheToolbarhasapreviewcheckboxtoseehowtheTouchConsolecontrolswillappearandaResetbuttontorestoreandenableallbuttons.

• SoftProof Settings – Opens the preferences for SoftProof, allowing for configuration of default viewingconditions.Seebelowforfurtherinformation.

SoftProofSettingsTheSoftProofSettingsallowyoutoselectviewingpreferencesincludinghowtoloada job,andthequalityandpresssettingsusedtoproduceaccurateproofs.Thesettingswindowissplitintofour(4)tabs–ViewOptions,Image,DefaultPressandDefaultCamera.

ViewOptionsTabWindow

• Allow Multiple Windows – When enabled, allows jobs to be opened andviewed in separate SoftProof windows. If disabled, each job viewed willappearinatabrunningalongthetopofthesameSoftProofwindow.Ifajobis dragged and dropped into SoftProof from the QueueManager, it willreplaceanyopenimageintheviewingwindowselected.

• StatusBarSize–SelectthesizeofthestatusbartextfromSmall,MediumorLarge.

• Rulers–Showorhidetherulers.• Scrollbars–Showorhidethescrollbars.• Image Centring – Select to align any images opened in SoftProof either

HorizontallyorVerticallyorboth.


119

• MaxPreviewResolution–Set themaximumpreviewresolutionforSoftProof forbothImagedandRenderedoptions.Thedefaultiszero(0),whichisthefulljobresolutionoftheoutputfile.

OnLoad• HonourEmbeddedICCProfiles–Whenenabled,thiswillhonouranyembeddedICCprofileswhenviewingthe

imageinSoftProof.• Rotation–Controltheorientationofjobswhentheyfirstload.TheoptionNoneleavesthejobinitsimagedor

renderedorientation.• ZoomLevel–Selectthedefaultzoomsetting.All fittingzoommodescalculatethesizebasedonthemonitor

resolution.ThisissetintheColourManagementtaboftheClientSettings.• Show Back Page – (Checkbox) Toggles whether publications with consecutive pages will open in SoftProof

displayingbackpageshow-through(basedonPresssettings)bydefault.• ShowSpreads – (Checkbox)When enabled the publicationpages open in SoftProof as part of a spreadpair

alongsidetheprevious/nextpage.

Publications• EnablePagerThumbnail–Enableordisablethethumbnailviewerwhenviewingapublication.Whenenabled,

athumbnailofthepageappearswhenthemousepointerhoversoverthepagenumberbox.• Enable Pager Sections –When enabled a Section label/button is displayed above

the pages in the SoftProof Page Index panel. This allows for loadedmulti-sectionpublications tobeviewedone sectionat a time,displaying thepage rangewithineach section. Clicking the section label bar will open a menu to choose whichsectiontoviewortoviewallsections.

ImageTab• Resampling Algorithm – Set the resampling algorithm for jobs as they are viewed in

SoftProof.• ScreeningLPI–Enterthedesiredvalueforscreenrulinginlinesperinch(LPI).Thedefaultis150.• MergeSpotColoursin(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAddononly)–ChoosefromeitherRGBorCMYKas

the colourspace in which on-screen spot colours are merged. Using RGB can produce better spot colourmatcheson-screen.

• Unsharp Mask – The Unsharp Mask feature allows SoftProof previews to be sharpened onscreen. Thesharpeningappliediscontrolledviathefollowingsettings:

• Amount – Choose the amount (from 1-500%) of edge sharpening. The higher the value, themore contrastbetweenpixelsaroundtheedges.Defaultvalueis180%.

• Radius–Definethewidth(from1-100pixels)oftheedgesthatthefilterwillsharpen.Thehigherthevalue,thewidertheedge.Theappropriatevaluetobeusedvariesdependingontheresolutionofthesoftproofedimage.Lower resolution images require a smaller radius value. Higher resolution images require a higher value.Defaultvalueis3pixels.

• Threshold–Specify thedifference inbrightness (from0-255) thatmustbepresentbetweenadjacentpixelsbefore theedge issharpened.A lowervaluesharpensedgeswithminimalcontrastdifference.Highervaluessharpenwhenadjacentpixelsareverydifferentincontrast.Thedefaultvalueis15.

DefaultPressThedefaultpresstaballowstheselectionofaPressconfigurationfromthedatabasetobeappliedtotheloadedjobsandforallsubsequentjobsloadedinSoftProof.

Press1–Thedefaultpressusedforsoftproofingjobs.

Press2–Assignanalternatepressconfigurationforpublicationsthatincludepagesprintedonadifferentstock,e.g.glossymagazinecovers.

An informationwindow shows the settings of the currently loaded Press setup. Configurations aremanaged in theWorkbenchandcontaininformationsuchassize,numberofkeysandcolourinformation.

DefaultCameraThedefaultcamerataballowsfortheselectionofaCameraconfigurationfromthedatabasetobeappliedtoanyloadedjobsusinganRGBcolourspace. IfHonourEmbeddedICCProfiles in theSoftProofSettings isuncheckedandtheRGBimagecontainsanICCprofile,thedefaultcameraconfigurationwillbeusedinitsplace.


120

AninformationwindowshowsthesettingsofthecurrentlyloadedCamerasetup.Cameraconfigurationsaremanagedin the Workbench and contain information such as the ICC profile to be used, rendering intents, black pointcompensationandCalcheckChartreference.

ViewMenuSelectmenuitemsarealsoavailableasiconswithintheSoftProofwindow(seeimage).

• Tabs–ControlthetabbedviewingofimagesinSoftProof.• Newtab–Opensanew,emptytabreadyforajob.UsetheOpenJoboptionordragand

dropajobfromtheQueueManagertoviewit.• CloseTab–Closethecurrentlyselectedtab.• NextTab–Loadsthenextavailabletab.• PreviousTab–Loadstheprevioustab.• ShowTab–Show/hidethetabslistedatthetopofthescreen.• GetInfo–Displayinformationaboutthesoftproofedjobandhowitwasprocessed.• ShowPageBoundary–Displayaredlinearoundthepageareaofthejob.• ShowNotes–Displayanynotesattachedtothejob.• Screened Pixel Readout (Veripress/Blackmagic Softproofing Add-On only) – Toggles the HUD between

crosshairpointmeasurementofinkpercentagesandasquareformeasuringareaaveragedotpercentages.Thesquare resizes depending on the zoom level to always cover an area equal to a full halftone cell at the LPIdefinedintheSoftProofSettings.

• Ink Weights – Opens a window displaying the ink weights (source andprintinks)forthejob.

• GoToPage–OpensapopupwindowtoenterapagenumbertodisplayinSoftProof.Onlyavailableforpublications.

• ProofColours–ForusewithRGBimagesonly.AutomaticallyselectaPressConfigurationtodisplayonscreenwhattheRGBimagewillprintlikeusingaspecificPressprofile.TheselectedPresswillappearinthestatusbaratthebottomrightofthescreen.Clickingthestatusbarbuttonwillallowyoutoadjustwhichprofileisused.

• ZoomIn/Out–Zoominoroutofthe image.HoldingdownCMD(Mac)orCTRL (Win) and scrolling themousewheelover the imagewill allow forzoominandoutfunctions.

• ShowAll–FittheentirejobintotheSoftProofwindow.• ShowActualPixels–Onepixelofthescreenisequaltoonepixelofthejob.

This is shown at 100%. This view mode has the quickest load time asresamplingforscalingisnotrequired.

• ShowActualPrintSize–Showtheprintsizeofthejob.• Fit Width/Height – Fit the job to the height or width of the SoftProof

window.• 90CW–Rotatetheimage90degreesclockwise.• 90CCW–Rotatetheimage90degreescounter-clockwise.• 180–Rotatetheimage180degrees.• RevertRotation–UndoanyrotationmadetotheimageinSoftProof.• Invert–Invert(negate)theimage.• Mirror–Mirrortheimage.• Autocrop – Remove any whitespace around a job. There must be a

completelyclearareaonanyonesideofthejob.• UnsharpMask–Applyanunsharpmasktothe image.Thiswillaffect the

edgeswithin the image. Settings for theunsharpmask canbe set via theSoftProofSettings.

• UsePress2–SwitchbetweenPress1and2asconfiguredintheSoftProofSettingsfornon-RGBimagesviewedinSoftProof.

• FullScreen–Switchbetweenfullscreenmodeandwindowmode.• Thumbnails–SelecttheThumbnailstabwithintheSoftProofwindow.• PageIndex–SelectthePageIndextabwithintheSoftProofwindow.• Notes–SelecttheNotestabwithintheSoftProofwindow.• Loupe–Displayavirtual loupeontopoftheloadedimage.Theloupecanberesizedandmagnificationlevel

changedifrequired.ThecurrentmagnificationisshownatthebottomoftheLoupe;100%means1screento1jobpixel.


121

ThumbnailPanelThe thumbnail panel displays a small image of any jobs currently open in SoftProof. Clicking on therelevantimagewillswitchtheSoftProofpreviewtothatwindow.

NotesPanelNotesgivesuserstheabilitytodrawatextboxontheimagedorrenderedSoftProoftomakeanote.Thenoteisattachedto

the job file and remains attached until it is either deleted or the job isremoved from the system. There is no limit to how many notes can becreated,andtheycanbeshownorhiddenasrequired.

NotescannotbeattachedtofilesopenedinSoftProofviaFileMenu>OpenFiles.Thefileneedstobesubmittedasajobbeforeanyembeddingofnotescantakeplace.

WhencreatinganotewiththeNoteEditor,aconfigurablearrowheadpointeroptionisavailablealongwiththeexistingareamarkerforamoreprecisecommentaryonthejob.TheUserandGroupofthenotecreatorarealsodisplayed(seeSecureMode).Notescanbeeditedortheanchoradjustedbydouble-clickingontheNote.

TheNotepaneldisplaysanynotesattachedtothejobcurrentlyselectedinthemainviewingwindow.ThereisalsoaNotecolumnintheQueueManagershowingthenumberofnotesattachedtoaparticularjob.TheNotesiconontheleftmenubarisusedwhenaddingNotestothesoftproofedimage.TheNotesiconintherightpanelisusedtodisplayorhideanynotesontheimage.

• ShowNotes–Showorhidethenotesonthepreview.Notescanalsobetoggledbyclickingtheiconontherightpanel(seeimageabove).

• Text–Thetextmakingupthenote.• User/Group–TheUserandGroupresponsibleforthenote.

PageIndexPanelThe Page Index panel displays a numbered box for each pagemaking up the loaded publication. Thisallowsfordirectnavigationtoanypagebyclickingonthepagenumber.Hoveringthemouseoverapage

numberwillpop-upathumbnailforthepage.The“T”hotkeytogglesthethumbnailsonoroff.

Thepageboxesarecolourcoded:

LightGreenindicatesthePublicationpagesareloadedandcanbeviewed.Theseshowasdarkgreenwhenselected.

Purple indicates there are duplicate pages, i.e., they have the same publication name and pagenumbers.Darkpurpleindicatesthepagesareselected.

Clickingonthesepagesallowsyoutoselectandviewthealternativepage:

LightRedindicatesthepageisnotyetavailableforviewinginSoftProof.Thisnormallyoccurswhentherearepagenumbergapsifpageshavenotyetimagedorrendered;orwhenprocessingade-imposedpublicationwithknown(signaturedefined)pagenumbers.Asthemissingpages

image/render,closeandre-openSoftProoftoupdatethepublicationpages.


122

SpectroThe Spectro application allows for the measurement of colours with aSpectrophotometer.TheaccuracyofthemeasuredvaluecanbeviewedagainstanimportedvaluewhenmappedthroughaselectedICCprofile.

Thewindowissplitintotwosections.Therightsideallowsfortheimportandviewingof a Special Set,which is used as the comparisonbase.The left sidedisplays themeasuredvalues.Selectingaparticularmeasuredvaluematchesthe closest colour of the imported set, giving it relative deltaE values. Thesecanalsobefilteredtoonlyshowtheclosestmatchesforbetterviewing.Options

• LoadSet–SelectaSpecialColourSet to load.This is thesetusedtocomparemeasuredvalueswith.ChoosefromanyoftheSpecialColourSetscreated.

• MatchICC–SelectaMatchICCprofile.• RenderingIntent–SelecttherenderingintentfortheMatchprofile.• Spectrophotometer–SelectyourdevicefromthelistofsupportedSpectrophotometers.• Configure–Choosethemeasurementcondition(M0,M1orM2)toapplywhenmeasuringtheCalcheckChart.

ThedefaultisM0.Thisoptionisonlyavailabletoinstrumentssupportingthisfunction.• Activate–Connecttoyourselecteddevice.Onceconnected,thepulldowndevicelistwillchangetodisplayany

statusmessagesfromthedeviceandthevaluesmeasured.• TurnOff–DisconnectstheconnectedSpectrophotometer.AlternateswiththeActivatebutton.• Add–Selectthistoappendtothelistforeachreading.Ifthisisnotselected,thelastreadingisupdated.Thisis

availableafterthedevicehassuccessfullyconnected.• !e–SelectthevalueofdeltaEtodisplayforwhencomparingmeasuredcolourswiththoseinaloadedset.This

isusedinconjunctionwiththeShowAllSwatchesoption.• ShowAllSwatches–Selectthistoviewallswatches.Byde-selectingthis,onlythoseswatchesbeloworequal

tothedeltaEvalueenteredwillbedisplayed.Colourswithinthedefinedtolerancevalueswillshowinblue.

Measured/LoadedSetPanelsTheMeasureandLoadedSetpanelsshowthefollowinginformation:

• Colour–Aswatchvisuallyrepresentingthecolour.• Name–Thenameofthecolour.Thiscanbeeditedbyclickinginthenamefield.• Values–theMeasured(Lab)valuesofthecolourorthe(colourspacespecific)valuesoftheLoadedSetcolour.

TheMeasuredPaneldisplaystheseadditionaldatafields:

• Lch–theLchvaluesofthemeasuredcolour.• Lab(abovethelist)–showstheLabvaluesofthecurrentlyselectedmeasuredcolour.• Xyz(abovethelist)–showsthexyzvaluesofthecurrentlyselectedmeasuredcolour.

Inaddition,theLoadedSetpaneldisplaysthefollowing:

• !e/CIE94/CMC(1:1)/CMC(2:1)/DeltaL/Deltaa/Deltab–Thesecolumnslisttherelativedelta’softheloadedsetcolourswhencomparedtotheselected,measuredcolour.

• Space–Thecolourspaceofthecolour(LaborCMYK).• Mode–Thepaintmodeofthecolour.• Tint–Thetintvalueofthecolour.• DotGain–Thedotgaincurveassignedtothecolour(ifany).

ExportMenuTheExportmenuallowsforthemeasuredvaluestobeexportedtoaspaceortabdelimitedfile.Savealloronlyselectedentriesandselecttheformatforexport:

• Lab–ExportjusttheLabvalues.• XYZ–ExportjusttheXYZvalues.• LabXYZ–ExporttheLabvaluesfollowedbytheXYZvaluesonthesameline.• XYZLab–ExporttheXYZvaluesfollowedbytheLabvaluesonthesameline.• SeparateValuesWith–Chooseifthevaluesaretobeseparatedwithspacesortabs.

Acontextual(right-click)menuintheMeasured/LoadedSetpanelshastheoptiontoDelete(aselectedcolour);DeleteAll(measuredcolours);Print(themeasured/loadedsettoasystemdevice);andFontOptions.


123

StudioTheStudioapplicationallowsforthemanualnestingortilingofjobsthatareprocessedandoutputbyBlackmagic.

AnyjobstobenestedortiledaresubmittedtoanassetqueuebeforetheycanbeusedinStudio.

Unlikeotherqueuedjobs,assetsexistonlyasplaceholderthumbnailsuntilanestortiledjobissubmittedforprintingfromStudio.

SubmittedassetsarevisibleintheAssetQueueintheQueueManagerand remain, even after printing, until deleted via Studio or theQueueManager.

StudioInterfaceStudioismadeupoffour(4)mainsections:

• AssetPanel–Displaysanysubmittedassetfilesavailablefornestingand/ortiling.• Templates Panel – A list of available templates that can be loaded and modified from a library of saved

templates.• MediaPanel–Definetheprintablemedia(paper)areafornestingandaccesstilingoptions.• LayoutArea–Whereanyjobs(assets)areplacedfornestingand/ortiling.

AtoolbarisavailableforquickaccesstoarangeofoptionsandfunctionslistedintheStudiomenus.ThetoolbarcanbetoggledonoroffandmaybepositionedatthebottomortotherightintheStudioscreen(seeStudioSettings).

Sectionsofthetoolbarcanbehiddenbyright-clickingonthetoolbaranduntickingtheappropriatesection.

Alignment

Orientation,Rotation

Autoarrangewith/withoutrotation

Lock/Unlock

Step&Repeat,CanvasWrap,Marker,Cropmode,BoxProperties,ClearLayout,Print

Group/Ungroup

ZoomIn,ZoomOut,Fullscreen,FitAll,FitTilingDocument,PrintSize,FillwithTilingdocument

Undo/Redo


124

AssetPanelTheAssetpaneldisplaysalljobsthathavebeensubmittedasanassettotheAssetQueue.AnyassetsthatappearmaybeusedinStudiofornestingortiling.Theassetsarelowresolutionplaceholderthumbnailsuntilsuchtimeasthenestissubmittedforprint.PlaceassetsintheLayoutareabyselectingfromthelistanddrag+drop.Assetscanbeselectedsingularlyorinmultiples.

TheAssetheaderbarhasthefollowingviewoptions:

• ListView–Displayassetsintextform(filename/jobname).Athumbnailpreviewoftheimagewillappearatthebottomofthepanelwhenhighlightedinthelist.

• SmallThumbnail–Displaytheassetsassmallthumbnailimageswiththejobnamelistedbesidethem.

• LargeThumbnail–Displaytheassetsaslargethumbnailimagesonly.

Asearch field isavailableat thebottomof thepanel.Enter text to finda jobnamecontaining thesearchstring.Non-relevant assets are temporarily filteredout of the viewas the string is typed.This search fieldwill not be availablewhenLargeThumbnailviewisselected.Clearthesearchboxtoviewallassetsagain.

TemplatesPanelTemplatesareausefultoolforanyoneneedingtomakerepeatprintsusingaspecificlayoutfortheavailablemedia.Studiogivesuserstheopportunitytocreateandstorealibraryoftemplates,settospecificsizes,stylesandorientations.

LoadingSavedTemplates

Templates(nestinglayouts)canbeloadedfromthetemplatelibrarybydouble-clickingthenameofthesavedtemplate.

Assetsdraggedintoanemptyframeareresizedtofitorfill,arerotatedandcroppedaccordingtotheframesettings.Asingleassetdraggedintoaselectedframegroupingwillbeduplicatedandplacedintoeveryframewithinthegroup.

CreatingTemplates

Templatescanbecreated fromanexistingasset fileorbyutilising theStepandRepeat functionwithinStudio.Bothmethodsareoutlinedbelow.Mediadimensions,guidesandframepositionsaresaved.

CreateaTemplatefromanExistingAsset

• SelectSubmitmenu>FilesasAssetstoaddthejobasanasset.• Navigateandselectanyfilestouse inStudio.Oncetheassetappears intheAssetpaneltheyarereadytobe

used.• Selectanassetanddrag+dropitintotheLayoutarea.• Adjustthesizeandpropertiesfortheframeifrequired.TheframemaybecopiedandpastedintheLayoutarea

forquickduplication,orusetheStepandRepeatfunction.• Savethetemplatewhenfinished.Thisdoesnotsavetheimageswithintheframes,onlytheemptyframeandits

variousproperties.ThesavedtemplatewillappearintheTemplateslist.Clickthetexttorenameasrequired.• To load the template,double-click thename.Anempty framesetof thenestwill appear in theLayoutarea,

readytoacceptanyassetfilesdroppedintotheframes.

CreateaTemplateusingStepandRepeat

• GototheFramemenu>StepandRepeatoption,orselecttheStepandRepeaticoninthetoolbar.

• Enter the required dimensions, spacing and number for horizontal and verticaldistribution. Frames will automatically appear in the Layout area as values areentered.

• SelectOKwhendone.• SelectsingleormultipleframesandadjusttheirpropertiesasrequiredviatheBoxPropertiesoption.• Savethetemplatewhenfinishedandrenameitasrequired.

Note:IftheStepandRepeatfunctionisusedwhentherearemultipleframesselectedwithvariedsizes,allframeswillberepeatedintheLayoutarea.ThesizedimensionsintheStepandRepeatwindowwillnotbeeditable.


125

MediaPanelTheMediapanelisusedtoconfiguretheonscreenrepresentationoftheprintermediaasaguideforjobplacementintheLayoutarea.

• Page Size – Select a pre-configured page size from the dropdownmenu orentercustomdimensions.

• ManageCustomSizes–Thisoptionallowsuserstocreateandmanagecustompage sizes foruse inStudio.Anypagesizes createdherewill alsoappear inthe Media > Cut Sheet page size options in the Workbench and in theSignatureGroups>Gridpagesizesection.

• Width – The width of the media being used for printing. If Tiling mode isenabled,thisisalsothetilewidth.

• Height–Theheight(length)ofthemediabeingusedforprinting.IfTilingmodeisenabled,thisisalsothetileheight.Note:TheHeightcanbeleftatzero(0)whenusingrollmediaastheLayoutpaperguidewillautomaticallyadjustthelengthasassetsasplaced.Ifsetto0whentiling,theheightwillsnaptotheimageplacedinthetilingarea.

• Tiling – Enable / disable Tiling mode. Click the Settings button to configureoptions.

• Settings–OpensdocumentsettingswhichmustbeconfiguredwhenusingTilingmode.

• Width–Totalwidthoftheareatobetiled.Thisisarequiredfield.• Height–Totalheight(length)oftheareatobetiled.• Note:Theheightcanbeleftat0inwhichcasethedocumentheightwillsnaptotheimageplacedinthetiling

area.• TilingOverlap–Entertheimageoverlapamountforeachtile.

LayoutAreaTheLayoutareaiswhereanyjobs(assets)areplacedfornestingortiling.

The area is surrounded by a ruler, marked with the user-defined measurementunitsandappropriatelyscaledtothecurrentzoomlevel.Allassetsandframesareshownataccurate,relativesize.

Thedarkgrayareaistheworksurfaceontowhichassetsareplacedandpositioned.Thelightergrayareaisthedefined,printablemediaarea(seeMediapanel).WhenTilingmode isenabled, theedgesof the totalarea tobe tiledappearontheworksurfaceasaredoutlinedbox.

MenuOptionsStudioMenu

• SaveNewTemplate–Savesthecurrentframelayouttothetemplatelibrary.Thetemplatecanberenamedbyclickingonthe“Untitled”text.Onlyemptyframesaresaved,nottheimageswithinthem.

• Save Template – Saves the current nesting layout to the selected template in the library, overwriting anyexistingdata.

• RemoveTemplate–Removetheselectedtemplatefromthelibrarylist.• ExportTemplate–Exportasavedtemplateortemplatestoauser-definedlocation.• ImportTemplate–Importsavedtemplates.Theimportedtemplate,ortemplatesifmultiplelayoutsexistinthe

file,willappearinthelibrarylistwhenloaded.• Print/PrintTiles–DisplaysachooserwindowtoselectaMediaandPagesetupcombinationtosendthejobto

forprocessing.

StudioSettings

• CloakSubmittedFrames–Locksimagesandframesaftertheyhavebeensubmittedforprocessing,preventingchanges.Cloakedimageswillappearshadowed.

• Auto-place – Allows for automatic placement of assets on to the Layout areawhen dragging and droppingthem.Thedefaultpositionistopleft(0,0).Ifa jobhasalreadybeenplacedinthearea,theautopositionwillalignwiththeleftsideoftheframe.

• FrameSpacing–Thedistance(gap)betweenjobsbeingauto-placedintheLayoutarea.


126

• Minimise Cuts for Auto-arrange – Aligns auto-arranged frames in a way that minimises the number ofhorizontalandverticalcutsrequiredtoseparatetheindividualjobsafterprinting.Thisoptionmayusemoremedia(paper)whennesting.

• SnaptoGrid–Allowsforassetstosnaptoauser-definedgridspacing,measured from the left ruler. The asset framewill snap to the closestdefined grid position, taking into account any auto-place spacingsettings.

• Grid Size – Define the snap-to-grid size for frame placement in theLayoutarea.

• CropmarkType–Selectthetypeofcropmarktoapplytoanycropmarkenabled frames. Choose from Default (Standard), Paper-saving orBorder.

• VisualWarning–Enabledbydefault.Optionsinclude:• Overlap–DisplayadashedlinearoundanyassetsplacedintheLayout

areathathaveoverlappingframes.• OutofBounds–Displayadashedlinearoundanyassetsplacedinthe

Layoutareathatareoutsidethedefinedmedia.• Toolbar – Set the locationof the toolbar to either bottom (default) or

rightsideoftheStudioscreen.

EditMenu

• Undo–Undothelastchangemade.TheamountofavailableundolevelsisconfiguredviatheClientSettings(0=OperatingSystemdefaultlevel).

• Redo–Redothelastundonechange.TheamountofavailableredolevelsisconfiguredviatheClientSettings(0=OperatingSystemdefaultlevel).

• Cut–Cutthecurrentlyselectedframetotheclipboard.• Copy–Copythecurrentlyselectedframetotheclipboard.• Paste–Paste the frame/s in theclipboard to theLayoutarea.Paste iscentredat thecurrentmousepointer

position.• DeleteAssets–DeleteanyselectedassetsfromtheStudioapplicationandtheAssetQueue.• DeleteLayoutAssets–DeleteanyassetscurrentlyintheLayoutareafromtheStudioapplicationandtheAsset

Queue.• CreateCrosshair(SHIFT+1)–Createa frameintheLayoutareacontainingaconfigurablecrosshair.Clickon

the...boxwithintheFramepanelintheBoxPropertieswindowtoviewfurtheroptions.• CreateHorizontalLine(SHIFT+2)–CreateaframeintheLayoutareacontainingaconfigurablehorizontalline.

Clickonthe...boxwithintheFramepanelintheBoxPropertieswindowtoviewfurtheroptions.• CreateVerticalLine(SHIFT+3)–CreateaframeintheLayoutareacontainingaconfigurableverticalline.Click

onthe...boxwithintheFramepanelintheBoxPropertieswindowtoviewfurtheroptions.• CreateColourBox(SHIFT+4)–CreateaframeintheLayoutareacontainingaconfigurablecolour.Clickonthe

...boxwithintheFramepanelintheBoxPropertieswindowtoviewfurtheroptions.

Note:ForallCreateoptionsa1x1 inch framewillappearat thecurrentmousepointer location ifusingtheshortcutkeys.Ifselectedfromthemenu,theframewillappearinthecentreofthecurrentLayoutview.

FrameMenu

• BringtoFront–Movetheselectedframetothefront(top)layerofthenestinglayout.• BringForward–Movetheselectedframeonelayerforward(up)inthenestinglayout.• SendBackward–Movetheselectedframeonelayerbackwards(down)inthenestinglayout.• SendtoBack–Movetheselectedframetotheback(bottom)layerofthenestinglayout.• EditCrop–TheselectedframewillenterCropmode.Double-clickingonaframewillalsoenterCropmode.• Group – Group multiple selected frames for movement, deletion, locking or asset multi-drop. Grouping is

ignoredifauto-arrange/auto-arrangewithrotationareused.• Ungroup–Ungroupanycurrentlygroupedframes.• AlignLeft–Alignselectedframesalongtheleftedgeoftheleftmostboxintheselection.• AlignRight–Alignselectedframesalongtherightedgeoftherightmostboxintheselection.• AlignTop–Alignselectedframesalongthetopedgeoftheuppermostboxintheselection.• AlignBottom–Alignselectedframesalongthebottomedgeofthelowestboxintheselection.• AlignHorizontalCentre–Alignselectedframesalongtheaveragedhorizontalcentrelineoftheframes.• AlignVerticalCentre–Alignselectedframesalongtheaveragedverticalcentrelineoftheframes.• OrientUp/Down–Altertheframeorientationtoeitheruprightorupsidedown(180degrees).


127

• OrientRight/Left–Altertheframeorientationtoeitherrightorleftby90degreesfromtheuprightposition.• 90CW–Rotatetheframeandcontents90degreesclockwise.• 90CCW–Rotatetheframeandcontents90degreescounter-clockwise.• Lock–Locktheselectedframes.Lockedframesappeartransparentandcannotbeediteduntilunlocked.• UnlockAll–Unlockallcurrentlylockedframes.• DecloakAll–Decloaksallframes.Allowsformovement,deletionoreditingofframesthatwerelocked/cloaked

aftersubmission(onlyavailablewhenCloakingmodeisactive).• SelectAll–Selectsallframesinthenestlayoutareaforgrouping,ungrouping,movement,lockingordeletion.

FramepropertiesmaybeadjustedandwillaffectallselectedframesandtheirpositionswithintheLayoutarea.• SelectInverse–Deselectscurrentlyselectedframeswhileselectingallpreviouslyunselectedframes.• StepandRepeat–Createa setofuser-defined frames for imageplacement,oar copydimensionsofexisting

framesandrepeatthemacrossanddowntheLayoutarea.StepandRepeatcanalsobeusedtocreateanemptytemplate.Ifanassetisplacedintoaframepriortostepandrepeat,bothframeandassetarerepeatedwhenselected.

• Auto arrange – Automatically arranges (nests) the images placed in the Layout area to fill the mediadimensions.

• AutoarrangewithRotation–Automaticallyarranges(nests)theimagesplacedintheLayoutareatobestfillthemediadimensionsbyappropriatelyrotatingtheframes.

ViewMenu

• ZoomIn–ZoomintotheLayoutareaview.HoldingdownZ+leftclickwillalsoenablethismode.• ZoomOut–ZoomoutoftheLayoutareaview.HoldingdownShift+Z+leftclickwillalsoenablethismode.• Note:HoldingdownCMD(Mac)orCTRL(Win)andscrolling themousewheelover the imagewillallowfor

zoominandoutfunctions.• FitAll–ScalestheLayoutareaviewtoshowallframescurrentlyinthenest.• Fit Tiling Document – Scales the Layout area view to show all assets and frameswithin the dimensions as

definedintheMediaPanel>TilingOptions.• PrintSize–ShowsthenestintheLayoutareaatactualprintsize.• FillwithTilingDocument–ScalestheLayoutarea,fillingtheviewtotheshorterwidthorheightdimensionas

definedintheMediaPanel>TilingOptions.• ClearGuides–ClearanyguidesfromtheLayoutarea.• Guides–Enabledbydefault.CreateaguidebyclickinginthehorizontalorverticalrulersectionoftheLayout

areaanddraggingtheguidetothedesiredlocation.Seethe“Guides”sectionforfurtherinformation.• BoxProperties–Popupa floatingwindowdisplaying theFrameandContentsproperties foranyassetsand

framesplacedintheLayoutarea.Thewindowcanremainopen,floatingaboveanyassetsforquickaccesstopreciseeditingofframesandimages.Seethe“FramesvsContent”sectionforfurtherinformation.

• ClearLayout–ClearstheLayoutareaofallframesandassets,includingresettingtheMediapaneldimensions.• FullScreen–Togglebetweenawindowedorfullscreenview.• Sidebar–ToggletheviewofthesidebarcontainingtheAsset,TemplateandMediapanels.• SectionHeaders–Toggletheheadersofeachsectionwithinthesidebaronoroff.• Toolbars – Toggle the toolbar on or off. Select which sections of the toolbar to show or hide by

ticking/untickingtheavailablesections.

Asanaddedoption,holdingdownthespacebarwillallowforpanningaroundtheLayoutareawhenmovingthemouse,similartonavigationusedingraphicsapplications.Themousecursorwillchangetoahandwhenthismodeisenabled.

GuidesGuides are auseful toolwhenplacing asset images into theLayout area forprinting. Enabledbydefault, guides arecreatedbyclickingineitherthehorizontalorverticalrulersoftheStudioLayoutinterfaceanddraggingaguideintothedesiredlocation.Guidesaresavedwithatemplatedesigninthelibrary.

• Tomoveorrepositionanexistingguide–CTRL(win)/CMD(mac)+clickontheguideanddragittoanewlocation.

• Tosnapguidestogrid–CTRL/CMD+shift+clickontheguideanddragittoanewlocation.Theguidewillsnaptotheclosestgridpoint.

• Toremoveallguides–SelectViewmenu>ClearGuides.• Toremoveasingleguide–CTRL/CMD+clickonaguideandpressdelete(notbackspace),orCTRL/CMD+

click+dragtheguidebackintotheappropriateruler.• Toenterapreciselocationforaguide–CTRL/CMD+double-clickonaguidetoopenadialogboxandenter

therulerlocationforeitherhorizontalorverticalguides.


128

Note:IfGuidesandSnaptoGridarebothactive,theassetframewillsnaptotheguidefirstiftheframeedgeisclosest,otherwiseitwillsnaptothegridpoint.GuidesareignoredifAutoarrangeorAutoarrangewithrotationoptionsareused.

FramevsContent

AssetsplacedintheLayoutareaarealwayscontainedwithinaseparateframe.

TheFramecontrolsthesize,position,styleandorientation.Allframeswillhaveafloatinginfobubbleonthetoprightsidedisplayingthewidthandheightdimensionsoftheframe,plustheorientation.Thisisviewedwhenselectingaframeorhoveringthemouseoveritandwillupdatedynamicallywhenresizingwiththemouse.

TheContentrelatestotheactualassetplacedinsidetheframe.IfanassetisdroppedintotheemptyLayoutarea,itisautomaticallyassignedaframe.

BothFrameandContentcanbeeditedviatheBoxPropertiespopupwindow.

FrameProperties

• Left–Theoffsetdistanceoftheframefromtheleftguideline.Offsetismeasuredfromthetopleftcorneroftheframe.

• Top–Theoffsetdistanceoftheframefromthetopguideline.Offsetismeasuredfromthetopleftcorneroftheframe.

• Width – The width of the frame. This field will lock when Canvas Wrap isselected.

• Height – The height of the frame. This field will lock when Canvas Wrap isselected.

• LockButton – Locks the current proportions of the frame size if resized alongonedimension.Thelockedproportionsareoverriddenbyfreeresizingwiththemouse within the Layout area. Frames can be unlocked and resized to anyrequireddimension.

• Cropmarks – Enable to add cropmarks (as defined in Studio Settings) to theselectedframe.CropmarksareenabledbydefaultwhenCanvasWrapmodeisinuse.

• Overprint–Enabletoconverttheselectedframetooverprintmode.NotavailablewhenusingCanvasWrap.• Style–Thestyleofframe,forexample,Frame,CanvasWraporMarker.Clickthe...buttontoconfigureoptions

forCanvasWrapandMarkermodes.• CanvasWrap–Converttheselectedframetoacanvaswrap.Configurepropertiesviathe...button.• Marker–Converttheselectedframetoamarker.Configurepropertiesviathe...button.

ContentProperties

Content within Studio refers to the actual assets placed within a frame. Content iseditablewheninFrameandCanvasWrapmodes.ItisnotavailableforMarkermode.

• Left–Theoffsetdistanceoftheassetimagefromtheleftedgeoftheframe.ThisisavailablewheninCropmode.

• Top–Theoffsetdistanceoftheassetimagefromthetopedgeoftheframe.ThisisavailablewheninCropmode.

• Width–Thewidthoftheassetwithintheframe.• Height–Theheightoftheassetwithintheframe.• Lock Button – Locks the current proportions of the content if resized along one dimension. The locked

proportions are overridden by free resizing with the mouse. Content can be unlocked and resized to anyrequireddimensionwheninCropmode.

• Scaling–Themethodofscalingusedforanassetplacedwithinaframe.• None–Theassetisshownatactualsizeinsidetheframe,irrespectiveofwhatsizetheframeis.• ToFit–Theentireassetimageisrescaledandshownwithintheframeproportions.• To Fill – The asset expands to fill the frame, scaling to show as much of the image as possible given the

proportionsandcentringoptionsoftheframe.• Custom–Thedimensionsandframeoffsetfortheassetareindependentoftheframe(similartoCropmode).

ThismethodisautomaticallyselectedwheninCropmode.


129

• Centring–Whenenabled,anyselectedframeswillhavetheirassetcentredwithintheframe.Thisisusefulforrevertingtotheoriginalplacementwhenundoinganycropping.

• Orientation–Theangleappliedtothecontent(asset)withintheframe.Ifcustomscalingisusedandtheassethasdifferentdimensionstotheframe,onlytheassetorientationwillbeadjusted.

CanvasWrapThe CanvasWrapmode allows for the asset to be transformed in to a canvas print, ready for stretching around awooden(orother)frame.

CropmarksareenabledbydefaultwhenCanvasWrapmodeisinuse.Thisistoassistincuttingthecanvas.SetthetypeofcropmarktobeusedinStudioviatheStudioSettingsoption.

Note:Cropmarks(Standard)willtakeupextraspacearoundajobwhenselectedforuse,changingthepositionofthejob on the media and the total size of the job once rendered. Paper-saving cropmarks will not expand the overallrenderedjobsize.

CanvasWrapOptions

• Frontwidth–Thewidthofthefrontofthecanvas.• Frontheight–Theheightofthefrontofthecanvas.• Frame thickness – The thickness of the canvas frame (wooden or other). The

defaultsizeis1.25in.• Back wrap – The length of canvas to wrap around the back once the canvas is

stretched around the frame. The default size is 20mm. This will remain as anunprintedareaunlessPrintBackWrapoptionsareselected.

• Print BackWrap – Prints the currently selectedwrap style to the backwrap inadditiontotheframesidesofthecanvas.

• Wrapstyle–Thestyleofcanvastocreate.Furtheroptionsare:• Gallery – This is the default canvas style, stretching the image to expand to the

framethicknessasdefined.• Mirror–Mirrortheedgesoftheimagetotheframethicknessasdefined.• Colour–Selectacolour to fill the framethicknessasdefined.Double-click thecolourdisplaybox toselecta

colour from a Special Colour Set (Blackmagic only), or create a colour using the Lab, CMYK or RGB sliders.Note: If thecolourselecteddoesnotmatchthecolourspaceof the image,apreviewwillnotbeavailable forviewingusingtheSoftProofapplication.

• Pickfromscreen(eyedropperbutton)–Activatesaneye-droppertooltoselectascreen/imagecolourtoapplytoaColourwrapstyle.HoverthepointertoseeRGBvaluesandacolourswatchofthecurrentcolour.Left-clicktoselect.ThisoptionisonlyavailablewhenusingRGBastheselectedcolourspace.

• Save – Saves the Canvas Wrap configuration but will not change the size of the asset (image) to fit thedimensionsspecifiediftheyhavebeenaltered.

• Fit&Save–FittheassettotheconfiguredCanvasWrapsettingsandsavethelayout,returningtotheStudioscreen.

Note:Ifmultiplecanvassesaretobeprinted,aquickandeasymethodofduplicatingafinishedcanvasistousetheStepandRepeatfunction.

MarkerTheMarkermodeallowsfortheplacementofa framecontainingastyleofmarkerintheLayoutarea.

• Crosshair(Shift+1)–Createaframecontainingaconfigurablecrosshair.• HorizontalLine(Shift+2)–Createaframecontainingaconfigurablehorizontalline.• Crosshair(Shift+3)–Createaframecontainingaconfigurableverticalline.• ColourBox(Shift+4)–Createaframecontainingaconfigurablecolour.

Note:Forallcreateoptions,a1x1inchframewillappearatthecurrentmousepointerposition ifusingtheshortcutkeys.Ifselectedfromthemenutheframewillappearinthecentreofthescreen.


130

WheninMarkermode,clickonthe ...boxwithintheBoxPropertiespopupwindowtoviewsettingsforeachmarkerstyle.

Optionsinclude:

• MarkerType–SelectfromCrosshair,HorizontalLine,VerticalLineorColourBox.• LineThickness–SetthethicknessofthelineforCrosshair,HorizontalandVerticalLineoptions.Doesnotapply

forColourBox.• LineColour–Selectacolourforthelineorboxasselectedabove.Double-clickthecolourdisplayboxtoselect

acolourfromaSpecialColourSet(Blackmagiconly),orcreateacolourusingtheLab,CMYKorRGBsliders.• Pickfromscreen(eyedropperbutton)–Activatesaneye-droppertooltoselectascreen/imagecolourtoapply.

HoverthepointertoseeRGBvaluesandacolourswatchofthecurrentcolour.Left-clicktoselect.ThisoptionisonlyavailablewhenusingRGBastheselectedcolourspace.

Note: If thecolourselecteddoesnotmatchthecolourspaceof the image,apreviewwillnotbeavailable forviewingwhenusingtheSoftProofapplication.Important: IfaframeisselectedintheLayoutareaandMarkerischosenfromtheStyledropdownmenu,theframeandimagewithinwillbereplacedwiththeselectedMarker.

UsingStudioPositioningAssetsforNesting

Amediaguidesheetwillappeartoscale(inlightgray)intheLayoutareawhenwidthandheightdimensionshavebeenenteredintheMediapanel.Thisallowsforclearandsimpleplacementofassetsfornesting.

Whensubmittedtoprint,everythingonthemediaguidesheetisprinted.Ifonlyawidthisentered(forexample,usingrollmedia),onceanassetisplacedintheLayoutareathemediaguidesheetwillautomaticallylengthentofitthejob.Asmoreassetsareplaced,thesheetwillextendtodisplaythetotalnestingarea.

Note: It is not necessary to have dimensions entered for the media when creating a manual nest in Studio.Whensubmitted, the nestwill print to the selectedmedia from the top left origin point, printing asmuch of thewidth orlengthofthenestasthepaperintheprinterwillpermit.Theremainderwillbecropped.

CreatingaNestStudioallowsforsingleormultipleassetstobedroppedintotheLayoutarea.

• Selecttheassets(jobs)fromtheAssetpanel.• DraganddroptheassetsintotheLayoutarea.Assetswillappearattheirnativesizeunlessplacedinanempty

framewithspecificproperties(viatemplateorStepandRepeat).• Resizeandadjusttheframeandassetasrequired.ThiscanbedoneviatheBoxPropertieswindoworbyusing

thefollowingmouseoptions:• Left click (on a frame) – Selects the frame for editing, movement, locking or deletion. Selected frames are

highlightedbyamagentaborder.• Leftclick(onemptyLayoutarea)–Deselectsallframes.• Left click (hold) + drag (on empty Layout area) – Creates a temporary framing box for selecting multiple

frames.Anyframeswhollyorpartiallywithintheboxwhenthemousebuttonisreleasedwillbeselected.• Leftclick(hold)+drag(ona frame)–Moves theselected framearoundtheLayoutarea.Release themouse

buttontodropandplacetheframe.• Right click – Opens the contextual menu with options, depending on where in the Layout area the click

occurred.• Doubleclick(ona framecontaininganasset)–ActivatesCropmodefor theselected frame.A frameinCrop

modewillappearwithagreenborder(seeCroppingAssetsformoreinformation).• Spacebar+Left click (hold)–Activates theGrip toolwhichallows forpanningaround theLayoutarea.The

mousecursorwillchangetoahandwheninthismode.


131

ResizingOptionsThefollowingresizingoptionsareavailablewhenclickingatthebordersofaframe.

• Leftclick+drag–Enlargeorshrinktheframe.Proportionsaremaintained.Resizeisanchoredattheopposingedgeorcorneroftheframe.

• ALT+Leftclick+drag–Enlargeorshrink the frame.Proportionsaremaintained.Resize isanchoredat thecentreoftheframe.

• Shift + Left click + drag – Free resizing of the frame, ignoring lockedwidth/height ratios. Assetswithin theframewillfitorfilltheresizedframedependinguponframesettings.Resizeisanchoredattheopposingedgeorcorneroftheframe.

• CTRL + Left Click + drag (Windows) – Snaps the frame proportions to the asset’s native proportions andresizes.Resizeisanchoredattheopposingedgeorcorneroftheframe.

• CMD+ Left click + drag (Mac) – Snaps the frame proportions to the asset’s native proportions and resizes.Resizeisanchoredattheopposingedgeorcorneroftheframe.

CroppingAssetsCrop mode is activated or deactivated by double-clicking anywhere within aframe containing an asset image, or by selecting a frame and clicking theCropmodebuttoninthetoolbar.

When activated the frame changes frommagenta to green and a second framewithanorangeborder is assigned to theasset.Cropping canonlybedoneoneframeatatime.Multi-selectimagecroppingisnotavailable.

Either the frame or asset can be selected and moved, or resized as required.Double-clickingtheframesagainwillshowhowtheassetwillbecropped.Iftheframeisresizedlargerthantheassetwithin,thespacearoundtheassetwillalsobeprintedtothesizeoftheentireframe.

CloakingandNestingwithLargeFormatFlatbedDevices

OneofStudio’sprimaryfunctions is the layingoutof jobs forprintusing largeformatflatbedprinters.

When activated, theCloaking feature locks images and frames after theyhavebeensubmittedasanesttotheprinter.CloakedimagesappearshadowedintheLayoutarea,arestaticandnon-editableunlessdecloaked.Thisallows foreasyplacement andprinting of new jobs on to blank, available areas of the flatbedmedia. Cloaked images are not reprinted when a new nest is submitted forprinting.

Ifdesired, it is certainlypossible toplace jobsoverothers thathavealreadybeenprinted.Anynew imagewillprintexactlywhereitisplaced,regardlessofwhetherornotanythinghasalreadybeenprintedinthatarea.

Important:Thecloakingfeature isdisabledbydefault. It isnotrecommendedforusewithprintersusingrollmediaunlessthedevicehastheabilitytorollbacktopreviouslyunusedareasofmedia.TilingwithMediaStudio’s tiling feature allowsusers to set the total document area andautomatically create a tile gridbasedonpre-configuredprintmediadimensionsandoverlap.

Tilingisusefulforbillboardprinting,oranytypeofprintingwheretheimageislargerthantheavailableprintmedia(paper).

Totileajob:

• Activate the Tiling mode by ticking the Tiling option in the Mediapanel.

• ClickontheSettingsbuttontoconfigurethetilingparameters.• Enterthewidthandheight(optional)oftheareatobetiled.Ifaheight

isnotenteredthetilingdocumentheightwillautomaticallymatchtheheightoftheassettobetiled.

• Enteranyoverlapsizeifrequired.

Assetbeforeandaftercropping

Cloaking–Beforeandaftersubmittingtoprint


132

• IntheMediapanel,enterthewidthandheight(optional)oftheprintermediatobeused.Thisisthetilesize.Ifaheightisnotentered,suchaswhenusingrollpaper,thetileheightwillmatchthatofthetilingdocument.

• Thetiledareawillbeoutlinedbyaredborder.• Oncetilinghasbeenconfigured,placetheassettobetiledintheLayoutareaandresizeasrequired.• Submitthejobtoprintwhenready.TheprintoptionwillappearasPrintTilesintheStudiomenu.

Note:CropmarksandalignmentmarksareautomaticallyaddedtoanytilingjobswhensubmittedviaStudio.StudioRenderingEffectsTherearevariousrenderingeffectsavailablewhenusingStudio.Theywillnotbevisible in theLayoutareaandwillonlyaffectthejobwhenitisrendered,readyforprinting.AnyeffectscanbepreviewedusingSoftProofoncethejobhasbeenrenderedandnested.

Theavailablerenderingeffectsare:

• Cropmarks–AvailableasacheckboxwithintheStudioapplication.Enablingthiswillplacecropmarksaroundthe selected frame. This effectwill adjust the placement of the job on themedia to compensate for addingcropmarksduringtherenderingphase.ThetypeofcropmarktobeusedisconfiguredintheStudioSettings.

• ConvolutionMatrix–AvailableviatheJobticket(seeWorkbenchdatatypes).Allowsyoutodesignyourownfilter effect according to a pre-defined mathematical operation known as convolution. This effect is notavailablewhenusingtheC5Client.

• ImageOverlay–Whenenabled,thiseffectallowsaBlackmagicImage,JPEG,PNG,PPM,PhotoshoporTIFFfileto be placed anywhere on the job. Settings includewidth, height and opacity for the overlayed image plusoptionstoallowittostretchandrotatewiththejob.AvailableviatheJobticket.

• Mirror–AvailableviatheJobticket.Mirrorsthejob.• Negative–AvailableviatheJobticket.Allowsforthejobtobenegatedorinverted.Usefulforprintingtofilm

usingawhiteinkprinter.• Watermark–AvailableviatheJobticket.Allowsfortheplacementofawatermarkacrossthejob.Thiseffectis

notavailablewhenusingtheC5Client.

ColourKeysandScreenprintingmodearealsoavailablewhenusingStudio,accessibleviatheJobticketandMediausedforprocessingthejobfiles.


133

TouchConsoleTheTouchConsoleapplicationoffersenhancedcontrolandusabilityoftheSoftProofapplicationthroughtheuseofatouchscreen.Idealforpressroomenvironments,theseparatetouchscreenactsastheconsole,controllingjobsthatareloadedandsoftproofedonthemainscreen.Individualjobsorentirepublicationscanbequicklylocatedforproofing.

ATouchConsoleSettingsmenusavesvaluable time, enabling theoperator to choosedefaultnavigationoptions; thequeues theTouchConsolewill search for jobs; andwhether the console switches automatically to theMain controlscreen,theSoftProofviewnavigator,orthepagenavigator(forpublications)onceajoborjobshaveloaded.

AModeBar allows instant switching between controlinterfacesfromthemainImageandNavigationcontrol,through to Ink Keys and Channels; the Virtual Loupe;Press Configurations; Page Navigation; Notes andTabbedViews.

When the Touch Console is launched, a blank screenwillappearonbothmonitors(thetouchscreenandthemain monitor) with instructions to select whichmonitor is the touch screen. Simply touch whicheverscreenistobetheTouchConsoletobegin.

TheInterfaceThe interface occupies thewhole of the touch screen.Atthetopisabanneradvisingwhichsectiontheuserisinatthetime.Thetitlebannerwillchangetoreflectthedifferentmodesinuse.ThebottomofthescreendisplaysthevariousmodestousewithSoftProof.ReturntothestartingpointatanytimebypressingtheHomebutton.

UsingtheTouchConsoleWhenfirststarting,Homeisthedefaultposition.Viewthejobsinthesystembyselectingoneofthemodebuttonsalongthebottomofthescreen:

• Publications–Viewalistofjobsthatarepartofapublicationonly.• Books–ViewalistofjobsthatmakeupaBookasdefinedbytheBookfilterandBookMonitorapplication.This

isavailableforVeripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-onOnly.• Jobs–Viewalistofjobsthatarenotpartofapublicationonly.• All–Viewalistofalljobsinthesystem.• Search–Openavirtualkeyboardonthetouchscreenallowingacharacterbasedsearchofallavailablejobs,

publications or books. See TouchConsole Menu > Search Order for details on setting which job types areavailabletosearch.Note:TheSearchvirtualkeyboardcanbeconfiguredtootherinputlanguages(seeTouchConsoleSettings).Thedefaultinputlanguageoftheoperatingsystemmustbesettothesamelanguage.

Note: Search strings can includeoneofmoreasterisk (*)wildcard characters to search forpublications/books/jobsusing partial matches. The asterisk (*) is accessed via Shift+8 on the virtual keyboard. For example, ‘daily*08’ willdisplayanymatchesincluding‘daily’,‘08’withanythinginbetweenthetwo,whereas‘daily08’wouldonlyshowresultsincludingthatexactstring.

Jobsmustbe in theprintqueue tobedisplayed, i.e., theymusthave completed rendering. Itwillnot showany jobsWaitingtoRenderorinaHeldstatus.

Onceamodehasbeenselected,thescreenwillchangetodisplaytheappropriatelistofjobswiththeavailablesortingandviewingoptions:

Actionsavailableinclude:

• Select–Touchyourfingeronajobinthelistanditbecomesselected.ThemodeoptionschangetodisplayViewImaged,ViewRenderedandViewFlipbook.


134

• Scroll–Touchyourfingeronthelistanddragitupordownthescreen.Liftyourfingeroffandpositionitagaintoscrollfurther.

• FastScroll–Touchyourfingeronthelistanddragitfastupordownandletgoina“throwing”action.Tostopthelistatanypoint,touchajobonthescreen.

• Scrollbar(optional)– Ifenabled,dragyourfingerdowntheoverlaidscrollbartomoveupanddownthe list.Movingyourfingerleft-rightwillchangethepositionofthescrollbaritself.

Whentherequiredjobhasbeenlocatedandaviewingmodeselected,theTouchConsolewillopentheMain,NavigateorPagescontrolpanel.

Actions and modes of the Touch Console will adjust to give the options normally associated with the SoftProofapplication.SelectingViewFlipbookwillloadthejobintothestandardFlipbookapplicationwithrelevantactionsandmodesontheTouchConsole.

Modesavailableinclude:

• Main – The default main screen displayed when a job is first loaded. This is a control screen for macro-manipulationofjobs.Includesfunctionssuchasimageinversionandrotation,backpageshowthrough,imagesizeonscreenandsoon.

• Navigate–Acontrolscreenforcloserexaminationofproofs–featurescontrolsfortheviewedimagesize(fitwidth/height,original100%,printedsize)andzoomcontrols.

• Loupe–OpenstheVirtualLoupeonthemainscreen,withcontrolsfortheTouchConsole.• Press Config – Opens a list of available Press configurations to apply to the SoftProof. This will switch to

CameraConfigwhenanRGBimageisopened.• ShowPages–OpensamodifiedPageNavigatorforinstantpage-to-pageviewing.• ShowTabs–DisplaysalistofjobcurrentlyloadedinSoftProofTabs.• Calibrate–OpensacontrolscreenwithCalibrationandCalcheckoptionsforthemainSoftProofdisplay.• Close–Closesthecurrentjob,publicationortab.

MainA job can be manipulated in various ways once loaded, just as with the conventional controls for the SoftProofapplication.Someactionswillonlyapplyifcertaintypesofjobsareviewed.Theactionsarecolourcodedtohelpgroupthemintolikeactions.ButtonscanbeshownorhiddenusingtheTouchConsolesettings.

• TextTab–TogglesthetextjobnametabsformultipleloadedimagesintheSoftProofscreen.• ImageTab–TogglesthejobthumbnailsintheSoftProofscreen.

#Window/Display

#Imagemanipulation

#Navigation

#Overlayingobjects&

viewingpublications

#Fittingmethods&tools


135

• Tools – Toggles the Tool Palette in the SoftProof screen. The Palette must be enabled in the SoftProofapplicationforthistofunction.

• Status – Toggles the status bar in the SoftProofwindow.Note: If themonitor is CalcheckManaged and thecurrentPresshasaCalcheckfail(redcross)status,theStatusBarcannotbehidden.

• FullScreen–ViewtheSoftProofwindowinfullscreenviewortheuser-definedview.• 90CW/180/90CCW/-Rotatethecurrentlyviewedproofinthedesireddirection.• Invert–Inverttheimagedisplayed.• Mirror–Mirrortheimagedisplayed.• AutoCrop–Removewhitespacefromaroundajob.Theremustbeacompletelyclearareaonanyonesideof

thejob.• Blueline–Replaceallcolourswithvaryingshadesofbluetoseeanytraps.• RevertChannels–Reverttotheoriginalchannelvalues.• Previous/NextPage–Movetothepreviousornextpagewhenviewingapublication.• Notes–Showorhideanynotesembeddedinthejob(seeSoftProof–Notesformoreinformation).• Previous/NextTab–Movetothepreviousornexttabwhenviewingmultipletabbedjobs.• PageBoundary–Togglearedlineshowingthepage/imageboundaryoftheproof.• Signature–Overlaysthesignatureusedtode-imposethejob/pageifitwassubmittedforde-imposition.Thisis

onlyenabledwhenviewingade-imposedjob/publication.• Deimposed Pages (Veripress/Blackmagic Softproofing Add-on Only) – De-impose a job submitted as an

imposition on-the-fly into separate pages, defined by the signature attached to the job and return it to itsoriginalstate.(seeRIPMonitor–SubmitasImpositionformoreinformation).

• BackPage–Displaythereverse(back)pagethroughthepagecurrentlyloadedasifthefinalprintwasbeinghelduptolight.TheBackPageOpacitysettinginthePressSettingscontrolstheamountofshowthrough.

• Spread–Viewthespreadoftheselectedpage,forexample,pages2and3asaspread.• ShowChannels–OpensasimplifiedChannelViewertouchconsoleinterface,featuringacolouredandlabeled

buttonforeachprocessandspotinkchannel.Selectingeachbuttonwilltoggletheinkchannelonoroff.IftheChannelViewer(seeSoftProof)isopen,thechannel’son/offstatewillbereflectedinthepanel.TouchtheMainbuttonintheModeBartoreturntotheMainscreen.

• Ink Keys – Opens the Ink Key Viewer for the current proof on themain SoftProof display. A custom set ofcontrols on the Touch Console allows for switching between Channels and Keys with ease. The followingcontrolbuttonsareavailable:

• Excess Ink Area – Displays areas exceeding the Maximum Ink Weight setting as defined in the currentlyselectedPressconfiguration.

• SheetPlacement–TogglestheSheetPlacementviewintheInkKeyViewer,placingthepageonthepressplateanddisplayingtheInkKeysasdefinedinthePressConfig.

• PrintRun–Opensavirtualnumberpadtoenterthesizeoftheprintrun.UsedwithInkWeighttocalculatethetotalinkweightfortheentirerunofthepage.

• InkWeight–Opensavirtualnumberpadtoenter theaverageweightof theprocess inksused ingramspersquaremetre(g/m2).UsedwithPrintRuntocalculatethetotalinkweightfortheentireprintrunofthepage.

• Calculate InkWeights–Calculatesanddisplays the total inkweightused foreachprocess ink channel foracompleteprintrunoftheloadedpage.TotalsarebasedontheenteredInkWeightandPrintRunvalues.

• FindNote–IfanyNotesareattachedtothecurrentlyviewedjob/page/spread,thisbuttonwillopenalistoftheNotesintheTouchConsole.SelectaNotetonavigatetoitslocationontheproof.FindingaNotewilltoggletheNotesbuttontoshowallnotes.

• ShowAll–ShowthewholejobwithintheSoftProofwindow.• PrintSize–ShowthejobintheSoftProofwindowatprintsize.• ActualPixels–Showthejobinaonescreenpixeltoonejobpixelratio(i.e.,100%zoom).• Thisviewmodehas thequickest loadtimeasnoresampling for

scalingisrequired.• Fit Width/Height – Fit the job to the width or height of the

SoftProofwindow.

NavigateInNavigatemode, it ispossibletopanaroundthe imageandchangethezoomorfittingmethod.Athumbnailoftheimageisloadedintothecentreactionareaoftheconsole.

Touch the thumbnail to jump to that location on the image in theSoftProof;ortouch-dragaroundthethumbnailtopanaroundtheproof.


136

OneithersideofthethumbnailareTouchConsolebuttonscontrollingthescalingofthesoftproofonthemaindisplay,includingFullscreen/100%(actualpixels),FitWidth/FitHeight,ZoomOut/ZoomIn,ShowAll/PrintSize.

OptionalPreviousPage/NextPagebuttonsarealsoavailableifselectedinTouchConsoleSettings–Navigateoption.

LoupeTheLoupemodepositionsaloupeontheSoftProofwindow.TheTouchConsoleactionpaneactslikeadrawingtablet.Touchanddragyourfingeronthetouchscreentomovetheloupeoveryourimage.

ButtonsaroundtheedgesoftheconsolecontroltheLoupe’sfeatures:

• Smaller/Bigger–Decreaseorincreasethesizeoftheloupe.• ZoomIn/Out–Increaseordecreasethemagnificationoftheloupe.

ForVeripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Onusersonly:

• SoloPrevious/NextChannel–ThesecontrolsallowindividualInkChannelsofthejobtobeviewedwithintheLoupe,actingastheShowChannelsfunction.Thebuttonscyclethrougheachindividualchannelthenshowallchannels(defaultview).

• ToggleHUD–TogglestheHeadsUpDisplayintheLoupewindow,showingtheCMYKdotpercentagesatthecenteredcross-hairorwithintheaverage%box.

• ScreenedPixelReadout–Toggles theHUDbetweencross-hairpointmeasurementof inkpercentagesandasquare formeasuringareaaveragedotpercentages.Thesquareresizesdependingonthezoom%toalwayscoveranareaequaltoafullhalftonecellattheLPIdefinedinSoftProofSettings.

CalibrateTheCalibration control screenallowsoperators to initiateMonitorCalibrationandCalchecks for themainSoftProofdisplay.

• Calibrate–Opens theDisplaysapplicationandbegins thecalibrationprocess for themainSoftProofdisplay.Oncecalibrated,themonitorICCprofile isautomaticallysavedastheoperatingsystemdefault,replacingthepreviousICCprofile.

• Note:Whencalibratingorcalchecking,theSpectrophotometerassignedintheDisplaysapplicationforeithertask should be connected and ready for use. If the instrument is different to the assigned one an errorwilloccur, ceasing the operation. It is recommended to check the appropriate Spectrophotometers have beenassignedbeforeusingtheCalibrateorCalcheckfunctions(seeApplications>Displays).

• Calcheck–Thisoptionwill open theDisplaysapplication, startingaCalcheckof the softproofdisplay to thestandardpatchsetinthechartassignedtothecurrentPress.Oncompletion,theCalcheckstatusofthemonitorisupdatedwithatick/cross.ThisbuttonisonlyavailableifthecurrentlyselectedPressConfighasanassignedCalcheckChart.

NoteonSpotColours:Whenperformingacalcheckof thesoftproofingdisplay,anyspecial/spotcolours includedinthecurrentlyloadedjobaremeasuredandincludedintheCalcheckforthepurposesofapassorfail.

ViewFlipBook(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-OnOnly)View FlipBook opens the selected publication or book in the FlipBook application. Once a publication is opened,FlipBookcontrolswillappearontheconsole:

• View3D–Togglebetween2Dand3Dviews.• ViewCalendar–Togglebetweenlefttorightandcalendarflippage

turning.• ShowBorders• Rendered Thumbnails – Toggle between imaged and rendered

thumbnailsforpagesinFlipBook.• FullScreen–Enablefullscreenmode.• Decrement/Increment Start Page, Even/Odd Top Page, Read

Direction1->2/2<-1buttons.• Top Section and Page Navigator buttons allow sections of the

FlipBookwindowtobetoggledonoroff.• Previous/NextPage–Flipthroughthepages.• ZoomIn/Out–AdjustthezoomleveloftheloadedFlipBook.• AdjustCameraAngle–Toggleapopupslidertochangetheviewingangle.


137

• ResetCamera–Resetthecameratothedefaultangle.• Main–ReturntotheFlipBookcontrolpanelscreen.• PressConfig–ChangethepresssettingsforFlipBook.• Pages–OpenaShowPagespaneltoskiptothedesiredpage.• Close–ClosetheFlipBookwindow.

TouchConsoleMenuTheTouchConsolemenuhasthefollowingoptions:

• FontOptions–ControlthefontsizefortheTouchConsoletext.• QueueOrder–SelectwhichOutputqueuesaremadeavailableforview/proofinginthePublicationsandJobs

listsontheTouchConsole.• BookfilterOrder(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-OnOnly)–SelectwhichBookFilterqueuesaremade

availableforview/proofingintheBookslist.• Search order – Select whether Publications, Jobs, and/or Books are available to the search function in the

Home panel of the Touch Console. Search results are displayed grouped by search order, e.g. Books,PublicationsthenJobs.

• TouchConsoleSettings–Seebelowformoreinformation.

TouchConsoleSettingsDefaultjobviewingandtouchscreennavigationoptionscanbeconfiguredusingtheTouchConsoleSettings.Therearetwotabs–TouchConsoleandSoftProof:

TouchConsole• ScrollBar – Enable or disable the scrollbar and set the default side it

appearson(RightorLeft).• Thumbnails – Enable or disable viewing thumbnails for Publications,

JobsorAllselectionlists.• View–EnableordisableViewImaged(default),ViewRenderedand/or

ViewFlipbookoptionsforopeningjobsorpublicationsforsoftproofing.• Note:IfonlyoneoftheViewImagesorViewRenderedisselected,the

TouchConsolebuttonwillsimplybelabelled“View”.Ifalloptionsaredisabled,ViewImagedwillbeselectedasthedefaultoption.

• ButtonSize–SetthesizeoftheTouchConsolebuttonsinmm/inches.• Note:TheTouchConsoleapplicationmustbeclosedandrestartedfor

settingstotakeeffect.• Virtual Keyboard – Select an input language/keyboard layout for the

TouchConsolesearchkeyboard.

SoftProof

• Entry Screen on Load – Select the control screen the Touch Console will default to when loading a newjob/page:

• Main–TheconsoledefaultstotheMainscreenonload.• Navigate–TheconsoledefaultstotheNavigatescreenonload.• Pages–TheconsoledefaultstotheShowPagesscreenonload.• Navigate Option – Navigate Pages (checkbox) – Show/hide the Previous/Next Page buttons in the Touch

ConsoleNavigatecontrolscreen.• DuplicatePageSettings(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-OnOnly)–Whenviewingapublicationwith

duplicate(purple)pages,choosefromthesepageloadoptions:• ManualSelect–WhenapagewithduplicatesisselectedintheShowPagesscreen,thepagetoviewmustbe

manually selected. This is the default mode of a non-Veripress TouchConsole.

• Select Newest Page – Useful in publishing workflows where pageupdates/revisionsarecommon.Thisoptionwillautomaticallydisplaythelatestversionofthepage.

• PublicationLoadPage(Veripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-OnOnly)–Set the page to be viewed on loadwhen viewing a publication from thefollowingoptions:

• ManualSelect–WhenapublicationisselectedforsoftproofingtheTouchConsole opens and the Show Pages screen allows the user to select thepagetobeviewedfirst.


138

• FirstAvailablePage–Publicationsareloadedonthefirstavailable(lowestnumbered)page.• ShowSections–Whenenabled,sectionbuttonsaredisplayed intheTouchConsoleShowPagesscreen.This

functionallowsloadedmulti-sectionpublicationstobeviewedonesectionatatime,displayingthepagerangewithineachsection.

Note:AnoptiontoEdittheTouchConsoleUserInterfaceisavailableviatheFileandcontextualmenusintheSoftProofapplicationforVeripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Onusersonly(below).

• • EditTouchConsoleUI–OpensanEditInterfacewindowtoallowfortheconfigurationoftheenabled(visible)

buttonsforcontrolofSoftProofintheMainscreenoftheTouchConsole.• Enableordisablebuttonsbyselectingthem.Thosedisabledwillappearwitharedcrossandwillbeexcluded

fromtheTouchConsolewhenusingittoviewsoftproofs.• • TheToolbarhasaPreviewcheckbox,whentickedtheedit interfacewill

showtheTouchConsolebuttonsastheywillappearaftersaving.WhileinPreviewmode,thebuttontitlescanbeeditedtoreflectlocalterminology.Click on the text to open the name field. Hit Enter to save the namechange.

• The Reset button re-enables all buttons and restores default buttonnames.


139

SerendipityClientMenuItemsTheSerendipityClientmenusprovideaccesstodirectjobsubmissionoptions,systemsettingsandextrafunctions.

ApplicationMenu(Windows/Linux)orSerendipityClientMenu(MacOSX)Preferences–Select thismenuoption toopentheClientSettings(Preferences) for theSerendipityClient, containingdefaultvaluesandpreferencesconfigured for theClientand itsapplicationsandmodules. See theSystemSettings>ClientSettingssectionofthismanualforfurtherinformation.

SubmitMenu SubmitFilesSelectoneormorefilestosendtoaMediaandPagesetupforprocessing.

SelectingOpenwillpresenttheSubmitdialogwindowdisplayinga listofPagesetupsavailable.AdditionalMediaandJobtickettabsarealsodisplayed.

ChoosethePagesetup/MediaandoptionalJobticketcombinationtosubmitanyfilestoforprocessingandclickSubmit.Thefileswillbecopiedintothesystemforprocessing.

Flowcontrolcanbeenabledtoholdthejobafterimagingorrendering.Thenumberofcopiescanbeset,orjobscanbeplacedaspagesinapublication.

SubmitWindow The Submit window is comprised of a settingspreview panel to the left; a main panel forselecting a Pagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombination;andasubmissioncontrolpanel.

SelectedSettingsPreviewPanel

This panel displays the currently selectedPagesetup, Media and optional Jobticket items. AsummaryappearswhenaJobticketisattachedtodisplay any custom settings to be used whenprocessingthejob.

The panel can be hidden by clicking on theinformationiconatthebottomofthescreen.

Pagesetup/Media/Jobticket

ThePagesetupPanellistsallavailablePagesetups.Selectonefromthelisttosubmitajob.

ThePagesetup/Poolbuttons(toprightwheninPagesetuppanel)togglebetweenavailablePagesetupsandPagesetupPools.WhenPoolisselectedtheMedialistbuttonisdisabled.JobssubmittedtoaPoolalwaysusethePagesetupdefaultMedia.

TheMediaPanellistsanyMediaitemscompatiblewiththeselectedPagesetup.SelectaMediatowhichthejobwillbesubmitted.IfaMediaisnotselected,thedefaultMediashownintheSettingspreviewpanelisused.

TheJobticketPanellistsallavailableJobticketitems.SelectaJobtickettousewhensubmittingajob.IfaJobticketisnotselected,thedefaultsystemsettingswillbeused.IfaJobticketisalreadyassignedtotheselectedPagesetup,itssettingswillbeused.

Aconfiguration(Edit)button isavailablewithinJobtickettomakeanycustomchangestoanexistingJobticket,ortocreateanewone.Optionsinclude:

• Defaults–LoadthesystemdefaultJobticketsettings.• Save – Save the edited Jobticket to the database. A dialog box openswith options to save over the existing

Jobticketorrenameitandsaveasanewone.Oncesaved,theuserisreturnedtotheJobticketlist.• Discard–ClosetheJobticketEditwindowandreturntotheJobticketlist,discardinganychanges.• Done–SavetheeditedsettingstoatemporaryJobticketforthejobcurrentlybeingsubmitted.


140

SubmitOptionsThe lower section of the Submitwindow contains the flow control, copies andpublication options available for anysubmittedfiles.

FlowControl

• HoldafterImaging–Holdthejobaftertheimagingstagehascompleted.• HoldafterRendering–Holdthejobafterbothimagingandrenderingstageshavecompleted.• Nest – Submit the job for imaging and rendering then on to be nestedwith other jobs. Nesting criteria are

definedintheOutput(seeWorkbench>Output).• Rotate90–Rotatethejob90degrees.ThiswilloverrideanyrotationsettingsinaJobticket.

Copies

• No.ofcopies–Enterthenumberofcopiesofthejobtobeoutput(printed).• Lockbutton–Locks thenumberof copies tobeoutput (printed) forany files submitteduntilunlockedand

changed.

Publication

• PublicationName–Optional.Enterapublicationname towhich thesubmitted filewillbeassigned.The jobwillbeviewableinthePublicationviewoftheQueueManager.

• FirstPage–Enter thepagenumber for the submitted file in thepublication. If submittingmultiple files thepagenumberingwillstartatthedefinedpageandincreasesequentiallyforeachjob.

Submit–PressSubmittosendthejobforprocessingusingtheselectedoptions.

Cancel–Cancelthejobsubmission,closingtheSubmitwindow.

Note: The Serendipity Client stores the last Pagesetup,Media and Jobticket selections so they need not be selectedeverytimeajobissubmitted.

SubmitFilesForDe-ImpositionAlsoavailableviatheRIPMonitor,thisoptionallowsyoutosubmitfilesdirectlyforde-imposition,ratherthanfromaRIPqueue.Afterselectingoneormorefiles,theSubmitwindowwillappeartoenableselectionofaPagesetup,Mediaand optional Jobticket, or Pagesetup Pool. A Signature Group can also be assigned to de-impose the files (seeWorkbench–SignatureGroupsformoreinformation).

SubmitFilesAsImpositionAlsoavailableviatheRIPMonitor, thisoptionallowsyoutosubmit filesdirectlyasanimposition,ratherthanfromaRIPqueue.Thiswillsubmitanimposedjobinitsoriginalform,butattachesaSignatureGroup(viapopupchooser)toallowthejobtobede-imposedontheflyusingtheDeimposedPagesbuttonintheVeripressSoftProofTouchConsole(seeTouchConsoleformoreinformation).AvailableforVeripress/BlackmagicSoftproofingAdd-Ononly.

SubmitFilesasAssetSelect files to send to the Studio application Asset queue. Submitted Assets appear in the QueueManager queue asthumbnails,butarenotprocesseduntilsubmittedforprintingfromtheStudioapplication(seeApplications–Studioformoreinformation).

SubmitICCTargetThisisthestandardoptionthatshouldbeusedwhencalibratingaprinterMediaandsubmittinganICCtargettogenerateanoutputICCprofile.FilessubmittedusingthisoptionutilisethePaperProfile,LinearisationLUTandCorrectionLUTintheMediabutarenotICCcorrected.

Note: This is the standard option for submitting an (EPS or TIFF) ICC target chart used for creating an output ICCprofilewhencalibratingaprinterMedia.SubmitICCTargetWithoutColourCorrectionSubmitanICCTargettoaselectedPagesetup/Media/Jobticketcombination.AllICCoptionsandcolourcorrectioncurvesaredisabled.


141

Note:Thisoptionworksinasimilarwayto“SubmitICCTarget”however,allLinearisationdatawillbedisabledatthetime of submission, unlike Submit ICC Target which enables colour correction curves. The job info will displayCalibrationTarget,ICCDisabledinthePropertiesfield.TestPrintsSendaBlackmagicTestPrint tooneormorePagesetups/Medias. Selectwhich testprint(s) to submitby ticking thecheckboxesbesideeachfilenameintheSubmissionareaoftheSubmitwindow.

Note:Youcanaddyourownfilestothelib/testprintsdirectoryforuseastestprints.AnyfilesyouhavepermissiontousethatareplacedinthisdirectorywillappearforselectionintheTestPrintschooserwindow.TestPrintsasICCTargetSubmitoneormoreinternaltestimagesasanICCtarget(asperoptionabove).ThisallowsuserstostoreacommonlyusedICCTargetchartinthe“/lib/testprints”folderforeasyaccesswhencalibratingMedia.


142

ServerMenu ServerSettingsSelect thismenu option to open the System Settings (Preferences) for the Serendipity Server. The Systems Settingssection contains default values and preferences configured for the Server. See the Server Settings section below forfurtherinformationoneachpanel.

ConnecttoServerThisallowstheSerendipityClienttoconnecttoaBlackmagicServerrunningonthenetwork.TheRefreshbuttonwillsearch for and display any active Servers. Alternatively, you can enter the name or IP address of the Server in theServerAddressfieldundertheManualtab.

If there are multiple Servers (Masters) running on the network, the list is cached on the first “Connect to Server”selection.AdropdownlistofavailableServersisaccessibleviatheAutoDetecttab.IfanewServerappearsafterthistime,theRefreshbuttonmustbepressedtofindandaddit tothe list.Likewise, ifaServerbecomesunavailable, theconnectionwillfailandthelistwillrequirearefresh.

WhentheSerendipityClientisstarted,itwillattempttoconnecttothelastBlackmagicServeraccessedbydefault.

AccountsAdminAccounts Admin allows an authorised administrator to create,modify andmanage User accounts and User Groups.Users can be reassigned to groups dependent upon the operating privileges granted to each User Group. See theAccountsAdmin/SecureModesectionbelowforfurtherinformation.

LogOut(SecureModeonly)This menu item only appears while Blackmagic is in Secure Mode (see Accounts Admin/Secure mode for moreinformation).SelectingLogOutwhileusingBlackmagic inSecureModesimultaneously logsoutthecurrentuserandgeneratestheLoginwindow.Atthispoint,theoptionsavailablearetoenterausernameandpassword;ChooseServerbeforelogin;andtoQuittheBlackmagicClient.

WhiletheLoginwindowisdisplayed,theBlackmagicClientiseffectivelyLOCKEDtoallusers.TheServerwillcontinuetooperateasnormal.

ChatterboxChat to otherusers connected to the sameServer.TheChatterboxwindowwill display theClients connected to theServer.IftheuserhasenteredanicknameintheSystemSettings,thisnameisdisplayed;otherwisethemachinenameisused.Iftheuser’snamecannotbeselected,theuserhasselectedtheAwayoptionandisnotavailable.

BroadcastMessageThisallowsmessagestobesenttoallusersconnectedwithaClienttothesameServer.SelectingtheBroadcastoptiondisplaysamessagewindowtotypeintoandsend.ThemessageisdisplayedontheuserswindowforashorttimeandwillautomaticallydismissifitisnotacknowledgedbyclickingOK.

DownloadPPDThisoptiondownloadstheMegaripPPDfromtheServertothedesiredlocation.Achooserwillappeartonavigatetothe location for saving the PPD file on the drive. This saves having to get the PPD off the disk. Use the PPDwheninstalling a local printer.When installed, theMegaripPPD (PostscriptPrinterDescription) is selected as theprinterdriver when setting up a Blackmagic Published Pagesetup as a print destination for third party applications (seeWorkbench–PagesetupandthePublishtoaWindowsPrintersectionsformoreinformation).


143

AccountsAdmin/SecureModeBlackmagicgivesusers theoptionto loginusingSecureMode,whichallowstheadministrator tocreateaccounts forusers and groups, with each group configured to allow or deny its usersaccesstoparticularapplicationsandfunctions.

When SecureMode is active, users are required to enter a username andpassword whenever the Client is started or users are changed. Theusernameandpasswordarebothcasesensitive.

TheAccountsAdminmenuoptionisselectedinordertodisplaythepanelsforconfiguringanyUsersandGroupsandtheseshouldbecreatedprior toactivatingSecureMode.

The Log Out option only appears once Secure Mode has been activated.Selecting thiswhile using Blackmagic in SecureMode simultaneously logsthecurrentuseroutandgeneratestheLoginwindowwithoptionstologinasanewuserandselectaServertoconnectto,orQuittheapplication.WhiletheLoginwindowisdisplayed,theClientiseffectivelylockedtoallusers.TheServerwillcontinuetooperatenormally.

SettingupUsersandUserGroupsBlackmagic’sSecureModeissetinactivebydefault.ThesoftwarewillcontinuetofunctionnormallywhetherornotSecureModeisactivated.

ImportantNote: It isrecommendedallusersandgroupsrequiringaccessbesetupBEFOREactivatingSecureMode.SecureModecannotbeactivateduntilatleastone(1)userhasbeencreated.ThiswouldusuallybetheAdminaccount,asthisisautomaticallycreatedwhentheAccountsAdminoptionisselectedforthefirsttime.

• • SelectServerMenu>AccountsAdmin…todisplaytheconfigurationpanels.

ActivatingSecureModeOnce the initialuser account(s)havebeen setup, SecureMode canbeactivatedby checking the tickbox locatedviaAccountsAdminmenu>AccountsAdminSettings.

Secure Mode can only be activated or deactivated by an administrator (amemberoftheAdmingroup).

• Securemode–EnableordisableSecureMode.• MailServer–Enterthedetailsofthemailserverforerrornotification

emailswhenusingSecureMode.• Sender Email Address – Enter the details of the Sender (From)

addressforerrornotificationemails.

ConfigurationPanelsUsersPanelThefieldswithintheUserspanelare:

• Name–Theusernameoftheaccount.Thisiscasesensitive.• User ID – This is a numerical ID assigned automatically but may be

changedbytheadministrator.• Password / Verify – The password is entered and stored here. New

passwords must be verified by entering the details in each field. Thepasswordisalsocasesensitive.

• Permission–Thelevelofpermissionfortheuseriscreatedhere.ClickEdittomake changes to the user read/write/execute permissions. Note: TheGroup (second line) and “Everyone” permissions in the Edit popupdetermine whether jobs submitted by a user are able to beseen/edited/deletedintheQueueManagerbyotherusersinthesameuser


144

group,orbyusersoutsidethegroup.• Email–Entertheusersemailaddresshere.• Comment–Allowstheadministratortoenteranoteontheparticularuseraccountifnecessary.• Group(dropdown)–Assignausergrouptotheuseraccount.• UserPrivileges–Privilegesotherthanthoseintheuser’sgroupcanbeaddedhere.• Notifications–Selectwhichemailnotificationstheuseristoreceivebyclickingthe+iconorremoveanyvia

the–icon.NotificationsareavailableforJobSpoolingfailure,JobAutodetectionfailure,JobImaging/Renderingfailure, JobPrinting failure,Dongleremoval,ServerCrash,MediaRemainingwarningsandSoftwareUpdatesavailable.

TocreateaUser:• Clickthe+iconinthebottomleftofthewindow.Todeleteauser,clickthe-

icon• EnterausernameintheNamefield.• EnteraUserIDnumberorleavethedefaultvalue.• Create a password for the user and verify the details. The password boxes will always display black dots

irrespectiveofthelengthofyourpassword.• Editthepermissionleveltotherequiredaccesslevel.• Entertheuser’semailaddress(ifnotificationsarerequired).• Addacommentagainsttheuserifnecessary.• AssignaGroupfortheuser.Adefaultgroup“users”isassignedautomaticallyunlessanotherisselected.The

“users” group allows access to the Client but no other functions except job submission. The user may beassignedtomultiplegroupsviatheGroupstabiflimitedaccessisrequired(foraccessingspecificapplicationsand/orfunctions).

• Add any extra privileges to the user if required. This will only show privileges not included in the groupselectedfortheuser.

• Addanynotificationstotheuserifrequired.• ApplythechangesorselectReverttocancel.

GroupsPanelAnadmin User and Group are created by default with access to all permissions and privilegeswhen the AccountsAdminoptionisselectedforthefirsttime.Theadminuserandgroupcannotbedeleted.ItisrecommendedthisbetheonlygroupwithaccesstotheAccountsAdminapplication.

ThefieldswithintheGroupspanelare:

• Name–ThenameoftheGroup.• GroupID–Thisisassignedautomaticallybutmaybechangedby

theadministrator.• Comment – Allows you to enter a note on the particular user

groupifnecessary• GroupPrivileges–Thisisalistofavailableprivilegesrelatingto

functionswithinBlackmagic.• Members–AlistofUsernamesandIDsbelongingtotheGroup.

TocreateaGroup:

• Clickthe+iconinthebottomleftofthewindow.Todeleteagroup,clickthe–icon.• EnteranameintheNamefield.• To add privileges, click the + icon in the Group Privileges panel. A popup listwill appearwith all available

items.Toadd,highlighttheprivilege/sandclickOK.• ClickApplytosaveanychangestothegrouporReverttocancel.

AssigningUserstoaGroupUsersareassignedtothegroupsviatheUsersorGroupspanel.

Onceyouhavecreatedtheusergroup,clickontheUserspanel.

• SelecttheUserNamefromthelistofusers.• SelecttheGrouptoassigntheusertofromtheGroupsdropdownmenu.• ClickApplytosaveanychangesorReverttocancel.•


145

Oncetheusergrouphasbeencreated,clickontheGroupspanel(ifnottherealready).

• SelecttheGroupfromthelistontheleft.• IntheMemberspanel,clickthe+button.• SelectanyuserstobeaddedtotheGroup.• Whenfinished,clickApply.

HostsPanelTheHostspanelallowsfortheconfigurationofautomaticClientloginsforselectedhostcomputersornetworkIPaddresseswhenusingSecureMode.

Thefieldsavailableare:

• Name–EnteranamefortheHostsetup.• Hostname/IP–EntertheHostnameorIPaddressofthecomputertheuserwillautomaticallyconnectto.• AutomaticLogin–DisableorSelectaUser from thedropdown list.OnlyoneusermaybeselectedperHost

setup.

ActivatingSecureModeSecureModeshouldbeactivatedafteranyusersand/orgroupshavebeencreated.OnlyanadministratorormemberoftheadmingroupcanactivateordeactivateSecureMode.

Toactivate:

• SelectAccountsAdminmenu>AccountsAdminSettings.• Tickthecheckboxatthetopofthescreen–Securemode–toactivateordeactivate.• ClickOKandclosethesettingswhendone.• IfactivatingSecureMode,aloginwindowwillappearassoonasyouclosetheSettings.

IfEmailNotificationsaresetupforusers:

• EnterthemailserverdetailsintheMailServerfield.ThisistheoutgoingSMTPserver.• EntertheemailaddressfortheSender(From)fieldoftheemailintheSenderEmailAddressfield.


146

SystemSettingsTheSystemsSettingssectioncontainsdefaultvaluesandpreferencesconfiguredfortheServerandClient.Thesettingsaresplitintotwo(2)differentsections–ServerandClient.

AccesstheClientSettingsviatheApplicationmenu(Win)orSerendipityClientmenu(Mac).

AccesstheServerSettingsviatheServermenu.

ClientSettingsTheClientsettingsaredividedintothree(3)tabbedcategories:Colour,GeneralandShortcuts.

Colourtab• InputCMYKProfile - Select adefaultMatch ICCprofile for accurate

displayofCMYKdata.• CMS Dithering – Disabled by default. Enable for smoother results

wheneverconversionbetween16-bitsto8-bitsisrequired.• Force Relative Colourimetric Media White - Various ICC profiling

packages and some older ICC v2 profiles included an Lab value formedia (paper)white in the Relative Colourimetric Intent LUT. Thishas the effect ofprinting apaper layerwhenprintingwithRelativeColourimetric rendering intent. When enabled, this option ignorestheLabvalueforpaperintheRelativeLUT,leavingpaperwhiteareasunprinted.

• Version3.4spotcolourhandling–Thisisacompatibilitysettingforusers with spot colour setups, upgraded from Blackmagic v3.4 orearliertogetconsistentresultsfromspotjobs.Itisrecommendedasa temporary setting only and setups should be recreated using theimprovedandmoreaccurate(postv3.4)spotcolourhandling.

MonitorSettings

• CalcheckManaged – Enabling thiswill display the current calibration status of the selectedmonitor.Whenselected,therewillbeasmalliconshowingagreentickoraredcross.Thisiconisshowninthebottomrightcornerof theSoftProofwindow. Its statusdependson theexpiration timeof themonitor calibration (as setbelow)andtheCalcheckstatus.

• UseNativeProfile–Enable this tousetheoperatingsystemdefinedICCprofile forcolourmanagement.TheClientwillusethemonitorprofileassetupfortheoperatingsystem,i.e.,MacOSwillusewhatisintheDisplayPreferencesColourtab,WindowswillusetheDisplayAdapterSettings.

• Profile–SelectamonitorICCprofileforthedisplaytheClientisrunningon.Theprofilesareusedsoanycolourelement viewed on the display is shown as accurately as possible. This includes SoftProof and any colourswatch. It is recommended themonitor be calibrated and set to the samematch profile as is used for thesoftproofingPagesetup.

• Resolution – Choose the default resolution to use for themonitors. This is used in SoftProof for calculatingvariousfitmethods.Optionsinclude:

• UseSystemSettings–TheClientwillcalculatethesystem’smonitorresolution.• CustomResolution–Specifyyourownresolution.• CalibrationExpires–Setaremindertopopupwhenacalibrationneedsupdating.

AdditionalMonitorsSpecific settings may be set for each monitor when in a multi-monitor environment. TheClientSettingswillshowadditionalsectionswithMonitor2,Monitor3etclisted.Toidentifywhichmonitoriswhich,pressthemonitorindicatorbuttontodisplayagraphicinthemiddleofthescreenfortherelevantmonitor.

CalcheckManagedThe Calcheck Managed option (under Colour Management) constantly reports the status of the monitor used forsoftproofing.

WhenthisoptionisenabledasmalltickorcrossiconrepresentingtheCalcheckstatuswillbedisplayedatthebottomrightoftheSoftProofwindowinthestatusbar.


147

Generaltab• Language – Select your preferred language from those available.

This displays all Client and logmessages in the chosen language.ThedefaultisEnglish.Arestartisrequiredifthelanguagesettingischanged.

• DefaultFont–SetthefontandsizetobeusedbytheClient.• UndoLevels–SetthenumberoflevelsforUndo.Thedefaultiszero

(0),whichmeansnorestriction.• DefaultUnits–Set themeasurementunitsusedby theClientand

alloftheApplications/Modules.• ShowTooltips–EnableordisabletooltipswithintheClient.• TurnSoundFXOff–Checkthistodisablethesoundeffects.Sounds

areusedforthingssuchasdraganddrop,anderrormessagealerts.• Nickname – Enter a nickname to use when accessing the

Chatterboxapplication.• MemoryCacheMaximumSize–Setthemaximumcachesizeforthe

SoftProof application. The default is zero (0), where the Serverchoosesthedefaultdependingonsystemconfiguration.

• Temp (button) – Set the temporarypath for scratch/temp files on the local drive.Useful if using SSD (solidstatedrive)asoperationswillperformfaster.

• Reset–Resetthelocationofthetempdirectorytotheoperatingsystemdefault.

ShortcutstabThis tabdisplaysa listof theApplicationsandModules forwhichkeyboardshortcutscanbecreated.

Note:ItistheresponsibilityoftheusertocheckthecreatedshortcutsdonotconflictwithanyotherBlackmagic,thirdpartysoftware,oroperatingsystemshortcuts/hotkeys.

Toaddashortcut:

• Highlighttheselectedapplicationormoduleinthelist.• Use theEditoption in thecontextmenu(rightclick)orclick in the

Shortcutfieldtotherightoftheapplication/modulename.• TypeinthekeyorkeycombinationfortheshortcutandpressEnter.

The shortcutswill now appear in theApplication and/orModulesmenu oftheClient.

Toremoveashortcut:

• Highlighttheselectedapplicationormoduleinthelist.• UsetheClearoptioninthecontextmenu(rightclick);or• ClickintheShortcutfieldanddeletetheshortcut.


148

ServerSettingsServersettingsaresavedtotheServerandarecommontoallconnectedClients.TheServersettingsaredividedintofour(4)tabbedcategories–Process,Colour,OptionsandPaths.

Processtab• Tasks–Controlthenumberofprocessesthemachinewillhandle, i.e., thenumberofImagingandRendering

taskssimultaneouslyrunontheServer.Thedefaultsare1/1.Uptoone imagingandrenderingtaskcanbesetperCPUcoretheServermachine possesses. In practice, it is recommended the combinednumberof imagingandrendering tasksbeset tonomore than thenumberofcores.Forexample,4CPUcores=2Image/2Render.

• Compression - Set the compression level for the intermediate fileformats(theimagedandrenderedfiles).ChoosefromFast,Standard,Better,orBest.ThedefaultisStandard.

• Multi-resolution generation – When enabled, the Server generatesimaged and rendered preview files that include a pre-calculatedpyramid of preview images (at power of 2 intervals), resulting inmuchfasterzoomingwhensoftproofing.Note: This option slightly increases image and render times andincreases the disk size of the preview by approximately one third.Optionsinclude:

• None• Fast–Defaultoption.Suitable for themajorityofworkflows, thisoptionslightly increases imageandrender

timesandincreasesthedisksizeofthepreviewimagesbyapproximatelyone-third.• HighQuality–Thisoptioncanbeusedintherarecircumstancethatmoireorunwantedantialiasingappearsin

a SoftProof preview. This option further increases image and render times, file size and results in slightlyslowerzooming.

• MaximumPrintPreviewResolution–Setthemaximumresolutionfortherenderedpreview.Thedefaultis196dpi.

• LowQualityThumbnail–Selectingthisproducesalowerqualitythumbnail.Thisisfasterbutsomedetailmaybelostinthethumbnail.

• Default Jobticket –Assign a systemdefault Jobticket. This Jobticket is usedwhen submitting to aPagesetupwithoutanassignedJobticket,orwhennoJobtickethasbeenpreviouslyselectedintheSubmitwindow.ThisistheJobticketassignedwhenthe“ApplyDefaults”optionisselectedintheSubmitwindowJobticketeditor.

• ImmutableJobtickets–Whenenabled, jobsintheQueueManagerretaintheJobticketoptionstheyhadwhentheywerefirstsubmitted,evenifthejob’sticketissubsequentlychanged.Ifthejobisreprintedorre-rendereditwilldosowiththeoriginalJobticketoptions.JobticketinformationcanbeviewedbydisplayingtheJobInfowindowforanysubmittedjobs.Note:Whenselecting“RenderwithnewJobticket”,theimmutablejobticketoptionisoverridden.

ColourTab• Default ICCProfiles – Select thedefault ICCprofilesusedwhen first

creatinganewJobticket(Inputprofiles)andMedia(Outputprofiles).• ICC Engine Accuracy – Select Faster or Better, depending on

preferences.• CMSDithering–Disabledbydefault.UseCMSDitheringforsmoother

resultswheneverconversionbetween16bitsto8bitsisrequired.• System Specials – Select a default Special Colour Set for plate

matching.ThisisusedbytheRIPMonitorandpollingserviceforplateassigning. Colours in this set are automatically assigned in theRIPMonitor.

• Unknown Specials – Select a Special Colour Set (optional) towhichunknownspecial/spotcoloursincludedinPDForPostscriptjobscanbeautomaticallyadded.

• Version3.4spotcolourhandling–This isacompatibilitysetting foruserswithSpot colour setups,upgraded fromBlackmagicv3.4or earlier toget consistent results fromspotjobs. It isrecommendedasatemporarysettingonlyandsetupsshouldberecreatedusingtheimprovedandmoreaccurate(postv3.4)spotcolourhandling.

• ApplyICCCorrectiontoCMYKSpecials–SelectthistoapplyICCcorrectiontoCMYKSpecials.


149

• Force Relative ColourimetricMediaWhite – Various ICC profiling packages and some older ICC v2 profilesincludedanLabvalueformedia(paper)whiteintheRelativeColourimetricIntentLUT.ThishastheeffectofprintingapaperlayerwhenprintingwithRelativeColourimetricrenderingintent.Whenenabled,thisoptionignorestheLabvalueforpaperintheRelativeLUT,leavingpaperwhiteareasunprinted.

Optionstab• DefaultUnits–SettheunitsusedbytheServer.Optionsaremm,

cm,inches,points,picas,metresorfeet.• Polling Service Refresh – Set the interval between poll service

checks, i.e., how long between checks to see if any RIPs requirepolling.Thedefaultis50secondsifthetimesareleftat0.

• ServerBackLog–Numberofdaystokeepthelog.OlderdaysaretrimmedwhentheServerstarts.Zero(0)means the logwillnotbetrimmed.

• MinimumBroadcastInterval–SettheintervalbetweentheServersendingoutupdates to connectedClients.Thedefault interval is2sec.High-endsystemswithgoodnetworkingareabletosettheinterval to 0sec for slightly improved image/render timeswhenprocessinglargenumbersof jobs.SitesusingtheClientremotelyconnectedvia the internetshouldseta longerpolling intervalof10-20sec.

• Output Unknown Files to Printer – Output any unknown files direct to a printer. If this is unchecked, anyunknownfileswillresultinerrorsandwillnotbeoutput.

• PublishAssetQueue–Enabledbydefault.Whendisabled,theAssetqueuedestinationswillbehiddenfromanyOutputbonjour/zeroconfconfigurationoptions.

• LogPrintedJobs–Whenenabled,thisoptionwilllogcompletedprintjobsintheServerlog.Thejobnameanddimensionsarenoted.

• Webserver–Disabledbydefault.Enabletoallowaccesstothebuilt-inwebserver.AServerrestartisrequiredforanychangestotakeeffect.WhenJobStatisticsareenabled,thismustalsobeenabled.

• Calcheck History – Disabled by default.When enabled, all Job andMedia calcheck results are stored in aninternal database. The function enables a History button in the Calcheck application used to view storedresults.

• Note:Thedatabaseisbacked-upaspartofBackupServerfunction(seeServerOptions>Helpmenu).• JobStatistics–Enable(alongwiththeWebserveroption)tocollectjobstatisticsinaninternalsqlitedatabase

file.• MaximumMemory for PS RIP – Set themaximummemory used by the Postscript RIP. The default is 0MB

(whichusestheinternaldefaultamount).• MaximumMemory for Rotation – Set themaximummemory used for Rotation. The default is 0MB (Server

choosesthedefaultdependingonsystemconfiguration).

PathstabPaths lists the default location of theworking paths the Server uses toprocessjobs.

• Raster–Holdsalltheimaged,renderedandprintjobswhiletheyareliveinthesystem.

• Spool – The location where the job is spooled prior toprocessing.

• Temp–Afterspooling,thejobismovedtothetempdirectorywhereitisworkedon.• Drop–ThedefaultlocationfortheDropFolders.

TheRasterdirectoryholdsalljobswhiletheyareinthesystemandassuch,canbeverylarge.Ifthisismoveditneedstobeplacedonadiskwithplentyofspace.AServerrestartisrequiredifanypathsarechangedinorderforthechangestotakeeffect.

Important Note: All existing files in the newworking path directory aredeletedwhentheServerisrestarted.Ensurethenewworkingpathdirectoryhasnoessentialdata.Awarningmessagewillpopuptoconfirmwhethertoproceedwiththepathchange.


150

WebServerThe Blackmagic Server has a built-in web server. Accessed via a web browser, the Web Server provides statusinformationabouttheServerandjobscurrentlyinthesystem.Itcannotbeusedforsubmittingormanagingfilesinthesystem.

AccessingtheWebServerToconnecttotheWebServer:

• Enter the IP address or machine name (if using DNS) of the computer running the Server in the browserwindow,followedbyacolonandtheportnumber8080.Fore.g.,192.168.3.43:8080

• PressEnteroncetheaddresshasbeentypedin.Whenitconnects,thebrowseraddressbarwilllooklikethis:

• IfyouhaveaDNSServer,youcanusethemachinenameinstead:

• Onceyouareconnected,thefrontpagewillappearwithanoptionsmenuontheleft:

• Queues–ShowsallthequeuesconfiguredontheServeryouareconnectedto.• Logfile–Allowsyoutoviewthelogfile.• Systeminfo–Displaysinformationaboutthesystem.• Support–Showsvarioussupportoptions&information.

Queues–Clickonanyofthequeuestogetinformationaboutjobsinthatqueue.Informationaboutthejob,includingnameandcurrentstatuswillbeshown.

LogFile–Toviewthelogfile,selecttheoptionfromthelistontheleft.

Fromhere,youcanselectaparticulartimeperiodtofetchfromtheServer.Onceviewed,youcanprintthefileorsaveittodisk.Thelogcanbeprinted,savedorexportedfromthebrowser.

Systeminfo–Choosethistodisplayinformationaboutthesystem.

ProductInfo,LicensedModules–availableprintersandinputfilters;andAvailableDestinationsareshown.

Support–ToaccesstheSerendipitySupportsite,selectthisoptionfromthemenu.ThisisthesameasifyouaccessedtheSerendipitySoftwarewebsitedirectly.

Fromhere,youcandownloaddatabases,releasenotes,manuals,updates,tutorials,FAQsandotherhelpfulinformation.

YouwillneedtohaveanactiveInternetconnectionforaccesstothesupportwebsitefunction.


151

PublishingaPagesetuponMacOSX(10.6.x)BlackmagicPagesetup’scanbesetupasaMacOSXsystemprinterdestinationtoallowjobstobeeasilysubmittedviathePrintoptionofthirdpartysoftwareordesignpackages.

JobsprintedtoaPublishedPagesetupwillbeautomaticallysentforprocessingandcolourmanagementinBlackmagic,eliminatingtheneedfordropfoldersormanualfilesubmission.

Note:JobsprintedviaBlackmagicinthiswaymustbeinafileinputformatavailabletoyourBlackmagicversion.

InstallingtheSerendipityPrinterDriversThefirststepwhenPublishingaPagesetupforthefirsttimeistoinstalltheSerendipityPrinterDriversforMacOSX.

TheinstallationpackageislocatedontheBlackmagic6.0InstallationDVD:

• Navigatetothe/drivers/macfolderandrunthefileSerendipityPrinterDrivers.pkg• Aninstallerwindowwillappear.Followthepromptstocompletetheinstallationofthedrivers.Theinstaller

willrequireadministratoraccessprivileges.

ConfiguringaPagesetupforPublishingasaTCP/IPSystemPrinterToconfigureacalibratedPagesetupforPublishing:

• In theWorkbench,select thePagesetup fromthe listofavailabledatatypes.

• Go to the Publish panel and enable the checkbox for TCP Port:Activateportnumberoption.

• EntertheTCPportnumberintothefieldandSavethePagesetup.

PortNumbersItisrecommendedthattheportnumberassignedtoaPagesetupbeaportover10000toavoidanyconflictwiththeoperatingsystemoranexistingapplication.EachPagesetuptobepublishedneedsitsownuniqueportnumber,forexample,10200,10201,etc.

MediaWhensubmitting jobs to aPublishedPagesetup, thedefaultMediaassigned to thePagesetup isused. If youwish topublishtodifferentmediaonthesameprinter,eachMediarequiredneedstobeassignedtoitsownPagesetup,withitsownuniqueportnumber.

CreatingaTCP/IPMacOSXSystemPrinterAsystemprinterneedstobecreatedandconfiguredontheMacOSXcomputerthat isrunningtheBlackmagicServer.

• OpentheSystemPreferencesfortheMacOSX.• ChoosePrint&Fax.• Clickthe+iconatthebottomoftheprinter listpaneltocreatea

newprinter.• SelecttheIPiconatthetopoftheAddPrinterwindow.• Protocol–SelectHPJetdirect-Socketfromthedropdownmenu.• Address–EntertheTCP/IPaddressandport informationforthe

printer setup in the following format: ComputerIPaddress:PagesetupPortNumber(seeimageforexample).TheIPaddressfortheprintershouldnotbeused.

• Name–Enterthedesirednamefortheprinter.Itshouldbeeasilyrecognisable as a Published Pagesetup and/or the particularPagesetupbeingpublished.

• PrintUsing–SelectPrinterSoftwarefromthedropdownmenu.• AlistofavailableMacOSXsystemprinterdriverswillpopup.


152

• EitherscrolldownthelistandselectSerendipityBlackmagic,ortype“Serendipity”inthefilterfieldandselectSerendipityBlackmagicandclickOK.

• ClickAddtoaddthenewprinter.• SetthepublishedPagesetup“Printer”asthesystemdefaultand/orsharethe

printeronthenetworkasrequired.

ConfiguringaPagesetupforPublishingasaBonjourPrinterToconfigurethePagesetupforPublishing:

• IntheWorkbench,selectthePagesetuptobePublishedfromthelistofavailableitems.

• Go to the Publish panel and enable the printer: Mac checkbox.This lists the Pagesetup in the Mac OS X system Bonjourdestinationsas“Pagesetupname@computername”.

• SavethePagesetupconfigurationwhendone.

CreatingaBonjourSystemPrinterforMacOSXAsystemprinterneedstobecreatedandconfiguredontheMacOSXcomputerrunningtheBlackmagicServer.

• OpentheSystemPreferencesforMacOSX.• ChoosePrint&Fax.• SelecttheDefaulticonatthetopoftheAddPrinterwindow.• ChoosethePagesetupfromthePrinterNamelist.ThePagesetup

willbe listedasKind:Bonjourandnamed“Pagesetupname@computername”.

• Print Using – If you have installed the Serendipity PrinterDrivers, the Print Using field should auto-fill to showSerendipityBlackmagic.

• IftheSerendipityPrinterDrivershavenotbeeninstalled,cancelthe printer setup and install the drivers as per the aboveinstructions.

• If the fielddoesnot auto-fill, choose SelectPrinter Software fromthedropdownmenu.A list of availableMacOSX systemprinterdrivers will popup. Either scroll down the list and selectSerendipityBlackmagicortype“Serendipity”inthefilterfieldandselectSerendipityBlackmagic.ClickAdd.

• Name–Enterthedesirednamefortheprinter.Itshouldbenamedto be easily recognisable as a Published Pagesetup and/or theparticularPagesetupbeingpublished.

• ClickAddtoaddthenewprinter.• SetthepublishedPagesetup“Printer”asthesystemdefaultand/or

sharetheprinteronthenetworkasrequired.


153

PublishingaPagesetuponWindows7BlackmagicPagesetup’scanbesetupasWindowssystemprinterdestinationstoallowjobstobeeasilysubmittedviathePrintoptionofthirdpartysoftwareordesignpackages.

JobsprintedtoaPublishedPagesetupwillbeautomaticallysentforprocessingandcolourmanagementinBlackmagic,eliminatingtheneedfordropfoldersormanualfilesubmission.

Note:JobsprintedviaBlackmagicinthiswaymustbeinafileinputformatavailabletoyourBlackmagicversion.

MegaripPrinterDriverThe first step before proceeding is to enable access to theMegarip.inf driver file. TheMegarip printer driver is aproprietarySerendipitySoftwaredriverthatWindowswilluseastheprinterdriver.

ThefileislocatedontheSerendipityBlackmagicinstallationDVDinthefollowingdirectory:

/drivers/win/win_xp_vista_7/

ConfiguringthePagesetupforPublishingasaSystemPrinterToconfigureacalibratedPagesetupforPublishing:

• IntheWorkbench,selectthePagesetupfromthelistofavailabledatatypes.

• Go to the Publish panel and enable the checkbox for TCP Port:Activateportnumberoption.

• EntertheTCPportnumberintothefieldandSavethePagesetup.

PortNumbersItisrecommendedthattheportnumberassignedtoaPagesetupbeaportover10000toavoidanyconflictwiththeoperatingsystemoranexistingapplication.EachPagesetuptobepublishedneedsitsownuniqueportnumber,forexample,10200,10201,etc.

MediaWhensubmitting jobs to aPublishedPagesetup, thedefaultMediaassigned to thePagesetup isused. If youwish topublishtodifferentmediaonthesameprinter,eachMediarequiredneedstobeassignedtoitsownPagesetup,withitsownuniqueportnumber.

CreatingaTCP/IPWindowsSystemPrinterAsystemprinterneedstobecreatedandconfiguredontheWindowscomputerthatisrunningtheBlackmagicServer.

• SelectWindowsStartMenu>DevicesandPrinters.• ClickonAddPrinter.TheAddPrinterwizardwillappear.• SelectAddaLocalPrinterandclickNext.• SelectCreateaNewPortandStandardTCP/IPPort fromtheTypeofPort

dropdownmenu.• ClickNext.• TypeaPrinterorHostnameAddress:• DeviceType–TCP/IPDevice• Hostname or IP address – Enter the Network IP address of the

Windows computer running the Blackmagic Server. (e.g.,192.168.3.59).

• PortName–EnteranamefortheWindowsport(thisisNOTtheprintername).

• UnchecktheoptiontoQuerythePrinterandAutomaticallySelecttheDrivertoUse.

• ClickNext.• AdditionalPortInformationRequired:


154

• DeviceType–Custom.• ClicktheSettingsbutton.Aconfigurationwindowwillappear.• ConfigureStandardTCP/IPPortMonitor:• Protocol–SelectRaw.• RawSettings:• PortNumber–EntertheuniqueTCPPortnumberassignedtothe

Pagesetuptobepublished,e.g.,10201.• ClickOK.ThewindowwillcloseandreturntotheAdditionalPort

Informationwindow.• ClickNext.• InstallthePrinterDriver:• If this is the first time installing a Blackmagic system printer, insert the

BlackmagicInstallationDVDandselectHaveDisk.• Navigatetothe/drivers/win/win_xp_vista_7/directory.• Select theMegarip.inf fileandclickOpen.TheSerendipityMegaripdriver

shouldnowbedisplayed.• ClickNext.

Note: The above step can be skipped for any subsequent installs of Blackmagicsystemprinters.ThedrivercanbechosenfromtheWindowsprinterdriverlist.

• WhichVersionoftheDriverdoyouwanttouse:• SelectUse the driver that is currently installed (recommended) unless you

arereplacinganolderinstalledversionoftheSerendipityMegaripdriver.• ClickNext.• TypeaPrinterName:• Enter a name for the printer. This is the name that will appear in the

WindowsPrinters list andbeavailableasaprinteroptionwhenprintingfromWindowsapplications.ThenameshouldbeuniqueforthePublishedPagesetup.

• ClickNext.• PrinterSharing:• SelectSharethisprintersothatothersonyournetworkcanfindanduse

it.• Keepthedefaultprinternameorenterasharename.• ClickNext.• You’veSuccessfullyadded“PrinterName”:• ChoosewhetherthePublishedPagesetupdestinationistobethedefault

systemprinter.• If desired, click thePrint aTest Page button. The test page job should

appearintheBlackmagicQueueManager.• ClickFinishtoclosethewizard.


155

PrintingtoaPublishedPagesetupPrinteracrossaNetworkPrintingfromMacOSX! MacOSX,orWindows! WindowsPrintingtoaPublishedPagesetupprinteracrossanetworkwherebothcomputers(themachinesendingtheprintandthemachinerunningtheBlackmagicServer)shareacommonoperatingsystemisstraightforward.

IfnetworksharinghasbeenenabledforthesystemprinterdestinationcreatedforusewiththeBlackmagicPagesetup,theprinterwillbeavailableintheprinteroptionsofanyothercomputeronthenetwork.

PrintingfromMacOSX! Windows,orWindows! MacOSXPrinting froma computer on the samenetwork, butwith a different operating system to the computer running theBlackmagicServerrequiresthecreationofanewsystemprinteronthecomputerwishingtoprinttoBlackmagic.

Thisisdonebyfollowingtheappropriatestepsoutlinedpreviouslyfortherelevantoperatingsystem.

TheonlyalterationiswhenenteringtheTCP/IPaddressandtheTCPportnumber:

EnterthenetworkTCP/IPaddressofthecomputeronwhichtheBlackmagicServerisrunning,i.e.,themachineyouwishtoprintto.

EntertheTCPPortNumberassignedtothePublishedPagesetupyouwishtoprintto.


156

TroubleshootingHerearesomesuggestionsofwheretolookifyourunintotroubleandexperienceproblemswhenusingaCluster.

JobsNotProcessingThroughaClusterNodeThepossiblereasonsforthisare:

TheClusterNodeisnotconfiguredtoimage,renderorboth.ChecktheClusterStatustoseeifeitheroftheprocessingtaskshavebeendisabled.Toenablethem,opentheClusteringapplicationandenabletheappropriatetask.

TheClusterNodehasaProcessingPoolattachedandthePagesetupyouaresubmittingjobstoisnotcontainedwithinthePool.YoucaneitherunselectthePooloraddthePagesetuptothePagesetupPool.

TheClusterNodehasgoneoffline.Tocheck,opentheClusteringapplicationandcheckthenode.IftheClusteringapplicationisalreadyopen,clicktheRefreshbutton.Thiswillcheckfornodestatus.Ifthenodeappearsgrayedoutordisabled,thisindicatesthenodeisnotcurrentlyonline.

Here the Cluster Node called “pomelo” is currently offline. In thiscase, you would check the node server is up, the machine is stillconnected to the network and can see the Master. If there is aproblem with the node, check the error log. One the problem isresolved,clicktheRefreshbuttonorcloseandreopentheClusteringapplication.

TheNodeandMasteraredifferentversions.ThenodeshouldalwaysbeupgradedwhentheMasteristomaintainthesameversionsinaCluster.

ClusterNodesErrorsLogTheClusterNodes create anerror log,which logs all themessages from thenode.This is located in theBlackmagicinstallationdirectoryonthenode’sownmachineandiscalled“errors.log”.Thiscanbeviewedwithanormaltexteditorandcanhelptotrackaproblem,oritcanbesenttosupportforassistanceintracingaproblem.

ANodeCannotBeFoundOnceyouhavestartedyournodesuccessfully,youshouldbeabletoseeitintheClusteringapplication.Ifnot,youneedtoaddthenodemanually.Ifthisfails,thereareafewthingstocheck:

• Verifythenodeisstillrunningandtheclockisstillcountingup.• Checktheerrorlogforanymessages.• CheckthattheMastermachinecanpingthenodemachine.Ifnot,theremaybeanetworkissueandyouwill

needtocontactyournetworkadministratorforassistance.• ChecktheportsonthemachinesareopenforthenodetoconnecttotheMasterandtheyarenotbeingusedby

anythingelse.Theportnumbersforthenodeareasfollows:• 9103/tcp–Serverconnectshereandsubmitsjobsviathisport.• 9103/udp–ListenstobroadcastssotheServercanenumerateavailableNodeServers.• MakesurethenodeisthesameversionastheMaster.Nodes(BlackmagicSlaves)shouldalwaysbeupgraded

atthesametimeastheMaster.


157

PrintingtoaPagesetuponWindowsHerearesomesuggestionsofwheretolookifyourunintotroubleandexperienceproblemswhenprinting.

Forallofthemethodsdocumentedinthisguide,testeachsteptoseewheretheproblemsarise.Forexample,whenaprinteriscreated,tryprintingatestpage.

PrintingFromMactoWindowsWhenprintingfromaMactoasharedWindowsprinter,thereareacoupleofutilitiesavailabletoverifywhetherornottheprinterisinstalledcorrectlyandworking.Theseare:

TheCUPsprintingsystemontheMachasawebinterfacethatletsyouviewandtestprinters.Toaccessthis,dothefollowing:

• Open a web browser and enter the following address:http://localhost:631

• Thiswillconnecttothelocalprintsystem.• ChooseManagePrintersorselectthePrinterstabandthelistof

printersconfiguredontheMacwillappear.• Scrolldownthelisttolocatetheprinter.Adetaileddescriptionof

theprinterisavailablehere.• Printa testpage to theWindowsprinter.Thiswilldetermine if

theconnectionfromtheMactotheWindowsdeviceisvalid.ThetestjobshouldappearintheWindowsprintspooler.

As mentioned earlier, if a name is created withspaces or hyphens these are transposed tounderscores for the actual printing device. ThroughCUPstheactualdevicenameisshown.

Thedescriptionstillcontainsthespacesbuttheactualdevicebeingprintedtohasunderscores.Anotherwaytocheckthestatusistousetheterminal.

1. OpenaterminalfromtheApplications>Utilitiesfolder

Intheterminaltype: lpstat–p

ThiswillreportonallprintersconfiguredontheMac.

2. Searchforyourprinterinthelistandverifythename.Theformatwillbelike:

printermy_printer_with_spacesisidle.EnabledsinceJan0100:00

3. Tryandprintfromtheterminal.Locateaprintfile(runatestjobwiththecorrectdriverandfindthefileintherasterfolderintheinstallationdirectory)andtypethefollowingonthecommandline:

lp–P<printer><jobname>

FortheexampleofaHPprinter,wecantypethefollowing:lpr–Php_t1100_via_tanglefootQuickcal_230166.rtl

ThisshouldsubmitthertlfilecreatedbytheServertotheprinterspooler.

You must be in the raster folder when the command is typed or if not, enter the full path to the file, for e.g.,Applications/Serendipity/SerendipityBlackmagic/raster/Quickcal_230166.rtl.


158

TheMacSpoolerReports“NT_ACCESS_DENIED”Thismeansthattheprintsystemcannotaccesstheprinter.Itmaybethatthereareinsufficientprivilegesfortheusertryingtoconnect,theusernameand/orpasswordcouldbeincorrect,ortheusernameandpasswordpartofthestringhavebeenforgotten.

ClientErrorWhen testingwith lpr or from Serendipity Blackmagic and the error “client-error-not-found” is seen, itmeans it isunabletofindtheprinterthefileisbeingsentto.Checktomakesurethenameoftheprinteriscorrect.

UnabletoPrinttoRemoteWindowsPrinterThiscanhappenfromMacorWindows.

IfyouareonaWindowsmachineandarecreatinganewprintertoconnecttotheremoteprinterbutitfailstofindthepath,makesuretheremoteprinterissharedandthenameiscorrect.


159

CopyrightNotices

PNGLibraryCopyrightCopyright©1995,1996GuyEricSchalnat,Group42,Inc.

ContributingAuthors:AndreasDilger,DaveMartindale,GuyEricSchalnat,PaulSchmidt,TimWegner.

Thecontributingauthorswouldliketothankallthosewhohelpedwithtesting,bugfixesandpatience.Youknowwhoyouare.Thiswouldn’thavebeenpossiblewithoutallofyou.

ThankstoFrankJ.T.Wojcikforreviewingthedocumentation.

ThePNGReference Library is supplied “as is”. TheContributingAuthors andGroup42, Inc. disclaim allwarranties,expressedor implied, includingwithout limitation, thewarrantiesofmerchantability andof fitness foranypurpose.TheContributingAuthorsandGroup42,Inc.assumenoliabilityfordamages,directorconsequential,whichmayresultfromtheuseofthePNGReferenceLibrary.

Permissionisherebygrantedtouse,copy,modifyanddistributethissourcecode,orportionshereof,foranypurpose,withoutfee,subjecttothefollowingrestrictions:

Theoriginofthissourcecodemustnotbemisrepresented.

Alteredversionsmustbeplainlymarkedassuchandmustnotbemisrepresentedasbeingtheoriginalsource.

ThisCopyrightNoticemaynotberemovedoralteredfromanysourceoralteredsourcedistribution.

CompressionLibraryCopyrightCopyright©1995Jean-loupGaillyandMarkAdler.

Thissoftwareisprovided“asis”,withoutanyexpressorimpliedwarranty.Innoeventwilltheauthorsbeheldliableforanydamagesarisingfromtheuseofthissoftware.

Permissionisgrantedtoanyonetousethissoftwareforanypurpose,includingcommercialapplicationsandtoalteritandredistributeitfreely,subjecttothefollowingrestrictions:

Theoriginofthissoftwaremustnotbemisrepresented;youmustnotclaimthatyouwrotetheoriginalsoftware.Ifyouusethissoftwareinaproduct,anacknowledgmentintheproductdocumentationwouldbeappreciatedbutisnotrequired.

Alteredsourceversionsmustbeplainlymarkedassuch,andmustnotbemisrepresentedasbeingtheoriginalsoftware.

Thisnoticemaynotberemovedoralteredfromanysourcedistribution.

Jean-loupGaillyandMarkAdler.

[email protected]@alumni.caltech.edu

IndependentJPEGGroup’sCopyrightTheauthorsmakenowarrantyorrepresentation,eitherexpressorimplied,withrespecttothissoftware, itsquality,accuracy,merchantability,orfitnessforaparticularpurpose.Thissoftwareisprovided“asis”andyou,itsuser,assumetheentireriskastoitsqualityandaccuracy.

This software is copyright© 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, Thomas G. Lane. All Rights Reserved except asspecifiedbelow.

Permissionisherebygrantedtouse,copy,modifyanddistributethissoftware(orportionsthereof)foranypurpose,withoutfee,subjecttotheseconditions:


160

Ifanypartofthesourcecodeforthissoftwareisdistributed,thenthisREADMEfilemustbeincluded,withthiscopyrightanno-warrantynoticeunaltered;andanyadditions,deletions,orchangestotheoriginalfilesmustbeclearlyindicatedinaccompanyingdocumentation.

Ifonlyexecutablecodeisdistributed,thentheaccompanyingdocumentationmuststatethat“thissoftwareisbasedinpartontheworkoftheIndependentJPEGGroup”.

Permissionforuseofthissoftwareisgrantedonlyiftheuseracceptsfullresponsibilityforanyundesirableconsequences;theauthorsacceptNOLIABILITYfordamagesofanykind.

TheseconditionsapplytoanysoftwarederivedfromorbasedontheIJGcode,notjusttotheunmodifiedlibrary.Ifyouuseourwork,yououghttoacknowledgeus.

PermissionisNOTgrantedfortheuseofanyIJGauthor’snameorcompanynameinadvertisingorpublicityrelatingtothis software or products derived from it. This softwaremay be referred to only as “the Independent JPEGGroup’ssoftware”.

Wespecificallypermitandencourage theuseof this softwareas thebasisof commercialproducts,provided thatallwarrantyorliabilityclaimsareassumedbytheproductvendor.

ansi2knr.c is included in thisdistributionbypermissionofL.PeterDeutsch, soleproprietorof itscopyrightholder,AladdinEnterprisesofMenloPark,CA.ansi2knr.cisNOTcoveredbytheabovecopyrightandconditions,butinsteadbytheusualdistributiontermsoftheFreeSoftwareFoundation;principally,thatyoumustincludesourcecodeifyouredistributeit.(Seethefileansi2knr.cforfulldetails).However,sinceansi2knr.cisnotneededaspartofanyprogramgeneratedfromtheIJGcode,thisdoesnotlimityoumorethantheforegoingparagraphsdo.

“TheGraphicsInterchangeFormat©istheCopyrightpropertyofCompuServeIncorporated.GIF(sm)isaServiceMarkpropertyofCompuServeIncorporated.”

Copyright©1980,1993TheRegentsoftheUniversityofCalifornia.AllRightsReserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that thefollowingconditionsaremet:

Redistributionsofsourcecodemustretaintheabovecopyrightnotice,thislistofconditionsandthefollowingdisclaimer.

Redistributionsinbinaryformmustreproducetheabovecopyrightnotice,thislistofconditionsandthefollowingdisclaimerinthedocumentationand/orothermaterialsprovidedwiththedistribution.

Alladvertisingmaterialsmentioningfeaturesoruseofthissoftwaremustdisplaythefollowingacknowledgment:

ThisproductincludessoftwaredevelopedbytheUniversityofCalifornia,Berkeleyanditscontributors.

NeitherthenameoftheUniversitynorthenamesofitscontributorsmaybeusedtoendorseorpromoteproductsderivedfromthissoftwarewithoutspecificpriorwrittenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES,INCLUDING,BUTNOTLIMITEDTO,THEIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITYANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEAREDISCLAIMED.INNOEVENTSHALLTHEREGENTSORCONTRIBUTORSBELIABLEFORANYDIRECT,INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL,SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES(INCLUDING,BUTNOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS; ORBUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,STRICTLIABILITY,ORTORT(INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCEOROTHERWISE)ARISINGINANYWAYOUTOFTHEUSEOFTHISSOFTWARE,EVENIFADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGE.

Copyright©1990,1994RegentsoftheUniversityofMichiganAllRightsReserved.

Permissiontouse,copy,modifyanddistributethissoftwareanditsdocumentationforanypurposeandwithoutfeeisherebygranted,providedthattheabovecopyrightnoticeappearsinallcopiesandthatboththatcopyrightnoticeand


161

thispermissionnoticeappear insupportingdocumentation,and that thenameofTheUniversityofMichigannotbeused inadvertisingorpublicitypertaining todistributionof the softwarewithout specific,writtenpriorpermission.Thissoftwareissuppliedasiswithoutexpressedorimpliedwarrantiesofanykind.

ThisproductincludessoftwaredevelopedbytheUniversityofCalifornia,Berkeleyanditscontributors.

Code in sys/linux is developed by Alan Cox. Youmay redistribute it and/ormodify it under the terms of the GNUGeneral Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at youroption)anylaterversion.

ResearchSystemsUnixGroupTheUniversityofMichiganC/OWesleyCraig535W.WilliamStreetAnnArbor,[email protected]

GNUGENERALPUBLICLICENSEVersion2,June1991

Copyright©1989,1991FreeSoftwareFoundation,Inc.

675MassAve,Cambridge,MA02139,USAEveryoneispermittedtocopyanddistributeverbatimcopiesofthislicensedocument,butchangingitisnotallowed.

PreambleThelicensesformostsoftwarearedesignedtotakeawayyourfreedomtoshareandchangeit.Bycontrast, theGNUGeneral Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software-tomake sure thesoftwareisfreeforallitsusers.ThisGeneralPublicLicenseappliestomostoftheFreeSoftwareFoundation’ssoftwareand to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software iscoveredbytheGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicenseinstead).Youcanapplyittoyourprograms,too.Whenwespeakoffreesoftware,wearereferringtofreedom,notprice.OurGeneralPublicLicensesaredesignedtomakesurethatyouhavethefreedomtodistributecopiesoffreesoftware(andchargeforthisserviceifyouwish),thatyoureceivesourcecodeorcangetitifyouwantit,thatyoucanchangethesoftwareorusepiecesofitinnewfreeprograms;andthatyouknowyoucandothesethings.

To protect your rights, we need tomake restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you tosurrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of thesoftware,orifyoumodifyit.

Forexample,ifyoudistributecopiesofsuchaprogram,whethergratisorforafee,youmustgivetherecipientsalltherightsthatyouhave.Youmustmakesurethattheytoo,receiveorcangetthesourcecode.Andyoumustshowthemthesetermssotheyknowtheirrights.

Weprotectyourrightswithtwosteps:(1)copyrightthesoftware,and(2)offeryouthislicensewhichgivesyoulegalpermissiontocopy,distributeand/ormodifythesoftware.

Also, for each author’s protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is nowarrantyforthis freesoftware. If thesoftwareismodifiedbysomeoneelseandpassedon,wewant itsrecipientstoknowthatwhattheyhaveisnottheoriginal,sothatanyproblemsintroducedbyotherswillnotreflectontheoriginalauthor’sreputations.

Finally,anyfreeprogramisthreatenedconstantlybysoftwarepatents.Wewishtoavoidthedangerthatredistributorsofafreeprogramwillindividuallyobtainpatentlicenses,ineffectmakingtheprogramproprietary.Topreventthis,wehavemadeitclearthatanypatentmustbelicensedforeveryone’sfreeuseornotlicensedatall.Theprecisetermsandconditionsforcopying,distributionandmodificationfollow.


162

GNUGENERALPUBLICLICENSE

TERMSANDCONDITIONSFORCOPYING,DISTRIBUTIONANDMODIFICATION

ThisLicenseappliestoanyprogramorotherworkwhichcontainsanoticeplacedbythecopyrightholdersayingitmaybedistributedunderthetermsofthisGeneralPublicLicense.The“Program”,below,referstoanysuchprogramorwork,anda“workbasedontheProgram”meanseithertheProgramoranyderivativeworkundercopyrightlaw:thatistosay,aworkcontainingtheProgramoraportionofit,eitherverbatimorwithmodificationsand/ortranslatedintoanotherlanguage.(Hereinafter,translationisincludedwithoutlimitationintheterm“modification”).Eachlicenseeisaddressedas“you”.

Activitiesotherthancopying,distributionandmodificationarenotcoveredbythisLicense;theyareoutsideitsscope.TheactofrunningtheProgramisnotrestricted,andtheoutputfromtheProgramiscoveredonlyifitscontentsconstituteaworkbasedontheProgram(independentofhavingbeenmadebyrunningtheProgram).WhetherthatistruedependsonwhattheProgramdoes.

YoumaycopyanddistributeverbatimcopiesoftheProgram’ssourcecodeasyoureceiveit,inanymedium,providedthatyouconspicuouslyandappropriatelypublishoneachcopyanappropriatecopyrightnoticeanddisclaimerofwarranty;keepintactallthenoticesthatrefertothisLicenseandtotheabsenceofanywarranty;andgiveanyotherrecipientsoftheProgramacopyofthisLicensealongwiththeProgram.

YoumaymodifyyourcopyorcopiesoftheProgramoranyportionofit,thusformingaworkbasedontheProgram,andcopyanddistributesuchmodificationsorworkunderthetermsofSection1above,providedthatyoualsomeetalloftheseconditions:

Youmustcausethemodifiedfilestocarryprominentnoticesstatingthatyouchangedthefilesandthedateofanychange.

Youmustcauseanyworkthatyoudistributeorpublish,thatinwholeorinpartcontainsorisderivedfromtheProgramoranypartthereof,tobelicensedasawholeatnochargetoallthirdpartiesunderthetermsofthisLicense.

Ifthemodifiedprogramnormallyreadscommandsinteractivelywhenrun,youmustcauseit,whenstartedrunningforsuchinteractiveuseinthemostordinaryway,toprintordisplayanannouncementincludinganappropriatecopyrightnoticeandanoticethatthereisnowarranty(orelse,sayingthatyouprovideawarranty)andthatusersmayredistributetheprogramundertheseconditions,andtellingtheuserhowtoviewacopyofthisLicense.(Exception:iftheProgramitselfisinteractivebutdoesnotnormallyprintsuchanannouncement,yourworkbasedontheProgramisnotrequiredtoprintanannouncement).

Theserequirementsapplytothemodifiedworkasawhole.IfidentifiablesectionsofthatworkarenotderivedfromtheProgram,andcanbereasonablyconsideredindependentandseparateworksinthemselves,thenthisLicense,anditsterms,donotapplytothosesectionswhenyoudistributethemasseparateworks.ButwhenyoudistributethesamesectionsaspartofawholewhichisaworkbasedontheProgram,thedistributionofthewholemustbeonthetermsofthisLicense,whosepermissionsforotherlicenseesextendtotheentirewhole,andthustoeachandeverypartregardlessofwhowroteit.

Thus,itisnottheintentofthissectiontoclaimrightsorcontestyourrightstoworkwrittenentirelybyyou;rather,theintentistoexercisetherighttocontrolthedistributionofderivativeorcollectiveworksbasedontheProgram.Inaddition,mereaggregationofanotherworknotbasedontheProgramwiththeProgram(orwithaworkbasedontheProgram)onavolumeofastorageordistributionmediumdoesnotbringtheotherworkunderthescopeofthisLicense.

YoumaycopyanddistributetheProgram(oraworkbasedonit,underSection2)inobjectcodeorexecutableformunderthetermsofSections1and2aboveprovidedthatyoualsodooneofthefollowing:

Accompanyitwiththecompletecorrespondingmachine-readablesourcecode,whichmustbedistributedunderthetermsofSections1and2aboveonamediumcustomarilyusedforsoftwareinterchange;or,

Accompanyitwithawrittenoffer,validforatleastthreeyears,togiveanythirdparty,forachargenomorethanyourcostofphysicallyperformingsourcedistribution,acompletemachine-readablecopyofthecorrespondingsourcecode,tobedistributedunderthetermsofSections1and2aboveonamediumcustomarilyusedforsoftwareinterchange;or,

Accompanyitwiththeinformationyoureceivedastotheoffertodistributecorrespondingsourcecode.(Thisalternativeisallowedonlyfornoncommercialdistributionandonlyifyoureceivedtheprograminobjectcodeorexecutableformwithsuchanoffer,inaccordwithSubsectionbabove).


163

Thesourcecodeforaworkmeansthepreferredformoftheworkformakingmodificationstoit.Foranexecutablework,completesourcecodemeansallthesourcecodeforallmodulesitcontains,plusanyassociatedinterfacedefinitionfiles,plusthescriptsusedtocontrolcompilationandinstallationoftheexecutable.However,asaspecialexception,thesourcecodedistributedneednotincludeanythingthatisnormallydistributed(ineithersourceorbinaryform)withthemajorcomponents(compiler,kernel,andsoon)oftheoperatingsystemonwhichtheexecutableruns,unlessthatcomponentitselfaccompaniestheexecutable.

Ifdistributionofexecutableorobjectcodeismadebyofferingaccesstocopyfromadesignatedplace,thenofferingequivalentaccesstocopythesourcecodefromthesameplacecountsasdistributionofthesourcecode,eventhoughthirdpartiesarenotcompelledtocopythesourcealongwiththeobjectcode.

Youmaynotcopy,modify,sublicense,ordistributetheProgramexceptasexpresslyprovidedunderthisLicense.Anyattemptotherwisetocopy,modify,sublicenseordistributetheProgramisvoid,andwillautomaticallyterminateyourrightsunderthisLicense.However,partieswhohavereceivedcopies,orrights,fromyouunderthisLicensewillnothavetheirLicensesterminatedsolongassuchpartiesremaininfullcompliance.

YouarenotrequiredtoacceptthisLicense,sinceyouhavenotsignedit.However,nothingelsegrantsyoupermissiontomodifyordistributetheProgramoritsderivativeworks.TheseactionsareprohibitedbylawifyoudonotacceptthisLicense.Therefore,bymodifyingordistributingtheProgram(oranyworkbasedontheProgram),youindicateyouracceptanceofthisLicensetodoso,andallitstermsandconditionsforcopying,distributingormodifyingtheProgramorworksbasedonit.

EachtimeyouredistributetheProgram(oranyworkbasedontheProgram),therecipientautomaticallyreceivesalicensefromtheoriginallicensortocopy,distributeormodifytheProgramsubjecttothesetermsandconditions.Youmaynotimposeanyfurtherrestrictionsontherecipients’exerciseoftherightsgrantedherein.YouarenotresponsibleforenforcingcompliancebythirdpartiestothisLicense.

If,asaconsequenceofacourtjudgmentorallegationofpatentinfringementorforanyotherreason(notlimitedtopatentissues),conditionsareimposedonyou(whetherbycourtorder,agreementorotherwise)thatcontradicttheconditionsofthisLicense,theydonotexcuseyoufromtheconditionsofthisLicense.IfyoucannotdistributesoastosatisfysimultaneouslyyourobligationsunderthisLicenseandanyotherpertinentobligations,thenasaconsequenceyoumaynotdistributetheProgramatall.Forexample,ifapatentlicensewouldnotpermitroyalty-freeredistributionoftheProgrambyallthosewhoreceivecopiesdirectlyorindirectlythroughyou,thentheonlywayyoucouldsatisfybothitandthisLicensewouldbetorefrainentirelyfromdistributionoftheProgram.

Ifanyportionofthissectionisheldinvalidorunenforceableunderanyparticularcircumstance,thebalanceofthesectionisintendedtoapplyandthesectionasawholeisintendedtoapplyinothercircumstances.

Itisnotthepurposeofthissectiontoinduceyoutoinfringeanypatentsorotherpropertyrightclaimsortocontestvalidityofanysuchclaims;thissectionhasthesolepurposeofprotectingtheintegrityofthefreesoftwaredistributionsystem,whichisimplementedbypubliclicensepractices.Manypeoplehavemadegenerouscontributionstothewiderangeofsoftwaredistributedthroughthatsysteminrelianceonconsistentapplicationofthatsystem;itisuptotheauthor/donortodecideifheorsheiswillingtodistributesoftwarethroughanyothersystemandalicenseecannotimposethatchoice.

ThissectionisintendedtomakethoroughlyclearwhatisbelievedtobeaconsequenceoftherestofthisLicense.

Ifthedistributionand/oruseoftheProgramisrestrictedincertaincountrieseitherbypatentsorbycopyrightedinterfaces,theoriginalcopyrightholderwhoplacestheProgramunderthisLicensemayaddanexplicitgeographicaldistributionlimitationexcludingthosecountries,sothatdistributionispermittedonlyinoramongcountriesnotthusexcluded.Insuchcase,thisLicenseincorporatesthelimitationasifwritteninthebodyofthisLicense.

TheFreeSoftwareFoundationmaypublishrevisedand/ornewversionsoftheGeneralPublicLicensefromtimetotime.Suchnewversionswillbesimilarinspirittothepresentversion,butmaydifferindetailtoaddressnewproblemsorconcerns.

Eachversionisgivenadistinguishingversionnumber.IftheProgramspecifiesaversionnumberofthisLicensewhichappliestoitand“anylaterversion”,youhavetheoptionoffollowingthetermsandconditionseitherofthatversionorofanylaterversionpublishedbytheFreeSoftwareFoundation.IftheProgramdoesnotspecifyaversionnumberofthisLicense,youmaychooseanyversioneverpublishedbytheFreeSoftwareFoundation.

IfyouwishtoincorporatepartsoftheProgramintootherfreeprogramswhosedistributionconditionsaredifferent,writetotheauthortoaskforpermission.ForsoftwarewhichiscopyrightedbytheFreeSoftwareFoundation,writeto


164

theFreeSoftwareFoundation;wesometimesmakeexceptionsforthis.Ourdecisionwillbeguidedbythetwogoalsofpreservingthefreestatusofallderivativesofourfreesoftwareandofpromotingthesharingandreuseofsoftwaregenerally.

NOWARRANTY

BECAUSETHEPROGRAMISLICENSEDFREEOFCHARGE,THEREISNOWARRANTYFORTHEPROGRAM,TOTHEEXTENTPERMITTEDBYAPPLICABLELAW.EXCEPTWHENOTHERWISESTATEDINWRITINGTHECOPYRIGHTHOLDERSAND/OROTHERPARTIESPROVIDETHEPROGRAM“ASIS”WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,EITHEREXPRESSEDORIMPLIED,INCLUDING,BUTNOTLIMITEDTO,THEIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITYANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE.THEENTIRERISKASTOTHEQUALITYANDPERFORMANCEOFTHEPROGRAMISWITHYOU.SHOULDTHEPROGRAMPROVEDEFECTIVE,YOUASSUMETHECOSTOFALLNECESSARYSERVICING,REPAIRORCORRECTION.

INNOEVENTUNLESSREQUIREDBYAPPLICABLELAWORAGREEDTOINWRITINGWILLANYCOPYRIGHTHOLDER,ORANYOTHERPARTYWHOMAYMODIFYAND/ORREDISTRIBUTETHEPROGRAMASPERMITTEDABOVE,BELIABLETOYOUFORDAMAGES,INCLUDINGANYGENERAL,SPECIAL,INCIDENTALORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESARISINGOUTOFTHEUSEORINABILITYTOUSETHEPROGRAM(INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOLOSSOFDATAORDATABEINGRENDEREDINACCURATEORLOSSESSUSTAINEDBYYOUORTHIRDPARTIESORAFAILUREOFTHEPROGRAMTOOPERATEWITHANYOTHERPROGRAMS),EVENIFSUCHHOLDEROROTHERPARTYHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGES.

ENDOFTERMSANDCONDITIONS

Appendix:HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYournewProgramsIfyoudevelopanewprogram,andyouwantittobeofthegreatestpossibleusetothepublic,thebestwaytoachievethisistomakeitfreesoftwarewhicheveryonecanredistributeandchangeundertheseterms.

Todoso,attachedthefollowingnoticestotheprogram.Itissafesttoattachthemtothestartofeachsourcefiletomosteffectively convey theexclusionofwarranty; andeach file shouldhaveat least the “copyright” line andapointer towherethefullnoticeisfound.

<onelinetogivetheprogram’snameandabriefideaofwhatisdoes>

Copyright©19yy<nameofauthor>

Thisprogram is free software;youcan redistribute it and/ormodify itunder the termsof theGNUGeneralPublic License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at youroption)anylaterversion.

Thisprogramisdistributedinthehopethatitwillbeuseful,butWITHOUTANYWARRANTY;withouteventheimplied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU GeneralPublicLicenseformoredetails.

YoushouldhavereceivedacopyoftheGNUGeneralPublicLicensealongwiththisprogram;ifnot,writetotheFreeSoftwareFoundation,Inc.,675MassAve,Cambridge,MA02139,USA.

Alsoaddinformationonhowtocontactyoubyelectronicandpapermail.

Iftheprogramisinteractive,makeitoutputashortnoticelikethiswhenitstartsinaninteractivemode:

Gnomovisionversion69,Copyright©19yynameofauthorGnomovisioncomeswithABSOLUTELYNOWARRANTY;fordetailstype“showw”.This is freesoftware,andyouarewelcometoredistributeitundercertainconditions;type“showc”fordetails.

Thehypotheticalcommands“showw”and“showc”shouldshowtheappropriatepartsoftheGeneralPublicLicense.Ofcourse,thecommandsyouusemaybecalledsomethingotherthan“showw”and“showc”;theycouldevenbemouse-clicksormenuitems-whateversuitsyourprogram.

You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a “copyrightdisclaimer”fortheprogram,ifnecessary.Hereisasample;alterthenames:


165

YoyodyneInc.,herebydisclaimsallcopyrightinterestintheprogram“Gnomovision”(whichmakespassesatcompilers)writtenbyJamesHacker.<signatureofTyCoon>,1April1989TyCoon,PresidentofVice

ThisGeneralPublicLicensedoesnotpermitincorporatingyourprogramintoproprietaryprograms.Ifyourprogramisasubroutinelibrary,youmayconsideritmoreusefultopermitlinkingproprietaryapplicationswiththelibrary.Ifthisiswhatyouwanttodo,usetheGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicenseinsteadofthisLicense.

CopyrightTheXFree86Project,Inc.

Copyright©1994,1995TheXFree86Project,Inc.AllRightsReserved.

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associateddocumentationfiles(the“Software”),todealintheSoftwarewithoutrestriction,includingwithoutlimitationtherightstouse,copy,modify,merge,publish,distribute,sublicense,and/orsellcopiesoftheSoftware,andtopermitpersonstowhomtheSoftwareisfurnishedtodoso,subjecttothefollowingconditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of theSoftware. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSEANDNONINFRINGEMENT. INNOEVENTSHALLTHEXFREE86PROJECTBELIABLEFORANYCLAIM,DAMAGESOROTHERLIABILITY,WHETHER INANACTIONOFCONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,ARISINGFROM,OUTOFOR INCONNECTIONWITHTHESOFTWAREORTHEUSEOROTHERDEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.

Except as contained in thisnotice, thenameof theXFree86Project shall notbeused in advertisingorotherwise topromotethesale,useorotherdealingsinthisSoftwarewithoutpriorwrittenauthorizationfromtheXFree86Project.

$XConsortium:CPYRIGHT.sgml,v1.2/95/01/1613:17:39kalebExp$Generated from XFree86: xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/CPYRIGHT.sgml,v 3.3 1995/01/28 16:01:20dawesExp$$XFree86:xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/doc/COPYRIGHT,v3.81995/07/2406:52:11dawesExp$CIECAM02CopyrightCopyright(c)2003BillyBiggs<[email protected]>Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associateddocumentationfiles(the"Software"),todealintheSoftwarewithoutrestriction,includingwithoutlimitationtherightstouse,copy,modify,merge,publish,distribute,sublicense,and/orsellcopiesoftheSoftware,andtopermitpersonstowhom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and thispermissionnoticeshallbeincludedinallcopiesorsubstantialportionsoftheSoftware.THESOFTWAREISPROVIDED"ASIS",WITHOUTWARRANTYOFANYKIND,EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ANDNONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGESOROTHERLIABILITY,WHETHER INANACTIONOFCONTRACT, TORTOROTHERWISE, ARISINGFROM,OUTOFORINCONNECTIONWITHTHESOFTWAREORTHEUSEOROTHERDEALINGSINTHESOFTWARE.


166

Index

3

32-bitMode......................................................... 16

6

64-bitMode......................................................... 16

A

AbsoluteColourimetricRenderingIntent....................................................................42,43

AccountsAdmin..............................................143AlwaysUseICC .................................................. 42AntialiasedSubsampling............................... 47Antialiasing ......................................................... 44ApplicationMenu ...........................................139Applications........................................................ 90

Archives ........................................................ 90Calcheck ........................................................ 90Clustering ..................................................... 90Densitometer .............................................. 90Displays ......................................................... 90FlipBook........................................................ 90Jobs...........................................................19,90Lineariser ..................................................... 90Monitor...................................................20,90PressAgent .................................................. 90SoftProof ....................................................... 90Spectro........................................................... 90Studio ............................................................. 90TouchConsole ............................................ 90Workbench .................................................. 90

Archives................................................................ 91AddtoDatabase......................................... 91Addingitemsto.......................................... 91AutomaticBackup .................................... 91

ArchivingCurrentInstallationsWindows....................................................... 11

AutoPublicationName.................................. 55AutoClean ............................................................ 52AutomaticPrinterMaintenance ................ 54AutoPause............................................................ 52

B

BackPageDotGainCurve.............................. 63BackPageOpacity............................................ 63BackinguptheDatabase............................... 91Backup

SavingtheDatabase................................. 15Blackmagic

ProductOverview........................................6Bonjour .................................................. 52,55,57Bookfilter ............................................................. 32

Driver ............................................................. 32Enteringanewpollingpath ................. 32Paths ............................................................... 32Polling ............................................................ 32Testing ........................................................... 32

BookMonitor ...................................................... 78BorderaroundaJob........................................ 45

C

Calcheck................................................................ 92DevicePanel ................................................ 93MeasurementsPanel ............................... 92MenuOptions ............................................. 94PrintLabel.................................................... 94PrintReport................................................. 94SummaryPanel.......................................... 92

CalcheckChart ................................................... 33AddColoursFromLibrary .................... 33GeneratePatchesfromICC ................... 33ImportPatches........................................... 33

PatchDefinition ......................................... 33Patches........................................................... 34PatchesPerStrip ....................................... 34ReorderPatches ........................................ 33Spectrophotometer .................................. 34TargetStandards....................................... 34Tolerances.................................................... 33

CalcheckManaged..........................................146CalibrationReminder ...................................146Camera .................................................................. 35ChangeMedia..................................................... 52ChangeWhitePoint......................................... 36CIP3 ........................................................................ 84Client...................................................................... 27

Interface ........................................................ 27Workbench .................................................. 27

ClientSettings ..................................................146AdditionalMonitors...............................146General.........................................................146

ClientLog .............................................................. 79DisplayOptions.......................................... 79ExportFrom ................................................ 79FetchBackLog ........................................... 79FilteringOptions........................................ 79

Clustering............................................................. 96ClusterNodes.............................................. 96MasterPanel................................................ 96MenuOptions.............................................. 97

ClusterStatus ...................................................... 80CMSDithering ..................................................148CMYKSimulationfromPDF......................... 47ColourManagement

DefaultICCProfiles ................................148ICCEngineAccuracy ..............................148Press ............................................................... 63

Colourspace .................................................73,82ConvolutionMatrix.......................................... 45CopyrightNotices...........................................159CorrectionLUT .................................................. 50Cropmarks........................................................... 45CUPs .....................................................................157

D

D-Dot...................................................................... 47De-Imposition .................................................... 44

Modify ............................................................ 83Densitometer...................................................... 98

ExportValues.............................................. 98MeasureTargets........................................ 98

DeviceLinkProfile........................................... 50DisablePDFAutoseparation........................ 47Displays ..............................................................100

Ambient.......................................................103Calcheck ......................................................101CalcheckHistory......................................102Calibration..................................................100LightBooth ................................................103WhitePoint ................................................100

DongleUpdatingStrings........................................ 22ViewingLicensedBits ............................. 22What’sontheDVD.......................................7

DongleUpdater ................................................. 26UpdatingtheDongle ................................ 26

DotGainCurve.................................................... 35ApplyingtoaPagesetup......................... 46ImportfromCSV........................................ 35InvertCurve................................................. 35Table ............................................................... 35TraceSavedCurve .................................... 35

DrawingaRectanglearoundaJob............ 45DropFolders.................................................55,57

DropSpot .............................................................. 80Settingthecolour...................................... 80Settingthenumberofcopies ............... 80

DropZone ............................................................. 80AddDropSpot ............................................. 80ReorderingDropSpots ............................ 80

E

EdgeDetect ......................................................... 45Edit

MediafromQueueManager .................. 84OutputfromQueueManager ................ 84OutputfromQueueStatus...................... 85PagesetupfromDropZone .................... 80PagesetupfromQueueManager ......... 84PlateColourinVirtualPress ................. 89RIPfromQueueManager ....................... 84RIPfromRIPMonitor............................... 87SignatureGroupfromQueueManager

................................................................... 84Enteringanewpollingpath......................... 68EpsonFireWire ................................................. 52ErrorDiffusionScreening............................. 51Export

FromClientLog........................................... 79FromQueueManager............................... 84FromServerLog ......................................... 88FromSpecialColourSet ..................65,72

ExportasC5Pack............................................. 28ExportasMovie ..............................................105

F

FailonRGBImages.......................................... 47FastPolling.......................................................... 67FlipBook .............................................................104

AllowMultipleWindows .....................106BordersaroundPages...........................106Navigation ..................................................104PageIndex..................................................105PageOrder .................................................106Settings ........................................................106

FlowControl ................................................55,57Folders

AddingtotheWorkbench ..................... 29FotobaCutMarks ............................................. 45FTP...................................................................32,52

Polling ............................................................ 67

G

GradationCurve................................................ 36InvertCurve................................................. 36Lineariser ..................................................... 36PreviewCurves .......................................... 36Table ............................................................... 36TraceSavedCurve .................................... 36

GripperSize ........................................................ 70Group

ByJob ............................................................. 87PageswithinSignatureGroup............. 69

H

HoldAfterImaging ...................................68,89HoldAfterRendering...............................68,89

I

ICCApplyCorrectiontoCMYKSpecials 148UploadICCtoServer................................ 50

ICCProfiles...................................................36,50ICCTweakSet .................................................... 36

Colourspace ................................................. 36


167

TweakValue................................................ 36IgnoreItems ....................................................... 64Import

LanguageEncoding .................................. 70ImportColours

IntoSpecialColourSet.....................65,72ImportingSignatures

Dynastrip ...................................................... 69Facilis ............................................................. 69JDF ................................................................... 69Krause ............................................................ 69

ImpositionsGroupingpages .......................................... 69

InclusivePageGroupingInaSignature.............................................. 69

InkandPaperPressConfigurations ............................... 63

InkLimits............................................................. 62Algorithm ..................................................... 62

InklimitConfigureChart.......................................... 59

InputFilter .......................................................... 67Installation ............................................................. 7

What’sontheDVD?.....................................7

J

JobGenie .............................................................. 37Actions ........................................................... 37Definitions.................................................... 38InterfaceOptions ...................................... 37JobGrouping ............................................... 39PlateIdentification................................... 39PlateMapping............................................. 40SeparatorOptions..................................... 39Tabs

CollectFiles .......................................... 37Display.................................................... 41FilenameBreakDown ..................... 38

Options............................................ 38Jobname+Plate.................................. 39Publication+Pages........................... 40

PublicationPart .......................... 40Tasks............................................................... 37

JobInfo...........................................................83,85JobOwnership ................................................... 83JobQueuing

LoadBalancing........................................... 58Jobs ............................................................... 19,107

Tabs...............................................................107ViewinginRIPMonitor ........................... 86

Jobticket ............................................................... 42

K

Knockout.............................................................. 73

L

LanguageEncodingSignatureGroup......................................... 70

LinearisationLUT............................................. 50Lineariser...........................................................108

ChartTypes................................................110CustomisePatches..................................108Densitometer ............................................109History .........................................................108LastLinearised.........................................109MaximumDensitiesOverride............111PrintChart..................................................109ShowCharts ..............................................109UseLab ........................................................108YuleNielsenNumber.............................111

LinuxWhat’sontheDVD.......................................7

LinuxInstallation ............................................. 10InstallingtheDongleDriver ..........10,14SerendipityBlackmagic.......................... 10

LoadBalancing .................................................. 58

LocalhostPolling .............................................. 32LogFile

WebServer ................................................150Logo........................................................................ 46

M

MacOSXInstallation .........................................9DockStartIcons............................................9DongleDriver.................................................9PrinterDrivers ..............................................9SerendipityAgent ........................................9SerendipityBlackmagic.............................9

MacintoshInstallationWhat’sontheDVD.......................................7

ManualClientConfiguration........................ 17Media.............................................................. 18Output ............................................................ 17Pagesetup ..................................................... 18RIP ................................................................... 19

Margins ................................................................. 45Match

Items(RegularExpression).................. 64MaximumDensitiesOverride ........ 109,111MaximumInkWeight ..................................... 63Media ..................................................................... 48

BorderlessPrinting .................................. 48CalcheckInfo............................................... 49ColourCorrection ..................................... 50Colourspace ................................................. 48FMScreening............................................... 51HalftoneScreening ................................... 51ICCProfiles................................................... 50Output ............................................................ 48OutputScreening....................................... 51PaperProfile ............................................... 50PrinterMargins.......................................... 48ScreenPrinting........................................... 50Usage .............................................................. 49

MediaCatalogue................................................ 23MediaStatus ........................................................ 81

CalcheckStatus .......................................... 81UsageMeter................................................. 81

MinimumPlateCount..................................... 68Modules ................................................................ 77

BookMonitor ............................................... 77ClientLog....................................................... 77ClusterStatus............................................... 77DropZone...................................................... 77MediaStatus ................................................. 77QueueManager ........................................... 77QueueStatus................................................. 77RIPMonitor .................................................. 77ServerLog ..................................................... 77Status.............................................................. 77Thumbnail .................................................... 77VirtualPress ................................................. 77

Monitor ....................................................... 20,112AddModules .............................................112EditMode ...................................................112ImagingThumbnail .................................. 89LayoutOptions.........................................112Loadasavedlayout................................112RenderingThumbnail ............................. 89Tabs...............................................................112UseMode ....................................................112

MonitoringJobs................................................. 19

N

NestJobs............................................................... 83NestNow.............................................................. 84Nesting .................................................................. 53

GapBetweenJobs ..................................... 53

O

OpenAnArchive.................................................... 91

OrderedDithering............................................ 51Output ................................................................... 52

Collating ........................................................ 53AddSeparatorPage .......................... 53AutomaticNesting............................. 53Duplexing .............................................. 53Nesting ................................................... 53

Destinations ................................................ 52Maintenance................................................ 54Queue ............................................................. 52

P

PageHeadDirectionSignatureGroup......................................... 71

PageNumberChanging ....................................................... 83

Pagenumber........................................................ 45Pagesetup............................................................. 55

ColourKeys.................................................. 47Logo ................................................................ 46Output ............................................................ 55Priority .......................................................... 55Publish ........................................................... 55

PagesetupPools ................................................ 57JobQueuing ................................................. 58Pagesetups ................................................... 58Priority .......................................................... 58

PaintMode .......................................................... 73PairPages

Signatures..................................................... 69PaperProfile....................................................... 59

ChangeMedia ............................................. 59ConfigureInklimitChart ........................ 59DensityPatches.......................................... 59Graph.............................................................. 60InkLimits...................................................... 62MeasurePatches........................................ 59PreviewGraphs.......................................... 59PrintCharts.................................................. 59SeparationControl ................................... 60SiftandSort ................................................. 60Upgrade......................................................... 59

PerceptualRenderingIntent ................42,43PerformFullBackup ....................................... 91Polling.................................................................... 67

CreatingaRIPtopolljobs ..................... 67FTP .................................................................. 67IgnoreModTime....................................... 67InitiateaManualPoll............................... 87LoggingStatistics ...................................... 67Methodtouse ......................................32,67Paths ............................................................... 67TestingConfiguration ............................. 68

PPDWhat’sontheDVD.......................................7

Press....................................................................... 63ColourManagement................................. 63Dimensions .................................................. 63InkandPaper.............................................. 63

PressAgent .......................................................113Log .................................................................113

PressSheetSettings ........................................ 71PrintInklimitChart ......................................... 59Printing

Troubleshooting ......................................157PrintingtoaPublishedPagesetupacrossa

Network ......................................................155ProgressiveProofs........................................... 47PublishingaPagesetup

MacOSX......................................................151Windows.....................................................153

Q

QueueOrder ....................................................... 82QueueManager .................................................. 82

ConfigurationOptions............................. 84


168

Modify ............................................................ 83ViewingOptions ........................................ 82

QueueStatus........................................................ 85ChangeQueue............................................. 85QueueOrder................................................ 86

R

RealDotTechnology ....................................... 46RegistrationMarks .......................................... 45RegularExpression ......................................... 64

Conditions .................................................... 64Expressions ................................................. 64StringEntry ................................................. 64

RelativeColourimetricRenderingIntent....................................................................42,43

RenderinRGB ................................................... 47RenderingIntents .....................................42,43ReplaceColourSet ........................................... 65

AddColoursFromLibrary .................... 65AdjustmentPanel...................................... 66Tabs................................................................. 65

Reprint .................................................................. 83Resampling

Bicubic ........................................................... 43Bilinear .......................................................... 43Filtered .......................................................... 43NearestNeighbour ................................... 43

RGBtoCMYKConversion ............................. 47RIP........................................................................... 67

AutoProofing............................................... 68Connection ................................................... 67Driver ............................................................. 67JobFiltering................................................. 68Paths ............................................................... 67Polling ............................................................ 67StripePaths ................................................. 68TestingPollConfiguration .................... 68

RIPMonitor.......................................................... 86RipList........................................................... 86SubmitJobsforDe-Imposition............ 86VirtualPress................................................. 86

Rosette .................................................................. 51Rotation................................................................ 44RunningtheSoftware..................................... 16RushJobs ............................................................. 83

S

SaturationRenderingIntent.................42,43Save

AnArchive.................................................... 91TheDatabase .............................................. 91

ScaleFactor......................................................... 44ScheduledBackup............................................ 91ScreenPrinting.................................................. 75

Configuration.............................................. 75Search.................................................................... 34Searching

FormessagesintheClientLog............. 79FormessgaesintheServerLog ........... 88

SecureMode .....................................................143Activating ........................................ 143,145Configuration............................................143CreatingGroups.......................................144CreatingUsers ..........................................144ErrorNotifications .................................144HostsPanel ................................................145SettingupUsersandGroups..............143UserPrivileges .........................................144

SelectiveImportChoosingSignaturestoimportinto

SignatureGroup ................................. 69Sending

AJobtoanotherPagesetup .................. 83SeparatedPostscript....................................... 84SerendipityClientMenu..............................139SerendipityClientMenuItems.................139

AccountsAdmin.......................................142BroadcastMessage .................................142Chatterbox..................................................142ConnecttoServer....................................142DownloadPPD..........................................142ServerMenu ..............................................142SubmitFiles ...............................................139SubmitFilesAsAsset ............................140SubmitFilesAsImposition .................140SubmitFilesForDe-Imposition........140SubmitICCTarget ...................................140SubmittICCTargetWithoutColour

Correction ...........................................140SystemSettings........................................142TestPrints ..................................................141

Server .................................................................... 22About .............................................................. 22FileMenu ...................................................... 22HelpMenu .................................................... 22Info .................................................................. 29Options .......................................................... 22Restarting ..................................................... 22SafeMode ..................................................... 22StartasClusterNode ............................... 22StartupOptions.......................................... 22UpdateDongle ............................................ 22

ServerSettingsWorkingPaths..........................................149

ServerLog............................................................. 88Filteringmessages.................................... 88

SettingTheColourofaDropSpot ...................... 80

SiftandSort..................................................59,60Signature

Delete ............................................................. 70Duplicate....................................................... 70New ................................................................. 70

SignatureDecorations.................................... 45SignatureGroup................................................ 69

AutoPaginate.............................................. 69ClosePageNumberGaps ....................... 70DeletingaPage........................................... 71DeletingSignatures .................................. 70DuplicatingaPage .................................... 71DuplicatingSignatures............................ 70EditingPageNumbers ............................ 69GridAttributes ........................................... 71GripperSize ................................................. 70GroupingPages .......................................... 69ImportSignatures..................................... 69LanguageEncoding .................................. 70Multi-selectingSignatures .................... 70OffsetPageNumbers ............................... 69PageAttributes........................................... 71Pageheaddirection.................................. 71PageOrientation........................................ 71PairPages ..................................................... 69PlateOptions............................................... 70PressSheetSettings ................................. 71RenameSignatures................................... 69RotateSelectedSignatures ................... 69RotatingSignatures.................................. 69SelectingImport ........................................ 69SettingPageSize........................................ 71SettingPageWidth ................................... 71SuppressPages .......................................... 69

Slugline ................................................................. 45SoftProof ............................................................114

MenuOptions............................................118Notes.............................................................121PageIndex..................................................121Tools .............................................................115ViewMenu .................................................120Widgets........................................................115

SoftwareUpdates ............................................. 25SoundFX ............................................................147SpecialColourSet............................................. 72

AddColoursFromLibrary .................... 72AdjustingColourIntensity .................... 73Createanewcolour ................................. 72Deletecolours............................................. 72Duplicatecolours ...................................... 72Exportcolourstoafile.....................65,72Importcoloursfromfiles................65,72PaintModes ................................................. 73PrintandMatch ......................................... 73PrintSwatch ................................................ 74

Spectro ................................................................122Activate........................................................122ExportValues............................................122LoadSet.......................................................122

StartingtheClient ............................................ 17StartingtheServer........................................... 16Status ..................................................................... 88StochasticScreening ....................................... 51StretchFactor..................................................... 63Studio...................................................................123

AssetPanel.................................................124CanvasWrap .............................................129CanvasWrapOptions............................129CloakingandNesting.............................131ContentProperties .................................128CreatingaNest .........................................130CreatingTemplates ................................124Cropmarks..................................................132CroppingAssets .......................................131FrameProperties ....................................128FramevsContent ....................................128Guides ..........................................................127Interface ......................................................123LayoutArea ...............................................125Marker .........................................................129MediaPanel ...............................................125MenuOptions............................................125PositioningAssetsforNesting...........130RenderingEffects....................................132ResizingOptions......................................131Settings ........................................................125TemplatesPanel ......................................124TilingwithMedia ....................................131Toolbar ........................................................123UsingStudio ..............................................130

SubmitAjobforprocessing ................................. 86ForDe-Imposition .................................... 86

SubmitasAsset ................................................. 86SubmitFiles ......................................................139SubmitMenu ....................................................139SubmittingJobs ................................................. 21SuperCellScreening ........................................ 51Support

WebServer ................................................150SystemInfo

WebServer ................................................150SystemSettings .................................... 142,146

Client.............................................................146Server ...........................................................148

T

TabsReordering .................................................112

TheBlackmagicDongleUpdater ............... 26TheSerendipityBlackmagicClient........... 27TheSerendipityBlackmagicServer ......... 22TheSerendipityUpdater............................... 25Thumbnail ........................................................... 89

Preview.......................................................... 83QueueStatus ................................................ 85ShowImaging ............................................. 89ShowRendering ........................................ 89

TiffMultichannelExport............................................................. 84

Tiling...................................................................... 44TouchConsole .................................................133


169

FastScrolling ............................................134Interface......................................................133Modes...........................................................134

Loupe ....................................................136Main.......................................................134Navigate ...............................................135

Settings........................................................137Trimming

TheClientLog.............................................. 79TheServerLog ............................................ 88

TroubleshootingPrinting........................................................157

U

UngrouppagesSignatureGroup......................................... 69

UnsharpMask .................................................... 46Upgrading

ImportingaDatabaseBackup ............. 12UpgradingtoVersion6.0

Linux............................................................... 14MacOSX........................................................ 13Windows....................................................... 11

V

ViewErrors ............................................................. 83

Imaged ........................................................... 83Rendered ...................................................... 83

View3D...............................................................105ViewasCalendar ............................................105ViewErrors ......................................................... 83VirtualPress ........................................................ 89

EditPlateColour........................................ 89History ........................................................... 89QuickSubmit............................................... 89

W

Watermark .......................................................... 46WebServer........................................................150

AccessingtheWebServer ...................150LogFile ........................................................150Queues .........................................................150Support ........................................................150SystemInfo ................................................150

WindowsInstallation ........................................832bit..................................................................832bitAgent ............................................... 8,964bit..................................................................864bitAgent ............................................... 8,9DongleDriver.................................................8DongleDriverUpdate ............................. 11SerendipityAgent ........................................8SerendipityBlackmagic.............................8

What’sontheDVD.......................................7Workbench.......................................................... 27

MenuOptions.............................................. 28OrganiseDataTypes................................ 29

WorkbenchDataTypes ................................. 31Bookfilter...................................................... 31CalcheckChart............................................ 31Camera........................................................... 31DotGainCurve ............................................ 31GradationCurve......................................... 31ICCTweakSet ............................................. 31JobGenie ....................................................... 31Media.............................................................. 31Output ............................................................ 31Pagesetup ..................................................... 31PagesetupPool........................................... 31PaperProfile ............................................... 31Press ............................................................... 31RegularExpression .................................. 31ReplaceColourSet.................................... 31RIP ................................................................... 31SignatureGroup......................................... 31SpecialColourSet ..................................... 31

Y

YuleNielsenNumber..................62,109,111

Documents

Manual - Serendipity Software · Serendipity Blackmagic User Manual – Version 6.0 3 ... samples the jobs resolution to change it to that of the output format configured. An intermediate